Carrier AQUAFORCE 30XA300 Controls, Start-Up, Operation, Service And Troubleshooting Instructions

30XA080-500
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers
60 Hz
Controls, Start-Up, Operation, Service
and Troubleshooting
CONTENTS
Page
2
2-4
2
3
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
......................
GENERAL ......................................
Conventions
Used in This Manual ................
Display Module Usage ...........................
• NAVIGATOR TM DISPLAY MODULE
CONTROLS
...................................
4-41
General ..........................................
4
Main Base Board (MBB) ..........................
4
Compressor
Protection
Module (CPM) ...........
6
Electronic
Expansion
Valve (EXV) Board .........
9
Fan Boards ......................................
11
Enable-Off-Remote
Contact
Switch (SWl) .......
13
Emergency
On/Off Switch (SW2) ................
13
Energy Management
Module (EMM) .............
13
Local Equipment
Network .......................
14
Board Addresses ................................
14
Control
Module Communication
.................
14
• RED LED
• GREEN LED
• YELLOW LED
Carrier Comfort
Network® (CCN) Interface ......
15
Configuration
Options
..........................
15
• RAMP LOADING
• MINUTES OFF TIME
Dual Chiller Control
.............................
15
• DUAL CHILLER PUMP CONTROL
FOR PARALLEL
APPLICATIONS
• DUAL CHILLER PUMP CONTROL
FOR SERIES
CHILLER APPLICATIONS
Capacity
Control
................................
16
• EQUAL LOADING
• STAGE LOADING
• CAPACITY CONTROL
OVERRIDES
Head Pressure Control ..........................
22
• LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
HEAD PRESSURE
CONTROL
OFf'ION
• LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
HEAD PRESSURE
CONTROL
OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
Machine Control
Methods .......................
29
• SWITCH CONTROL
• TIME SCHEDULE
• CCN CONTROL
• UNITRUN
STATUS
Cooling
Set Point Selection
.....................
3O
•
•
•
•
•
•
SET POINT 1
SET POINT 2
4 TO 20 mA INPUT
DUAL SWITCH
ICE MODE
SET POINT OCCUPANCY
Temperature
Reset ..............................
31
Demand
Limit ...................................
32
•
•
SWITCH
SWITCH
I-STEP
2-STEP
Manufacturer
CONTROLLED
CONTROLLED
Page
• EXTERNALLY POWERED (4 to 20 mA Controlled)
• CCN LOADSHED CONTROLLED
Remote Alarm and Alert Relays .................
4O
PRE-START-UP ..................................
41
System Check ...................................
41
START-UP ....................................
42-48
Actual Start-Up ..................................
42
Operating
Limitations
...........................
42
• TEMPERATURES
• VOLTAGE
• MINIMUM FLUID LOOP VOLUME
• FLOW RATE REQUIREMENTS
OPERATION ..................................
48-55
Sequence
of Operation ..........................
48
• ACTUATED BALL VALVE (ABV)
Dual Chiller Sequence
of Operation .............
49
• PARALLEL PUMP OPERATION
Operating Modes ................................
49
Sensors .........................................
52
• THERMISTORS
• TRANSDUCERS
SERVICE .....................................
56-66
Economizer Assembly
..........................
56
Electronic
Expansion
Valve (EXV) ...............
56
• MAIN EXV CONTROL
• ECONOMIZER EXV CONTROL
• EXV TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
Compressor
Assembly ..........................
59
• COMPRESSOR OIL SYSTEM
Cooler ...........................................
61
• SUCTION SERVICE VALVE
• FREEZE PROTECTION
• LOW FLUID TEMPERATURE
• LOSS OF FLUID FLOW PROTECTION
• TUBE PLUGGING
• RETUBING
• TIGHTENING COOLER HEAD BOLTS
• INSPECTING/CLEANING HEAT EXHANGERS
• WATER TREATMENT
• CHILLED WATER FLOW SWITCH
Condenser Coil Maintenance and Cleaning
Recommendations ............................
64
• REMOVE SURFACE LOADED FIBERS
• PERIODIC CLEAN WATER RINSE
• ROUTINE CLEANING OF COIL SURFACES
Condenser
Fans ................................
65
Refrigerant
Circuit ..............................
65
• LEAK TESTING
• REFRIGERANT CHARGE
Safety Devices ..................................
66
• COMPRESSOR PROTECTION
• OIL SEPARATOR HEATERS
• COOLER PROTECTION
Relief Devices ...................................
66
• PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications
Catalog No. 533-00069
Printed in U,S.A,
or designs
Form 30XA-1T
without notice and without incurring obligations.
Pg 1
12-05
Replaces:
New
CONTENTS
(cont)
MAINTENANCE
..................................
66
Recommended
Maintenance
Schedule
..........
66
TROUBLESHOOTING
.........................
66-86
Alarms and Alerts ...............................
67
• DIAGNOSTIC
ALARM CODES AND POSSIBLE
CAUSES
Service Test .....................................
82
APPENDIX
A -- LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES...
87-100
APPENDIX
B -- CCN TABLES ..............
101-112
APPENDIX
C -- 30XA080-500
CPM
DIP SWITCH ADDRESSES
................
113-116
APPENDIX
D -- PIPING AND
INSTRUMENTATION
..........................
117
INDEX ..........................................
118
START-UP CHECKLIST
FOR 30XA LIQUID CHILLERS
........
CL-I to CL-8
SAFETY
CONSIDERATIONS
Inst_dling,starting up, and servicing this equipment can be
hazardous due to system pressures, electrical components, and
equipment location (roof. elevated structures, etc.). Only
trained, qu_dified installers and service technicians should
install, start up, and service this equipment. When working on
this equipment, observe precautions in the literature, and on
tags, stickers, and labels attached to the equipment, and any
other safety precautions that apply. Follow all safety codes.
WEar safety glasses and work gloves. Use care in handling,
rigging, and setting this equipment, and in handling _dlelectric_dcomponents.
This unit uses a microprocessor-based
electronic control
system. Do not use jumpel.s or other tools to short out components, or to bypass or otherwise deDut from recommended procedures. Any short-to-ground
of the control
bomd or accompanying
wiring may destroy the electronic
modules or electric_d components.
To prevent potential damage to heat exchanger tubes,
always run fluid through heat exchanger when adding or
removing refrigerant chm'ge. Use appropriate antifreeze
solutions in cooler fluid loop to prevent the freezing of heat
exchanger or interconnecting piping when the equipment is
exposed to temperatures below 32 F (0° C). Proof of flow
switch is factory installed on all models. Do NOT remove
power from this chiller during winter shut down periods
without taking precaution to remove all water from heat
exchangel: Failure to properly protect the system from
freezing may constitute abuse and may void wammty.
Compressors require specific rotation. Test condenser
fan(s) first to ensme proper phasing. Swap any two incoming power leads to correct condenser fan rotation before
starting compressors. Operating the unit without testing the
condenser fan(s) for proper phasing could result in equipment damage.
GENERAL
Electrical shock can cause personal inju U and death. Shut
off all power to this equipment during installation and service. There may be morn than one disconnect switch. %g
all disconnect locations to alert others not to restore power
until work is completed.
This publication
contains Controls, Operation,
Start-Up,
Service and Troubleshooting
information
for the 30XA080500 air-cooled liquid chillers with electronic controls. The
30XA chillers are equipped with Co;@,-tLink TM controls and
electronic expansion valves.
Conventions
DO NOT VENT refrigerant relief valves within a building.
Outlet from relief valves must be vented in accordance
with the latest edition of ANSI/ASHRAE (American
National Standm'ds institute/American Society of Heating,
Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineel.s) 15 (Safety
Code for Mechanical Refrigeration). The accumulation of
refrigerant in an enclosed space can displace oxygen and
cause asphyxiation. Provide adequate ventilation in
enclosed or low overhead meas. Inhalation of high concentrations of vapor is harmful and may cause heart irregularities, unconsciousness or death. Misuse can be fatal. Vapor
is heavier than air and reduces the mnount of oxygen available for breathing. Product causes eye and skin irritation.
Decomposition products am hazmdous.
DO NOT attempt to unbraze factory joints when servicing
this equipment. Compressor oil is flammable and there is
no way to detect how much oil may be in gray of the refrigerant lines. Cut lines with a tubing cutter as required when
performing service. Use a pan to catch any oil that may
come out of the lines and as a gage for how much oil to add
to system. DO NOT re-use compressor oil.
Used in This Manual -- The following conventions
for discussing configuration
points for the
Navigator r_qmodule will be used in this manu_d.
Point names will be written with the mode name first, then
any sub-modes, then the point name, each sepm'ated by an
arrow symbol (-+). Nmnes will _dso be shown in bold
and it:dics. As an example, the Lead/Lag Circuit Select Point,
which is located in the Configuration mode, Option sub-mode,
would be written as Configuration
-+OPTN-+LLCS.
This path name will show the user how to navigate through the
loc_d display to roach the desired configuration. The user would
scroll through the modes and sub-modes using the []
and []
keys. The arrow symbol in the path nmne represents pressing
to move into the next level of the menu structure.
When a value is included as pan of the path name, it will be
shown at the end of the path name after an equ_ds sign. If the
value represents a configuration
setting, an explanation will
be shown in parenthesis
after the value. As an exmnple,
Configuration-+OPTN-+LLCS
= 1 (Circuit A leads).
Pressing the _
and _
keys simultaneously
will scroll an expanded text description of the point nmne or value
across the display. The expgmded description is shown in the local
display tables but will not be shown with the path names in text.
The CCN (Cgurier Comfort Network®) point names are
also referenced in the local display tables for users configuring
the unit with CCN software instead of the local display. The
CCN tables are located in Appendix B of the manual.
Display
Module
Usage
NAVIGATOR TM DISPLAY MODULE -- The Navigator module provides a mobile user interface to the Con_fortLink TM
control system. The display has up and down arrow keys, an
key, and an _
key. These keys are used to
navigate through the different levels of the display structure.
Press the _
key until 'Select a Menu Item' is dis-
screen. Pressing _
and _
simultaneously
_dlows the user to adjust the display contrast. The display will
lead:
Adjust Contrast
....
-1.
Use the up or down arrows to adjust file contrast. The
screen's
contrast will change with the adjustment.
Press
to accept the change. The Navigator module will
keep this setting as long as it is plugged in to the LEN bus.
l
played to move through the top 11 mode levels indicated by
LEDs on the left side of the display. See Fig. 1. See Table 1
and Appendix A for more details about the display menu
structure.
Pressing
will cause the "OFF" to flash. Use the up
down arrow to change "OFF" to "ON." Pressing
will illuminate all LEDs and display all pixels in the view
or
Once within a Mode or sub-mode, a ">" indicates the currently selected item on the display scleen. Pressing the
___
and _
keys simultaneously will put the Navigator module into expanded text mode where the full meaning
of all sub-modes, items and their values can be displayed. Pressing file _
and _
keys when file display says
'Select Menu Item' (Mode LED level) will return the Navigator
module to its default menu of rotating display items (those items
in Run Status --+VIEW). In addition, the password will be disabled, lequiring that it be entered again befole changes
made to password protected items. Press the _
exit out of the expanded text mode.
can be
key to
NOTE: When the Language
Selection
(Configuration---)
DISP---)LANG),
variable is chtmged, all appropriate display
expansions will immediately change to the new language. No
power-off or control reset is required when reconfiguring
languages.
When a specific item is located, the item name appems on the
left of file display, the v_due will appear nero the middle of file
display and file units (if any) will appear on file fro"right of the
display. Press file _
key at a changeable item and file value will begin to flash. Use the up and down anow keys to change
the value, and confirm file v;due by pressing the _
Adjusting the Backlight Brightness -- The backlight of the
display can be adjusted to suit ambient conditions. The factory
default is set to the highest level. To adjust file backlight of the
Navigator module, press the _
key until the display
reads, "Select a menu item." Using the anow keys move to the
to obtain access to this
Configuration mode. Press _
mode. The display will read:
> TEST OFF
METR OFF
LANG ENGLISH
will cau. 'e the " OFF " to flash. Use the up
Pressing
or down re'row keys to change "OFF" to "ON". Pressing
will illuminate all LEDs and display all pixels in the
view screen. Pressing the up and down arrow keys simultaneously allows the user to adjust the display brightness. The
display will read:
Adjust Brightness
+
Use the up or down arrow keys to adjust screen brigNness.
Press _
to accept the change. The Navigator module
will keep this setting as long as it is plugged in to the LEN bus.
key.
Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished
in
the same mannel: Ix_cate and display the desired item. Press
so that the item v_due flashes. Use the arrow keys to
key to accept
change the value or state and press the _
it. Press the _
key to return to the next higher level of
structure. Repeat the process as required for other items.
Items in the Configuration
and Service Test modes me pass-
word protected. The words Enter Password will be displayed
when required, with 1111 also being displayed. The default
password is 0111. Use the arrow keys to change each number
and press _
to enter the digit. Continue with the
remaining digits of the password. The password can only be
changed through CCN operator interface softwme such as
ComfortWORKS®,
ComfortVlEW TM and Service Tool.
Adjusting the Contrast -- The contrast of the display can be
adjusted to suit ambient conditions. To adjust the contrast of
the Navigator module, press the _
key until the display reads, "Select a menu item." Using the arrow keys move
to the Configuration mode. Press _
to obtain access to
this mode. The display will read:
> TEST OFF
METR OFF
LANG ENGLISH
Fig. 1 -- Accessory Navigator Display Module
Table 1 -- ComfortLink TM Display Menu Structure
MODE
RUN
STATUS
Auto Display
(VIEW)
Remote
User Interface
(R.CCN)
Machine
Starts/Hours
(RUN)
Compressor
Run Hours
(HOUR)
SERVICE
TEST
Manual
Test Mode
(TEST)
Quick
Test Mode
(QUIC)
TEMPERATURES
Unit
Temperatures
(UNIT)
Circuit A
Temperatures
(CIR,A)
Circuit B
Temperatures
(CIR,B)
Circuit C
Temperatures
(CIR.C)
PRESSURES
SET
POINTS
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
CONFIGURATION
TIME
CLOCK
OPERATING
MODES
ALARMS
Circuit A
Pressures
(PRC.A)
Circuit B
Pressures
(PRC.B)
Circuit C
Pressures
(PRC,C)
Cooling
Setpoints
(COOL)
Heating
Setpoints
(HEAT)
Misc.
Setpoints
(MISC)
General
Inputs
(GEM,I)
Circuit A
Outputs
(CIR.A)
Circuit B
Outputs
(CIR.B)
Circuit C
Outputs
(CIR,C)
Display
Configuration
(DISP)
Unit
Configuration
(UNIT)
Service
Configurations
(SERV)
Time of Day
(TIME)
Operating
Control Type
(SLCT)
Operating
Modes
(MODE)
Reset Current
Alarms
(R.ALM)
Current
Alarms
(ALRM)
Alarm
History
(H.ALM)
General
Outputs
(GEM.O)
Options
Configuration
(OPTN)
Schedule 2
(SCH2)
Reset,
Demand Limit,
Master/Slave
(RSET)
Holidays
(HOLI)
Compressor
Starts
(STRT)
Fan Run
Hours
(FAN)
Day, Date
(DATE)
Schedule
(SCH1)
1
Service
Maintenance
Configuration
(MCFG)
Compressor
Disable
(CRUN)
Predictive
Maintenance
(MAIN)
Software Versions
(VERS)
CONTROLS
General
-- The 30XA air-cooled liquid chillers contain the
Con_fbrtLink TM electronic control system that controls and
monitors all operations of the chillel: The control system is
composed of several components as listed in the following sections. All machines have at the ve U least a Main Base Board
(MBB), Navigatoi r_'_module, electronic expansion valve board
(EXV), fan board, Compressor Protection board, Emergency
On/Off switch, an Enable-Off- Remote Contact switch.
Main Base Board (MBB) -- Tile MBB is tile heart of
the Corqi0rtLink control system, which contains the major
portion of operating softwme and controls the operation of the
machine. See Fig. 2. The MBB continuously monitors input!
output channel information received from its inputs and from
all other modules. The MBB receives inputs from status and
feedback switches, pressure transducers and thermistors. The
MBB also controls several outputs. Some inputs and outputs to
control the machine me located on other bo_uds, but are transmitted to or from the MBB via the internal communications
bus. Information is transmitted between modules via a 3-wire
communication
bus or LEN (Ix)cal Equipment Network). The
CCN (Carrier Comfort Network®) bus is also supported. Connections to both LEN and CCN buses are made at TB3. For a
complete description of Main Base Board inputs and outputs
and their channel identifications, see Table 2.
LOCATION OF
SERIAL NUMBER
Fig. 2 -- Main
Base
Board
Table 2 -- Main Base Board Inputs and Outputs
DESCRIPTION
INPU_OUTPUT
I/OTYPE
NAVIGATOR TM MODULE
POINT NAME
Power (24 vac supply)
CONNECTION
POINT
Pin I
Notation
MBB-J1, MBB-J1A,
MBB-J1B
11
12
24 vac
Ground
MBB-J9A, MBB-J9B,
MBB-J9C
+
Local Equipment Network
G
MBB-J12
Carrier Communication
Network
+
G
Chilled Water Flow Switch
CWFS
Switch
INPUTS_GEN.I_LOCK
Demand Limit Switch No. 1
Demand Limit SWl
Switch
INPUTS_GEN.I_DLS1
MBB-J5B-CH 17
17
MBB-J4-CH13
MBB-J7A-CH6
Circuit A Discharge
Pressure Transducer
DPTA
Pressure Transducer
PRESSURES_PRC.A
_DP.A
5V
5 vdc Ref,
S
R
Signal
Return
MBB-J7C-CH8
Circuit B Discharge
Pressure Transducer
DPTB
Dual Chiller
LWT Thermistor
DUAL
Pressure Transducer
5k Thermistor
PRESSURES_PRC.B_DP.B
5V
5 vdc Ref,
S
R
Signal
Return
TEMPERATURES_UNIT_CHWS
MBB-J6-CH3
Dual Set Point Input
Dual Set Point
Switch
INPUTS_GEN.I_DUAL
MBB-J4-CH12
Entering Water Thermistor
EWT
5k Thermistor
TEMPERATURES-_UNIT-_EWT
MBB-J6-CH2
Leaving Water Thermistor
Outdoor Air Thermistor
External Chilled
Water Pump Interlock
LWT
5k Thermistor
TEMPERATURES_UNIT_LWT
MBB-J6-CH1
OAT
5k Thermistor
TEMPERATURES-_UNIT-_OAT
MBB-J6-CH4
PMPI
Switch
INPUTS_GEN.I_LOCK
MBB-J4-CH 15A
MBB-J7B-CH7
Circuit A Suction
Pressure Transducer
SPTA
Pressure Transducer
PRESSURES_PRC.A_SP.A
5V
5 vdc Ref,
S
R
Signal
Return
MBB-J7D-CH9
5V
5 vdc Ref,
S
R
Signal
Return
Circuit B Suction
Pressure Transducer
SPTB
Unit Status
Remote Contact-Off-Enable
Alarm Relay
ALM R
Alert Relay
Cooler Heater
ALT R
CL-HT
Relay
Contactor
OUTPUTS--_GEN.O-_CO.HT
MBB-J3-CH26
Isolation Valve A
ISVA
Contactor
OUTPUTS-_GEN.O-_BVL.A
MBB-J2A-CH 19
Isolation Valve B
Isolation Valve C (Size 400-500
ISVB
ISVC
Contactor
Contactor
OUTPUTS-_GEN.O-_BVL.B
OUTPUTS-_GEN. O-_B VL. C
MBB-J2A-CH20
MBB-J2C-CH22
Oil Heater A (Size 080 only)
OIL HT A
Contactor
OUTPUTS-_CIR.A
Oil Heater B (Size 080 only)
OIL HTA
Contactor
OUTPUTS_CIR.B_HT.B
LEGEND
I/O
-LWT --
Input or Output
Leaving Water Temperature
Pressure Transducer
Switch
Relay
PRESSURES_PRC.B_SP.B
INPUTS-_GEN.I-_ONOF
OUTPUTS_GEN.
O_ALRM
OUTPUTS_GEN.O_ALRT
--_HT.A
MBB-J4-CH11
MBB-J3-CH24
MBB-J3-CH25
MBB-J2C-CH22
MBB-J2C-CH23
Compressor
Protection
Module
(CPM) -- There
Born'd) and sends the MBB the results of the channels it monitors via the LEN (Local Equipment Network). The CPM has
three DIP switch input banks, Switch 1 (SI), Switch 2 ($2), and
Switch 3 ($3). The CPM board SI DIP switch configures the
bo_ud for the type of st_utel: the location and type of the current
transformer's and contactor failure instructions. See Table 3 for
description of DIP switch 1 (SI) inputs. See Appendix C for DIP
switch settings.
is one CPM per compressol: See Fig. 3. Tile device controls the
compressor
contactol_, oil solenoid, loading/unloading
the
solenoid, motor cooling solenoid (30XA080 only) and the oil
separator heater (30XA090-500).
The CPM also monitors
the compressor motor temperature, high pressure switch, oil level switch, discharge gas temperature, oil pressure transducel:
motor current, MTA setting and economizer pressure transduce1:
The CPM responds to commands from the MBB (Main Base
DIP
SWITCH 2
DIP
SWITCH
(s3)
LOCATION OF
SERIAL NUMBER
J12
SI©
(LEN)
STATUS
DIP
SWITCH
($1)
J1
J5
1
Fig. 3 -- Compressor Protection Module
Table 3 -- DIP Switch 1 (Sl) Inputs
DIP SWITCH POSITION
1
FUNCTION
Starter Configuration
Current Transformer
(CT) Position
2,3
Current Transformer
(CT) Selection
4,5,6
7
8
Contactor Failure Action
SETTING
MEANING
OFF
Across-the-line
Start
ON
Y-Delta Start
OFF, OFF
CT is located in the main line
OFF, ON
CT is located in the Delta of the motor
ON, OFF
Reserved for future use
ON, ON
OFF, OFF, OFF
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration
100A/1V CT1
OFF, OFF, ON
100A/0.503V
OFF, ON, OFF
100A/O. 16V CT3
OFF, ON, ON
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration
alarm
ON, OFF, OFF
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration
alarm
ON, OFF, ON
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration
alarm
ON, ON, OFF
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration
alarm
ON, ON, ON
OFF
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration
All units should be off
alarm
ON
Used when Shunt Trip is available in the unit
alarm
CT2
Not Used
The CPM board dip switch $2 setting determines the must
trip mnps (MTA) setting. See Appendix C for DIP switch settings. The MTA setting which is calculated using the settings
$2 must match the MTA setting in the software or an MTA
alann will be generated.
See below for CPM bo_ud $3 address
Table 4 for CPM inputs and outputs.
CPM-ADIP
]
1
Address:
Switch
_
]
:)
]
._
infommtion.
]
See
4
OFF
Switch
CPM-BO,P
J_LJ2_J2_[
'
_4
Address:
I OFF I OFF I ON I OFF
CPM-C DIP
]
Address:
Switch
_
1
]
:2
]
R
]
4
ON
NOTE:
The CPM-A
and CPM-B
DIP switches
m'e for _dl
units. Tile CPM-C DIP switches are for 30XA400-500
units.
Table 4 -- Compressor
DESCRIPTION
Protection Module Inputs and Outputs*
INPUT/OUTPUT
I/O TYPE
NAVIGATOR
MODULE
POINT NAME
TM
CONNECTION POINT
Pin
Power (24 vac supply)
I
Notation
CPM-X-J1
I
24 vac
11
12
I
Ground
CPM-X-JP12
2
G
3
Local Equipment Network
CPM-×-J12
2
G
g
CPM-×-J7-CH05
HPS-X
Circuit X High Pressure Switch
Switch
Not available
2
CPM-X-J6-CH06
Oil Level Switch
Oil LS X
Switch
OUTPUTS-_CIR.X-_OLS.X
2
Must Trip Ampst
MTA
8-PinDIP
Configuration Switcht
SW1
4-Pin
Compressor X Motor Temperature
MTR-X
NTC Thermistor
Switch
CONFIGURATION-eUNIT
DIP Switch
Not available
I
I
MTA.X
CPM-X-J9-CH01
TEMPERATURES-eCIR.X
DGT:X
2
CPM-X-J9-CH02
DGT
Compressor X Discharge Gas Temperature
X
NTC Thermistor
TEMPERATURES
_CIR.X
DG T_X
2
CPM-X-JIOB-CH04
5V
Oil Pressure Transducer
OPT X
Pressure
Transducer
+, 5 vdc ref
PRESSURES_PRC.X_Ot_X
S
Signal
R
Return
CPM-X-J10A
5V
Economizer Pressure Transducer
EPT X
Pressure
Transducer
PRESSURES_PRC.X_ECRX
+, 5 vdc ref
S
Signal
R
Return
CPM-X-J8-CH01
Current
Compressor Current X Phase A**
Sensor
Not available
2
CPM-×-J8-CH02
Current
Compressor Current X Phase B
Sensor
INPUTS-eCUR.X
2
CPM-×-J8-CH3
Current
Compressor Current X Phase C**
Sensor
Not available
2
CPM-×-J1-CH07
OUTPUTS_CIR.X_CRX
1
Compressor X 1M Contactor
CX1M
Contactor
Compressor X 2M Contactor
CX2M
Contactor
Not available
1
Compressor X S Contactor
CXS
Contactor
Not available
1
Oil Heater Relay X (090-500)
Oil HTR X
Contactor
OUTPUTS_ClR.XHT:X
1
Oil Solenoid X
Oil solenoid-X
Solenoid
OUTPUTS_ClR.X_OLS.X
1
CPM-×-J2-CH8
CPM-X-J2-CH9
CPM-×-J2-CHIO
CPM-×-J2-CH12
CPM-×-J2-CH13
Load Solenoid X
Loading
Solenoid-X
Solenoid
OUTPUTS_ClR.A_SLI.X
Unload Solenoid X
Unloading
Solenoid-X
Solenoid
OUTPUTS_ClR.A_SL2.X
1
Motor Cooling Solenoid X (080)
Gas Cooling
Solenoid-X
Solenoid
OUTPUTS-eClR.X-eDGT:X
1
1 I
CPM-X-J2-CH14
CPM-×-J2-CHIO
*"X" denotes the circuit, A, B or C.
l-See Appendix C for MTA settings.
**Average current ,x depending on circuit A, B, or C.
Electronic
Expansion
Valve
(EXV)
Board
--
The 30XA080 unit has one EXV bomd. The 30XA090-500
units have one EXV botud per circuit. See Fig. 4. The bowd is
responsible for monitoring the suction gas temperature and
economizer
gas temperature
thermistors.
Tile board also
signals the main EXV and economizer EXV (ECEXV) motors
to open or close. Tile electronic
expansion
valve board
responds to commands from the MBB and sends the MBB the
results of the channels it monitors via the LEN (Local Equipment Network). See below for DIP switch information. See
Tables 5 and 6 for EXV inputs and outputs.
EXV BOARD A
(080-450)
DIP SWITCH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Address:
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
EXV BOARD B
(090-500)
DIP SWITCH
Address:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
EXV BOARD
C (400-500)
DIP SWITCH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Address:
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
DIP
SWITCH
/
Fig. 4 -- EXV Board
LOCATION OF
SERIAL NUMBER
Table 5 -- EXVA Board Inputs and Outputs (30XA080)
DESCRIPTION
INPUWOUTPUT
I/OTYPE
NAVIGATOR TM MODULE
POINT NAME
Power (24 vac supply)
CONNECTION
POINT
Pin
I
Notation
EXVA-J 1
11
12
24 vac
Ground
EXVA-J4
Local Equipment
1
2
Network
+
G
3
EXVA-J3
Circuit A Suction Gas Thermistor
SGTA
5k Thermistor
TEMPERATURES_CIR.A
_SGT.A
TH
A
EXVA-J3
Circuit B Suction Gas Thermistor
SGTB
5k Thermistor
TEMPERATURES-_CIR.B-_SGT.B
TH
B
EXVA-J2A
1
Circuit A EXV
EXV-A
Stepper Motor
OUTPUTS _CIR.A
_EXV.A
2
3
4
EXVA-J2B
1
Circuit B EXV
EXV-B
Stepper Motor
OUTPUTS_CIR.B_EXV.B
2
3
4
Table 6 -- EXV A,B,C Board Inputs and Outputs* (30XA090-500)
DESCRIPTION
INPUT/OUTPUT
I/O TYPE
NAVIGATOR MODULE
POINT NAME
Power (24 vac supply)
CONNECTION
POINT
Pin
I
Notation
EXVX_J1
11
12
24 vac
Ground
EXVX-J4
1
2
Local Equipment Network
+
G
3
EXVX-J3
Circuit X Suction Gas Thermistor
SGTX
5k Thermistor
TEMPERATURES_CIR.X_SGT.X
TH
A
EXVX-J3
Circuit X Economizer
Thermistor
Gas
ECTX
5k Thermistor
TEMPERATURES-_CIR.X-_ECT.X
TH
B
EXVX-J2A
1
Circuit
X EXV
EXV-X
Stepper Motor
OUTPUTS _CIR.X _EXV.X
2
3
4
EXVX-J2A
1
Circuit X Economizer
EXV
ECEX_X
Stepper Motor
OUTPUTS_CIR.X_ECO.X
2
3
4
*"X" denotes the circuit, A, B or C.
10
Fan Boards -- At least one f;m board is installed in each
FAN BOARD A
(090-500)
DIP SWITCH
Address:
unit. See Fig. 5A and 5B. There are two types of fan bomds,
with and without an analog output signal for the low ambient
temperature head pressure control fan speed controllers. If a
unit does not have low ambient temperature head pressure control installed, it will not have the analog connection terminals.
The fan bo;ud responds to commands from the MBB and sends
the MBB the results of the channels it monitors via the Local
Equipment Network (LEN). See below for fan board A, B and
C DIP switch addresses. See Tables 7-9 for inputs and outputs.
FAN BOARD
(080)
DIP SWITCH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Address:
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
FAN BOARD B
(140-500)
DIP SWITCH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Address:
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
FAN BOARD C
(400-500)
DIP SWITCH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Address:
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
LOCATION OF
JSERIALNUMBER
/
_
_]TATUS
IIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII.../7
IgN3NNl1345
DIP SWITCH
_
_
SIC (LE_
[__
_
_..
[_JFr_d@)
I®
I_
I+c
TB1
TB2
TB3
TB4
TB5
TB6
_
TB7
C
I®
TB8
I/I
J2
Fig. 5A-
Fan Board (AUX 1)with Low Ambient Temperature
LOCATION OF
Head Pressure Control
DIP SWITCH
cccccc Q
TB1
TB2
TB3
TB4
TB5
TB6
TB7
TB8
/ cn_I cn_ I CH_I CH4 I/ CHaI CH_
I CHV
I CHS I
Fig. 5B -- Fan Board (AUX 2) without
Low Ambient
11
Temperature
Head Pressure
Control
Table 7 -- Fan Board A Outputs (30XA080-120)
INPUT/OUTPUT
DESCRIPTION
Power (24 vac supply)
m
I/O TYPE
CONNECTION
NAVIGATOR TM MODULE
POINT NAME
m
POINT
Pin
J
11
I
24 vac
12
I
Ground
FBA-J9
Notation
FBA-J1
Local Equipment Network
m
m
Circuit A Low Ambient Temperature
Head Pressure Control Speed Signal
MM-A*
0-10 VDC
OUTPUTS-_CIR.A
-_SPD.A
Circuit B Low Ambient Temperature
Head Pressure Control Speed Signal
MM-B*
0-10 VDC
OUTPUTS_CIR.B
_SPD.B
Fan Contactor A1
FCA1
Contactor
FBA-J2-CH 1
Fan Contactor A2
Fan Contactor A3
FCA2
FCA3
Contactor
Contactor
FBA-J2-CH2
FBA-J2-CH3
Fan Contactor A4
FCA4
Contactor
Fan Contactor B1
FCB 1
Contactor
FBA-J2-CH4
(090-120)
FBA-J3-CH5
Fan Contactor B2
FCB2
Contactor
FBA-J3-CH6
Fan Contactor B3
FCB3
Contactor
FBA-J3-CH7
Fan Contactor
FCB4
Contactor
FBA-J3-CH8
(090-120)
FBA-CH9
I
FBA-CH10
B4
*Output only on low ambient temperature
I
head pressure control (AUX1).
Table 8 -- Fan Board X Outputs (30XA140-350)
DESCRIPTION
INPUT/OUTPUT
I/O TYPE
NAVIGATOR MODULE
POINT NAME
CONNECTION
Pin
POINT
Notation
FBX-J1
Power (24 vac supply)
11
24 vac
12
Ground
FBX-J9
+
G
Local Equipment Network
+
G
Circuit X Low Ambient Temperature
Head Pressure Control
Speed Signal
FBX-CH9
MMm*
0-10 VDC
OUTPUTS_CIR.X_SPD.X
+
Fan Contactor
X1
FCX1
Contactor
FBX-J2-CH01
Fan Contactor
X2
FCX2
Contactor
FBX-J2-CH02
Fan Contactor
X3
FCX3
Contactor
FBX-J2-CH03
Fan Contactor
X4
FCX4
Contactor
FBX-J2-CH04
Fan Contactor
X5
FCX5
Contactor
FBX-J3-CH05
Fan Contactor
X6
FCX6
Contactor
FBX-J3-CH06
Fan Contactor
X7
FCX7
Contactor
FBX-J3-CH07
Fan Contactor
X8
FCX8
Contactor
FBX-J3-CH08
*Output only on units with low ambient temperature head pressure control installed (AUX1).
NOTES:
1. Fan Board B used on 30XA140-350.
2. "X" indicates circuit A or circuit B.
3. See Fig. 9 for which contactor is used with circuit A or B.
12
Table 9 -- Fan Board C Inputs and Outputs
DESCRIPTION
INPUWOUTPUT
(30XA400-500)
NAVIGATOR MODULE
POINT NAME
I/O TYPE
Power (24 vac supply)
CONNECTION POINT
(Unit Size)
Pin I
Notation
FBC-J1
11
24 vac
12
Ground
FBC-J9
+
G
Local Equipment
Network
Circuit C Discharge
Pressure Transducer
DPTC
Pressure Transducer
PRE$SURES-_PRC.C-_DP.C
FBC-J7-CH 13
Circuit C Suction
Pressure Transducer
SPTC
Pressure Transducer
PRESSURES_PRC.C_SP.C
FBC-J8-CH14
Circuit C Low Ambient
Temperature Head Pressure
Control Speed Signal
MM-C
0-10 VDC
Fan Contactor C1
FCC1
Contactor
Fan Contactor C2
FCC2
Contactor
Fan Contactor C3
FCC3
Contactor
Fan Contactor C4
FCC4
Contactor
Fan Contactor C5
FCC5
Contactor
Fan Contactor C6
FCC6
Contactor
Fan Contactor C7
FCC7
Contactor
Fan Contactor C8
FCC8
Contactor
Enable-Off-Remote
Contact
FBC-CH9
Switch
(SWl)
--
OUTPUTS-_CIR.
C--_SPD. C
FBC-J2-CH1
FBC-J2-CH2
FBC-J2-CH3
FBC-J2-CH4
FBC-J3-CH5
FBC-J3-CH6
FBC-J3-CH7
FBC-J3-CH8
accessory. See Fig. 6. The EMM receives 4 to 20 mA inputs for
the tempemtme
reset, cooling set point and demand limit
functions. The EMM also receives tile switch inputs for the
field-installed second stage 2-step demand limit and ice done
functions. The EMM communicates
the status of all inputs
with the MBB, and the MBB adjusts the control point, capacity
limit, and other functions according to tile inputs received. See
Table 10.
This switch is installed in all units and provides the owner and
service person with a local means of enabling or disabling the
machine. It is a 3-position switch used to control the chillel:
When switched to tile Enable position the chiller is under its
own control. Move the switch to the Off position to shut the
chiller down. Move tile switch to tile Remote Contact position
and a field-installed dry contact can be used to start tile chiller.
The contacts must be capable of handling a 24-vac, 50-mA
load. In the Enable and Remote Contact (dry contacts closed)
positions, the chiller is allowed to operate and respond to the
scheduling configuration,
CCN configuration
and set point
data.
Care should be taken when interfacing with other manufacturer's control systems due to possible power supply differences, full wave bridge versus half wave rectification,
which could lead to equipment damage. The two diffelent
power supplies cannot be mixed. Crm_fortLink TM controls
use half wave rectification. A signal isolation device should
be utilized if incorporating a full wave bridge rectifier signal generating device is used.
Emergency
On/Off Switch (SW2) -- This switch is
installed in ;til units. The Emergency On/Off switch should
only be used when it is required to shut the chiller off immediately. Power to all modules is interrupted when this switch is
off"and all outputs from these modules will be turned off.
Energy Management
Module (EMM) -- The EMM
is available as a factory-installed option or as a field-installed
13
©
Fig. 6 -- Energy Management Module
Table 10 -- Energy Management Module (EMM) Inputs and Outputs
INPUT
4-20 mA Demand
DESCRIPTION
Limit
4-20 mA Demand Limit
I/O POINT NAME
CONNECTION
INPUTS-_GEN.I-_DMND
EMM-J7B-CH6
4-20 mA
INPUT$-_GEN.I-_RSET
EMM-J7A-CH5
4-20 mA Temperature
Reset]Cooling Setpoint
Demand Limit SW2
4-20 mA Temperature
Cooling Set point
Demand Limit Step 2
Switch Input
INPUT$-_GEN.I-_DLS2
EMM-J4-CH9
Ice Done
Ice Done Switch
Switch Input
INPUTS-_GEN.I-MCE.D
EMM-J4-CH 11A
Occupancy Override
Remote Lockout Switch
Occupied
Switch Input
INPUTS-_GEN.I-_OCCS
EMM-J4-CH8
Switch Input
INPUT$-_GEN.I-_RLOC
EMM-J4-CH 10
SPT
Space Temperature Thermistor
DESCRIPTION
10k Thermistor
I/O TYPE
TEMPERATURE-_UNIT-_$PT
I/O POINT NAME
EMM-J6-CH2
CONNECTION
0-10 vdc
OUTPUTS-+GEN.O-+CATO
EMM-J8-CH7
Relay
OUTPUT$-_GEN.O-_RUN
EMM-J3-CH25
Relay
OUTPUTS-_GEN.O-_SHUT
EMM-J3-CH24
Chiller
OUTPUT
Reset/
I/O TYPE
4-20 mA
Schedule Override
Lockout
% Total Capacity
RUN R
Run Relay
SHD R
Shutdown
Relay
POINT
POINT
NOTE: Used on 30XA080-500.
Local
Equipment
Network --Information
is transmitted between modules via a 3-wire cornmunication
bus or
LEN (Local Equipment Network). External connection to the
LEN bus is made fit TB3.
Board Addresses
--
All
bofu'ds
(except
the Main
Board (MBB) is supplied with the cunent soflwme. If necessary, teload current soflwate. If tlte problem still persists,
replace the MBB. A red LED that is lit continuously or blinking at a rate of once per second or faster indicates that the bomd
should be replaced.
Base
GREEN LED -- All boards have a green LEN (SIO) LED
which should be blinking whenever power is on. If the LEDs
are not blinking as described check LEN connections
for
potential communication
errors fit the board connectot_. See
Input/Output Table 2, and 4-10 for LEN Connector designations. A 3-wire bus accomplishes
communication
between
modules. These 3 wires tun in parallel from module to module.
The J9A connector on the MBB provides communication
directly to the Navigator :m display module.
Board, Energy
Management
Module
Board, find Compressor
Protection
Module
Bornd)
have
8-position
DIP
switches.
Addresses
for all boards ate listed with the Input!Output
Tables
for each board,
Control
Module
Communication
RED LED -- Proper operation of the control boards can be
visually checked by looking at file red status LEDs (liglttemitting diodes). When operating correctly, the red status
LEDs will blink in unison at a rate of once every 2 seconds. If
the red LEDs are not blink in unison, verify that correct power
is being supplied to all modules. Be sure that the Main Base
YELLOW LEDTlte MBB has
Cmtier Comfort Network®
(CCN)
times of network communication.
14
one yellow LED. The
LED will blink during
Carrier
Comfort
Network@
(CCN)
Interface
--
3.
All 30XA units can be connected to the CCN, if desired. Tile
communication
bus wiring is a shielded, 3-conductor
cable
with &'ain wire and is field supplied and inst;flledi The system
elements are connected to the communication
bus in a daisy
chain arrangement.
The positive pin of each system element
communication
connector must be wired to the positive pins of
the system elements on either side of it, that is also required for
the negative and signal ground pins of each system element.
Wiring connections for CCN should be made at TB3. Consult
the CCN Contractor's
Manu;d for further information.
See
Fig. 7.
4.
IMPORTANT:
A shorted CCN bus cable will prevent
some routines from running and may prevent the unit
from starting. If abnormal conditions
occur, disconnect the CCN bus. If conditions
return to normal,
check the CCN connector and cable. Run new cable if
necessary. A short in one section of the bus can cause
problems with all system elements on the bus.
NOTE: Conductors and &'ain wire must be 20 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum stranded, tinned coppel: Individual
conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/nylon, vinyl,
Teflon, or polyethylene.
An aluminum/polyester
100% foil
shield and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon, chrome vinyl,
or Teflon with a minimum operating temperature
range of
-20 C to 60 C is required. See Table 11 for recommended wire
manufacturers and part numbers.
Table 11 -- CCN Communication
Configuration
Alpha
American
Bus Wiring
Belden
Columbia
Manhattan
Quabik
Regular Wiring
1895
Plenum Wiring
A21451
8205
A48301
884421
D6451
M 13402
M64430
MINUTES OFF TIME (Configuration
_OPTN---_ DELY) is
a time delay added to the start when the machine is commanded ON. This is a field configurable
item from 1 to
15 minutes. The factory default is 1 minute. This feature is
useful when multiple units are installed. Staggering the start
will reduce the inrush potential.
6130
It is important when connecting to a CCN communication
bus that a color-coding scheme be used for the entire network
to simplify the installation. It is recommended that red be used
for the signal positive, black for the signal negative, and white
for the signal ground. Use a similar scheme for cables containing different colored wires.
Dual Chiller Control--The
dual chiller routine
is
available for the control of two units installed in series or
parallel supplying chilled fluid on a common loop. One chiller
must be configured as the master chillel; the other as the slave
chillel: For parallel chiller application, an additional leaving
fluid temperature
thermistor
(Dual Chiller LWT) must be
installed in the common chilled water piping as described in
the Installation
Instructions
for both the master and slave
chillel_. See the Field Wiring section in the 30XA Installation
Instructions for Dual Chiller LWT sensor control wiring. A
chilled water flow switch is factory-installed
for each chillel:
DUAL CHILLER
PUMP CONTROL
FOR PARALLEL
APPLICATIONS--It
is recommended
that a dedicated
pump be used for each unit. Chiller must st;ut and stop its own
water pump located on its own piping. If pumps are not dedicated for each chillel: chiller isolation valves are required: each
chiller must open and close its own isolation v_dve.
At each system element, the shields of its communication
bus cables must be tied togethel: If the communication
bus is
entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield
must be connected to a ground at one point only. If the communication bus cable exits from one building and entel.s another.
the shields must be connected to grounds at the lightning
suppressor in each building where the cable enters or exits the
building (one point per building only). To connect the unit to
the network:
1. Turn off power to the control box.
2.
Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white
(ground), and black (-) conductors. (Substitute appropriate colol.'s for different colored cables.)
CCN
oDD
LEN
Options
RAMP LOADING
(Configuration_OPTN--_RL.S),
limits
the rate of change of leaving fluid temperature. If the unit is in
a Cooling mode and configured for Ramp Ix_ading, the control
makes 2 comparisons
before deciding to change stages of
capacity. The control c_dculates a temperature
difference
between the control point and leaving fluid temperature. If the
difference is greater than 4 ° F (2.2 ° C) and the rote of change
(°F or °C per minute) is more than the configured Cool Ramp
Ix_ading (Setpoints_COOL_'RMP),
the control does not
_dlow any changes to the current stage of capacity.
PART NUMBER
MANUFACTURER
Connect the red wire to (+) terlninal on TB3 of the plug,
the white wire to COM termimd, and the black wire to the
(-) terminal.
The RJI 4 CCN connector on TB3 can also be used, but is
only intended for temporary connection (for example, a
laptop computer running Service Tool).
(+) (C0t'd)
CCN
(-)
SHIELD
o
To Next
DeYk:e
Fig. 7 -- ComfortLink
TM
CCN Communication
15
Wiring
DUAL PUMP CONTROLFOR SERIESCHILLER
APPLICATIONS
--If pumpcontrolis required, the chiller
The control has an automatic lead-lag feature built in for
circuit and compressor starts. If enabled, the control will determine which circuit (Configuration--cOPTN--cLLCS=O)
and
compressor to start to even the wear The compressor wear
factor (combination of starts and run hours) is used to determine which compressor starts.
Coml)ressor Wear Fa_or
= (Coml)mssor
Starts) + 0.1
(Coml)ressor Run Hours)
pump needs to be controlled by the master chiller only. The
control of the slave chiller is directed through commands
emitted by the master chillel: The slave chiller has no action in
master/slave operations; it shall only verify that CCN communication with its master is present. See the Dual Chiller
Sequence of Operation section on page 49.
Use dual chiller control to designate a lead chiller between
the master and slave chillel: Configure the Lead/Lag Baltmce
Select (Configuration
_RSET---)LLBL)
to ENBL to base the
selection on the Lead/Lag
Balance
Delta (Configuration
_RSET--+LLBD)
between the master and slave mn hours. If
the run hour difference between the master and the slave
remains less than LLBD, the chiller designated as the lead will
remain the lead chillel: The Lead/Lag changeover between the
master and the slave chiller due to hour balance will occur during chiller operating odd days, such as day 1, &_y 3, and &ty 5
of the month, at 12:00 a.m. If a lead chiller is not designated,
the master chiller will always be designated the lead chiller
In this case, the cimuit with the lowest compressor wear
Nctor is the cimuit that stags first. The following settings will
determine what cimuit stags first:
Configuratiml _OPTN---)LLCS=I,
Circuit A starts
Configuration _OPTN---)LLCS'=2,
Circuit B starts
Configuratiml _OPTN---)LLCS=3,
Circuit C starts
If Minimum Ix)ad Control is enabled (Configuration---)
UNIT---)HGBP=I),
the valve will be opemtiomd only during
the first stage of cooling.
EQUAL LOADING (Configuration
_OPTN---_LOAD=O)
-The circuit which has started will maintain minimum stage of
capacity and slide valve fully unloaded; when additional capacity is required the next circuit with the lowest compressor wear
factor is st:u-ted with the slide valve at minimum position. As
additiomd capacity is required the slide v_dve for a circuit will
be adjusted in approximately 5% increments to match capacity
requirements.
The control will alternate between circuits to
maintain the same percentage of capacity on each circuit. See
Fig. 8.
The dual chiller control algorithm has the ability to be configured for series or parallel operation. To configure chillers in
series, set Configuration--_RSET---_S'ERI
to YES for series
operation, or NO for parallel operation. Both the master and
slave chiller must be configmed the same.
The dual chiller control algorithm has the ability to delay
the start of the lag chiller in two ways. The Lead Pulldown
Time (Configuration---)RSET---)LPUL)
provides a field configurable time delay of 0 to 60 minutes. This time delay gives
the lead chiller a chance to remove the heat that the chilled water loop picked up while being inactive during an unoccupied
period. The Lead Pulldown Time pmameter is a one-time time
delay initiated after starting the lead chillel: manually or by a
schedule, before checking whether to st_ul an additional chillel:
This routine provides the lead chiller an opportunity to pull
down the loop temperature before starting another chillel: The
second time delay. Lead/Lag Delay (Configuratiml
_RSET
--+LLDY) is a time delay imposed between the last stage of the
lead chiller and the start of the lag chillel: This prevents
enabling the lag chiller until the lead/lag delay timer has
expired. See Tables 12 and 13.
STAGE LOADING -- If stage-loading is selected (Configuration _OPTN--+LOAD=I),
the cimuit which has stmted will
gradu_dly load the slide valve to match capacity requirements
until the circuit is fully loaded. Once the circuit is fully loaded
and additional capacity is required, the control will stmt an additional circuit fully unloaded and gradu_dly unload the circuit
which was lially loaded to match capacity requirements.
The capacity control algorithm runs every 30 seconds. The
algorithm attempts to maintain the Control Point at the desired
set point. Each time the capacity control _dgorithm runs, the
control reads the entering and leaving fluid temperatures. The
control determines the rate at which conditions are changing
and calculates 2 variables based on these conditions. Next, a
capacity ratio is calculated using the 2 variables to determine
whether or not to make any changes to the current stages of capacity. This ratio v_due ranges from -100 to +100%. If the next
change of capacity is a compressol: the control stmts (stops) a
compressor when the ratio reaches + 100% (-100%). If the next
change of capacity is to reposition the slide valve, the control
energizes both slide valve solenoids when ratio is +60% and
deenergizes both slide valve solenoids when ratio is -60%. [f
inst_dled, the minimum load valve solenoid will be energized
with the first stage of capacity. Minimum load valve value is
fixed at 10 tons in the total capacity calculation. The control
will also use the minimum load valve solenoid as the last stage
of capacity before turning off the last compressol: A delay of
90 seconds occurs after each capacity step change. A delay of
3 minutes occm_ after each compressor capacity step change.
Capacity ControlThe control system cycles compressors and positions the slide valve of each compressor to
maintain the user-configured
leaving chilled fluid temperature
set point. Entering fluid temperature is used by the Main Base
Board (MBB) to determine the temperature drop across the
cooler and is used in determining the optimum time to add or
subtract capacity. Return fluid temperature, space temperature
(requires additional sensor), or outdoor-air temperature reset
features can automatically
reset the leaving chilled fluid
temperatme set point. It can also be reset fiom an external 4 to
20-mA signal (requires Energy Management
Module). Temperatme leset requires a temperature sensor and the Energy
Management Module.
16
Table 12 -- Configuring
MODE
KEYPAD
CONFIGURATION
ENTRY
DISPLAY
[]
DISP
]
UNIT
]
SERV
]
OPTN
]
CCNA
]
1
[]
CCNA
]
CCNB
]
0
[]
CCNB
]
OPTN
ITEM
CCN
Address
CCN
Bus
]
RSET
Reset
CRST
Cooling
MSSL
Master/Slave
x 5
COMMENT
Confirmdifferent
addressaddresses,
of chiller.
have
Factory
]
]
the Master Chiller
EXPANSION
Cool
Number
Factory
default
to indicate
]
O
Disable
Flashing
]
1
Master
Use
1
The
and slave
Edit mode.
to change
Accepts
the change.
to indicate
value
May
require
[]
t
]
1
Flashing
]
2
Use up the
match
arrows
address
to change
of the
]
2
Accepts
the
]
SLVA
Factory
Default
is DSBL.
Factory
Default
is 168.
Factory
Default
is 10.
Factory
Default
is O, Off if unit is stopped.
Factory
Default
is O.
At mode
level.
]
DSBL
]
LLBL
]
LLBD
]
168
]
LLBD
]
LLDY
]
10
]
LLDY
]
LAGP
]
O
]
LAGP
]
LPUL
]
0
Address
Lead/Lag
Balance
Lead/Lag
Balance
Lead/Lag
Lag
Password.
to 1.
SLVA
LLBL
master
is o.
]
]
Slave
up arrows
value
slave
chiller.
to 2. This
address
must
change.
Select
Delta
Select
Off if U Stp
Lead
Edit mode.
Delay
Unit Pump
Pulldown
Time
[]
]
OPERATINGMoDES
]
SER1
Chillers
in Series
[]
OPER
Operating
Control
]
o
Switch
Control
NOTE:
Bold
values
indicate
sub-mode
Type
Master
Switch
]
At mode
level.
]7
chiller should
Control,
Time
level.
must
is 1.
Select
Disable
MSSL
chiller
Trnp
o
]
and slave
Type
]
]
address
master
Confirm must
chiller
the be
bus onnumber
the same
of the
bus.chiller.
and Heat
Reset
default
The
be
configuredor CCN.
for job
Schedule,
requirements,
Table 13 -- Configuring
MODE
KEYPAD
CONFIGURATION
ENTRY
DISPLAY
the Slave Chiller
ITEM EXPANSION
[]
DISP
]
UNIT
]
SERV
]
OPTN
]
CCNA
]
1
Factory
default
is 1. The slave
must
match
whataddress
was programmed
in thechiller
Masteraddress
Chiller
SLVA item.
]
1
Flashing
]
2
This item must match
]
2
Accepts
]
CCNA
]
CCNB
]
0
[]
CCNB
]
OPTN
CCN Address
CCN
Confirm
address
The master
must have
differentof chiller.
addresses.
Bus Number
Reset Cool and Heat Tmp
]
CRST
Cooling
MSSL
Master/Slave
]
0
Disable
]
0
Disable
Flashing
]
2
Slave
Use up arrows
]
2
]
MSSL
Accepts
Bold values
indicate
bus number
to indicate
SLVA
Slave Address
]
LLBL
Lead/Lag
Balance
Select
Not required.
]
LLBD
Lead/Lag
Balance
Delta
Not required.
]
LLDY
Lead/Lag
Delay
]
LAGP
Lag Unit Pump
Select
Not required.
]
LPUL
Lead Pulldown
Time
Not required.
Edit mode.
to change
May require
value to 2.
Not required.
Not required.
At mode level
]
SER1
Chillers
[]
OPER
Operating
]
0
]
0
in Series
]
2
]
2
]
OPER
Control
sub-mode
Type
Control
Flashing
CCN
and
is 0.
the change.
]
Switch
SLVA item.
Select
Control
to indicate
Edit Mode.
Use
up Must
arrowsbe toconfigured
change value
to 2.
NOTE:
for CCN.
Accepts
]
NOTE:
Master Chiller
Reset Type
]
MODES
Edit Mode.
the change.
Factory default
RSET
x 5
to indicate
and slave chiller
Confirmchiller
the must
bus number
of the
chiller.
slave
be on the
same
bus. The master
]
]
OPERATING
COMMENT
the value.
At mode level
level.
18
Password
100
_
Lead compressor
can fall anywhere
[when
load between 40%~65%
in this area
fAN
_Lead
--Lag
Compressor
Compressor
Loading
Loading
_Lag
Compressor
Unloading
8O
j//,/
.___
¢>,
_
--Lead
LOADING_
'_
LOx_ING
c)
_- 40
o
c)
20
Lag compressor
can fail anywhere
when cad between 40%~65%
in this area
I
I
I
0
100
0
Load
(%)
Equal Circuit Loading
Unit Loading Unloading (Staged circuit loading)
100
8O
o_
8
60
y_
_
40
2O
1CO
Lead
Staged Circuit
Fig. 8 -- Compressor
(%)
Loading
Loading and Unloading
19
Compressor
_
Unloading
value and the rate of change of the water temperatureis greater
than -0.1 ° F/rain, a stage will be added.
CAPACITY
CONTROL
OVERRIDES
(Run
Status-+
VIEW _CAP.S) -- The following ovemdes will modify the
norlnal operation routine. If any of the following override conditions listed below is satisfied, it shall determine the capacity
change instead of the normal control. Overrides are listed by
priority order and ale often linked to unit operating modes. See
Table 14 for a list of operating modes and corresponding
overrides.
Table 14 -- Operating Modes and
Corresponding Overrides
OPERATING
Override #1 : Cooler Freeze Protection
-- This ovemde attempts to avoid the freeze protection alarm. If the Leaving
Water Tempelature is less than Brine Freeze Set Point (Configuration--¢SERV--cLOSP)
+ 2.0 ° F (1.1 ° C) then a stage of capacity is removed.
Startup Delay in Effect
2
3
Second Setpoint in Use
Reset in Effect
4
Demand Limit Active
5
Ramp Loading Active
Cooler Heater Active
6
7
NOTE: The freeze set point is 34 F (1.1 C) for fresh water
systems (Configuration
---_ERV---)FLUD=I).
The freeze set
point is Brine Freeze Set Point (Configuration--_S'ERV
--_LOSP), for Medium Temperature Brine systems (Configuration ---_S'ERV--)FLUD=2 ).
Override #2: Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature
in Cooling
Override #3: Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature
in Cooling
Override #4: Circuit C Low Saturated Suction Temperature
in Cooling -- These overrides attempt to avoid the low suction
temperatme alarlns, and is active only when more than one
compressor in a circuit is ON. The slide valve in the affected
circuit will be decreased in position if the Saturated Suction
Temperature is less than Brine Freeze Set Point (Configuration--+SERV--+LOSP)
-18.0 F (-10 C) for 90 seconds, or the
Saturated Suction Temperature is less than -4 F (-20 C).
Override #5: Ix_w Temperature Cooling and High Temperature Heating -- This ovenide removes one stage of capacity
when the difference between the Control Point (Run Status--)
VIEW_CTPT)
and the Leaving Water Temperature
(Run
Status--+VIEW--+LWT)
reaches a predetermined limit and the
rate of change of the water is 0 or still decreasing.
Override #6: Ix_w Temperature Cooling and High Temperatme
Heating -- This ovenide lemoves two stages of capacity when
the Entering Water Temperature (Run Status--+VIEW--+EWT)
is less than the Control Point (Run Status--+VIEW_CTPT.)
Override #7: Ramp Loading -- No capacity stage increase
will be made if the unit is configured for ramp loading (Cottfiguration--)OPTN--)RL.S=ENBL)
and if the diffelence
between the Leaving Water Temperatme trod the Control Point is
gleater than 4° F (2.2 ° C) and the rate of change of the leaving
water is greater than Cool Rmnp Ix_ading Rate (Se&oints-e
COOL_CRMP).
Operating mode 5 (MD05) will be in effect.
Override #8: Service Manual Test Override -- The manu:d
test consists in adding a stage of capacity eve U 30 seconds, until the control enables all of the requested compressors
and
Minimum Ix_ad Control selected in the Crml/brtLink TM display
Service Test menu. All safeties and higher priority overrides
ale monitored and acted upon.
Override # 9: Demand Limit -- This override mode is ttctive
when a command to limit the capacity is received. If the
current unit capacity is gleater than the active capacity limit
v:due, a stage is removed. If the current capacity is lower than
the capacity limit value, the control will not add a stage that
will result in the new capacity being gleater then the capacity
limit v_due. Operating mode 4 (MD04) will be in effect.
Override #10: Cooler Interlock Override
-- This override
prohibits compressor
operation until the Cooler Interlock
(hlputs _GEN.I---_LOCK)
is closed.
OVERRIDES
MODES
1
9
7
Demand Limit
Ramp Loadng
Cooler Pumps Rotation
8
Pump Periodic Start
9
Night Low Noise Active
10
System Manager Active
11
Mast Slave Ctrl Active
12
Auto Changeover Active
m
13
m
14
Free Cooling Active
Reclaim Active
15
Electric Heat Active
16
17
Heating Low EWT Lockout
13 Minimum On/Off and
Off/On Time Delay
22 Minimum On Time Delay
m
m
18
Condenser Pumps Rotation
Ice Mode in Effect
19
Defrost Active on Cir A
20
Defrost Active on Cir B
21
Low Suction Circuit A
22
Low Suction Circuit B
23
Low Suction Circuit C
24
High DGT Circuit A
25
High DGT Circuit B
27 High Discharge Gas
Override Circuit B
26
High DGT Circuit C
28 High Discharge Gas
Override Circuit C
27
High Pres Override Cir A
16 Circuit A High
Pressure Override
28
High Pres Override Cir B
17 Circuit B High
Pressure Override
29
High Pres Override Cir C
18 Circuit C High
Pressure Override
m
23 Circuit A Low
Saturated Suction
Circuit A Low
Refrigerant
24 Circuit B Low
Saturated Suction
Circuit B Low
Refrigerant
25 Circuit C Low
Saturated Suction
Circuit C Low
Refrigerant
26 High Discharge Gas
Override Circuit A
3O Low Superheat
31 Low Superheat
Circuit A
32
Low Superheat
Circuit C
33
High Compressor
Circuit A
Current
41
Circuit A High
Current Override
34
High Compressor
Circuit B
Current
42
Circuit B High
Current Override
35
High Compressor
Circuit C
Current
43
Circuit C High
Current Override
Circuit B
Override #12: High Temperature
Cooling and Low Temperature Heating -- This override runs only when Minimum
Load Control is Enabled, (Configuration
---)SERV--cHGBP)
is
1, 2 or 3. This ovenide will add a stage of capacity if the next
stage is Minimum Load Control, when the difference between
the Leaving Water Temperature (Run Status---)VIEW---)LWT)
and the Control Point (Run Status --+VIEW_CTPT)
exceeds a
calculated value and the rate of change of the water temperature is greater than a fixed value.
Override #11 : High Temperature
Cooling and Low Temperature Heating -- This override algorithm runs once when the
unit is switched to ON. If the difference between the Leaving
Water Temperatme (Run Status --+VIEW--+LWT) and the Control Point (Run Status---_VIEW_42TPT)
exceeds a c:dculated
20
Override #13: Minimum On/Off and Off/On Time Delay -Whenever a capacity change has been made, the control will
remain at this capacity stage for the next 90 seconds. During
this time, no capacity control algorithm cCdculations will be
made. If the capacity step is a compressor,
an additional
90-second delay is added to the previous hold time (see Override #227. This override allows the system to stabilize before
another capacity stage is added or removed. If a condition of a
higher priority override occurs, the higher priolity override will
take precedence. Operating Mode 10 (MDI 0) will be in effect.
Override #26: Circuit A High Discharge Gas Override
Override #27: Circuit B High Discharge Gas Override
Override #28: Circuit C High Discharge Gas Override
-When the temperature is above the limit curve minus 2 ° F
(1.1 ° C) increase in capacity will not be allowed. This ovemde
will remain active until the DG_" goes below the limit curve by
-3 ° F (-1.7 ° C).
OvelTide #34: Circuit A Low Refi'igerant Charge
Override #35: Circuit B Low Refiigerant
Charge
Override #36: Circuit C Low Refrigerant Charge -- The capacity override attempts to protect the compressor from starting with no refiigemnt in the circuit. This algorithm runs only
when the circuit is not operational (no compressors are ON).
There are several criteria that will enable this override:
Override #14: Slow Change Override -- This override prevents compressor stage changes when the leaving temperature
is close to the control point and slowly moving towards the
control point.
Override #15: System Manager Capacity Control
-If a
Chillervisor module is controlling the unit and the Chillervisor
module is controlling multiple chillers, the unit will increase
capacity to attempt to load to the demand limited v_due.
1. The saturated suction temperature or saturated
temperature is less than -13 F (-10.6 C).
2. All of these conditions must be true:
Override #16: Circuit A High Pressme Override
Override #17: Circuit B High Pressure Override
Override #18: Circuit C High Pressure Override -- This override attempts to avoid a high pressure failure. The algorithm is
run evely 4 seconds. If the Saturated Condensing Temperature
for the circuit is above the High Pressure Threshold (Configuration--+ SERV--+HP.TH)
then the position of slide valve will
be unloaded.
a.
The saturated
suction temperature
or saturated
discharge temperature
is less than leaving water
temperature by more than 5.4 ° F (3.0 ° C).
b.
Saturated
suction
charge temperature
c.
Outdoor
temperature
or saturated
is less than 41 F (5 C).
air temperature
dis-
is less than 32 F (0 ° C).
d.
Override #19: Standby Mode -- This override algorithm will
not allow a compressor to run if the unit is in Standby mode,
(Run Status--)VIEW--_HC.ST=2).
3.
Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge
temperature is less than the outdoor air temperature
by more than 5.4 ° F (3.0 ° C).
All of these conditions must be true:
a. The saturated suction temperature or saturated
discharge temperature is less than leaving water
temperature by more than 5.4° F (3.0° C).
b. Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge temperature is less than 41 F (5 C).
c. Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge temperature is less than the brine freeze
point (Configuration--+SERV--+LOSP)
by more
than 6° F (3.3° C).
NOTE: The freeze set point is 34 F (1.1 C)
for fresh water systems (Configuration---)SERV
--+FLUD=I). The freeze set point is brine freeze
set point (Configuration--_SERV--_LOSP),
for
medium temperature brine systems (Configuration --_SER V--)FLUD=2 ).
All of these conditions must be true:
Override #22: Minimum On Time Delay -- In addition to
Override #13 Minimum On/Off and Off/On Time Delay, for
compressor capacity changes, an additional 90-second delay
will be added to Override #13 delay. No compressor will be
deenelgized until 3 minutes have elapsed since the last compressor has been turned ON. When this override is active, the
capacity control _dgorithm calculations will be perf(mned, but
no capacity reduction will be made until the timer has expired.
A control with higher precedence will override the Minimum
On Time Delay.
Override #23: Circuit A Low Saturated Suction
Temperature
in Cooling
Override #24: Circuit B Low Saturated Suction
Temperature
in Cooling
Override #25: Circuit C Low Saturated Suction Temperature in Cooling -- If the circuit is operating in an gu'ea close to
the operational limit of the compressol: the circuit capacity will
remain at the same point or unload to raise the saturated suction
temperatme. This _dgorithm will be active if at least 1 complessot in the circuit is on and one of the following conditions is tree:
1. Saturated Suction Temperature
is less than the Brine
Fleeze Setpoint (Configuration
--_;ERV--cLOSP)
- 6° F
(3.3 ° C).
2.
dischmge
a.
The saturated
suction temperature or saturated
discharge temperature
is less than leaving water
temperature by more than 5.4 ° F (3.0 ° C).
b.
Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge
temperature is less than 41 F (5 C).
Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge
temperature is less than the outdoor air temperature
by more than 9 ° F (5 ° C).
c.
Saturated Suction Telnperature
is less than the Brine
Fleeze Setpoint (Configuration--cSERV--cLOSP)
and
the circuit approach (Leaving Water Temperature - Saturated Suction Temperature) is greater than 15 ° F (8.3 ° C)
and the Circuit Supoheat (Discharge Gas Temperatme Saturated Discharge Temperatme) is greater than 25° F
(13.9 ° C).
If any of these conditions 1,2, 3 or 4 are met, the appropriate operating mode, 21 (Circuit A), 22 (Circuit B) or 23
(Circuit C) will be in effect.
Override
Override
Override
NOTE: The freeze set point is 34 F (1.1 C) for fresh
water systems (Configuration
---_S'ERV---_FLUD=I). The
freeze set point is Brine Freeze Set Point (Conjqguration
--+SERV--+LOSP),
for Medium
Temperature
Brine
systems (Configuration
---_SERV---_FLUD=2).
#41 : Circuit A High Current Override
#42: Circuit B High Current Override
#43: Circuit C High Current Override
This override attempts to avoid an overcurrent failure. The
_dgorithm is run every 4 seconds. If the compressor current is
greater than 79% of must trip amps (MTA) but less than 85%
MTA then the capacity will be held at current capacity. If the
compressor current is greater than 85% MTA then capacity
will be reduced by repositioning
the slide valve until the
current is less than 85% MTA (Configuration--cUNIT--€
MTA.X).
If any of these conditions gue met, the appropriate operating
mode, 21 (Circuit A), 22 (Circuit B) or 23 (Circuit C) will be in
effect.
21
Ovenide #44: Circuit A High Suction Superheat at Part Load
Override #45: Circuit B High Suction Superheat at Part Load
Override #46: Circuit C High Suction Superheat at Part Load
-- If the compressor of the circuit is on, the compressor current
is no more than 30% of the MTA, main EXV is more than 90%
open and the suction superheat is higher than the superheat
control point for mole than 5 minutes, the circuit will be shut
down.
25 ° F (13.9 ° C) for 35 seconds to zdlow the system to stabilize.
The control will automatically reduce the unit capacity as the
saturated condensing temperature approaches an upper limit.
See capacity overrides 16-18. The control will indicate through
an operating mode that high ambient unloading is in effect. If
the saturated condensing temperature in a circuit exceeds the
calculated maximum, the circuit will be stopped. For these
reasons, there are no head pressure control methods or set
points to entel: The control will turn off a fan stage when the
condensing temperature is below the minimum head pressure
requirement for the compressoc Fan sequences are shown in
Fig. 9.
LOW AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
HEAD PRESSURE
CONTROL
OPTION -- Units will st_ul and operate down to
32 F C0° C) as standard. Operation to -20 F (-29 C) requires
optional low ambient head pressure control as well as wind
baffles (field fabricated and installed to _fll units for operation
below 32 F [0 ° C]) if wind velocity is anticipated to be greater
than 5 mph (8 kp/h). Inhibited propylene glycol or other suitable corrosion-resistant
anti-freeze solution must be field supplied and installed in all units for unit operation below 34 F
(1.1 C). Solution must be added to fluid loop to protect loop
down to 15° F (8.3 ° C) below minimum operating mnbient
temperature. Concentration should be based on expected minimum temperature and either "Burst" or "Freeze" protection
levels. At least 6 gal per ton (6.5 l/kW) of water volume is the
recommended minimum for a moderate system load.
Override #50: Circuit A MCHX MOP Control
Override #51 : Circuit B MCHX MOP Control
Override #52: Circuit C MCHX MOP Control -- This override is not cmrently used or supported.
Override #53: Circuit A Delay for Unloading the Slide Valve
Override #54: Circuit B Delay for Unloading the Slide Valve
Override
#55: Circuit C Delay for Unloading
the Slide
Valve -- If the compressor is stopped normally, no slide
valve delay is applied. If the circuit is shut down by locked
rotor alarm, full delay is applied before the compressor
is
allowed to stmt (20 minutes for a compressor
with 165 to
185 tons of nominal capacity, 8 minutes for a compressor with
90 to 120 tons of nominal capacity, and 5 minutes for a
compressor
with 45 to 60 tons of nominal capacity). If a
compressor is shut off on an alarm, this delay is adjusted based
on the last nominal capacity of the last compressol:
NOTE: Refer to Tables IA and IB in the 30XA Installation
Instructions for unit compressor nominal capacity..
Override #56: Circuit A Delay for Refrigeration
Isolation
Valve to Open
Override #57: Circuit B Delay for Refrigeration
Isolation
Valve to Open
Override #58: Circuit C Delay for Refrigeration
Isolation
Valve to Open -- This override allows the discharge motorized ball valve to open before the compressor st_uts. The delay
is 2 minutes and 30 seconds.
For low-ambient temperature operation, the lead fan on a
circuit can be equipped with low ambient temperature head
pressure control option or accessory. The controller adjusts fan
speed to maintain the c_dculated head pressure set point.
LOW AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
HEAD PRESSURE
CONTROL
OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
-- The 30XA
low ambient control is a vtuiable speed drive (VFD) that wuies
the speed of the lead condenser fan in each circuit to maintain
the calculated head pressure control set point. The fan speed
varies in proporiion to the 0 to 10 vdc analog signal produced
by the AUXI fan board. The display indicates motor speed in
Hz by default.
_eration
-- The low ambient temperature head pressure controller is pre-configured to operate from a 0 to 10 vdc amflog
input signal present on terminals 3(AIN+) and 4(AIN-). Jumpers between terminals 2 and 4 and terminals 5 and 8 (5 trod 9
for 575-v drives) _ue lequired for proper operation. The diive is
enabled based on an increase in the analog input signal above
0 vdc. Output is varied from 0 Hz to 60 Hz as the analog signal
increases from 0 vdc to 10 vdc. When the signal is at 0 vdc the
drive holds the fan at 0 rpm. The head pressure control set point
is not adjustable. The MBB determines the control set point as
required.
Override #59: Circuit A Low Oil Level
Override #60: Circuit B Low Oil Level
Override #61 : Circuit C Low Oil Level -- This override is
only effective when the circuit is not running. It shall prevent
the circuit from starting up with a low oil level. If this override
occuLs three times, the low oil level alarm will be tripped.
Head Pressure Control--The
Main
Base
Board
(MBB) controls the condenser fans to maintain the lowest
condensing temperature possible, and thus the highest unit eflSciency. The MBB uses the saturated condensing temperature
input from the discharge pressure transducer to control the
fans. Head pressure control is maintained through a calculated
set point which is automatically
adjusted based on actual
saturated condensing and saturated suction temperatures so that
the compressor(s) is (_ue) always operating within the manufacturer's specified envelope (see Fig. 9). Each time a f_m is
added the calculated head pressure set point will be raised
22
Fan Output Ckt A
COMP
B
COMP A
Contactor
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt B
Contactor
g0XA080
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt A
COMP
B
COMP A
Contactor
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt B
Contactor
g0XA090-]
20
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt A
COMPB
I
PEB
I
COMPA
Contactor
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt B
Contactor
g0XA] 40, 160
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt A
I
COMPB
I COMPA
PEB
Contactor
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt B
Contactor
g0XA180,200
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt A
COMP
B
I
PEB
A
I COMP
Contactor
Number
Fan Position
@@@
@@@
30XA220,
Fan Output Ckt B
Contactor
240
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt A
[
COMPB
PEB
l
COMPA
Contactor
Number
Fan Position
@@@
@@@@
Fan Output Ckt B
Contactor
30XA260
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt A
[
COMPB
PEB
I
COMPA
Contactor
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt B
Contactor
30XA280
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt A
COMP
I
B
PEB
I
COMP
A
Contactor
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt B
Contactor
30XA300
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt A
I
COMPB
PEB
l
COMPA
Contactor
Number
Fan Position
@@@@@@@@@
30XA325,
Fan Output Ckt B
Contactor
350
Number
Fan Position
LEGEND
Ckt
COMP
FC
----
Circuit
Compressor
Fan Contac_r
FM
PEB
---
Fan Motor
R)werElectricalBox
Fig. 9 -- Fan Staging
23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
--
FC A1 FC A2 FC A_
--
FC B1 :C B2
FC B3
FM5
FM3
FM6
--
FM1
FM4
FM2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
--
FC A1 FC A2 FC A_
--
FC B1 :C B2
FC B3
FM5
FM3
FM6
--
FM1
FM4
FM2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FC A1 FC A2 FC A_ :C A4 FC B1 :C B2
FC B3
FC B4
FM7
FM5
FM8
FM6
FM1
FM3
FM2
FM4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FC A1 FC A2 FC A_ :C A4 FC B1 :C B2
FC B3
FC B4
FM7
FM5
FM8
FM6
FM1
FM3
FM2
FM4
1
2
3
4
5
6
--
--
FC A1 FC A2 FC A_ :C A4 FC A_ :C A6
--
FM9
FM7
FM5
FM10
--
--
1
2
3
4
--
--
FC B1 FC B2 FC BS :C B4
--
--
FM1
FM2
FM3
FM4
--
--
1
2
3
4
--
--
FM8
5
FM6
6
FC A1 FC A2 FC AS :C A4 FC A_ :C A6
--
FM11
FM9
FM7
FM12
FM10
FM8
--
--
1
2
3
4
5
6
--
--
FC B1 FC B2 FC B_ :C B4 FC B_ :C B6
--
FM1
FM3
FM5
FM2
FM4
FM6
--
--
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
--
FC A1 FC A2 FC AS =C A4 FC A5 :C A6
FC A7
FM13
FM11
FM9
FM7
FM14
FM12
FM10
1
2
3
4
5
6
--
--
FC B1 FC B2 FC B_ =C B4 FC B_ :C B6
--
FM1
FM3
FM5
FM2
FM4
FM6
--
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FC A1 FC A2 FC A_ :C A4 FC A_ :C A6
FC A7
FC A8 FC A9
FM15
FM13
FMll
FM9
FM7
FM16
FM14
FM12
1
2
3
4
5
6
--
--
FM10
--
FC B1 FC B2 FC B_ :C B4 FC B_ :C B6
--
FM1
FM3
FM5
FM2
FM4
FM6
--
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FC A1 FC A2 FC A_ :C A4 FC A5 :C A6
FC A7
FC A8 FC A9
FM15
FM13
FMll
FM9
FM7
FM16
FM14
FM12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
--
FM10
--
FC B1 FC B2 FC BS :C B4 FC B5 :C B6
FC B7
FM1
FM3
FM5
FM8
FM2
FM4
FM6
1
2
3
4
5
6
FCA1
FCA2
FCAS
:CA4
FCA_
:CA6
FCA7
FCA_
FM15
FM13
FMll
FM9
FM7
FM16
FM14
FM12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
:CA9
FCA10
FM10
--
FM8
--
FC B1 FC B2 FC B_ :C B4 FC B_ :C B6
--
FM1
FM3
FM5
FM2
FM4
FM6
--
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FC A1 FC A2 FC A_ :C A4 FC A5 :C A6
FC A7
FC A8 FC A9
FM17
FM15
FM13
FMll
FM9
FM18
FM16
FM14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FC B1 FC B2 FC BS :C B4 FC B5 :C B6
FC B7
FC B8 FC B9
FM1
FM4
FM3
FM5
FM7
FM10
FM2
--
FM6
FM12
FM8
Fan Output Ckt A
Contactor
Number
Fail Position
COMP
B
IPEB A/B
I
COMP
]
A
[
PEB
COMP
Contactor
@@@@@@@@@@
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt C
30XA400
Contactor
Number
Fan Position
Fan Output Ckt A
Contactor
Number
Fan Position
I
PEB A/B
I COMPA
I
PEBC
I
3
4
5
6
--
FM11
FM9
FM7
FM12
FM1O
FM8
--
1
2
3
4
5
6
--
FC B1 FC B2 FC B3 FC B4 =C B5 FC BE
FM1
FM3
FM5
FM2
FM4
FM6
1
2
3
4
5
6
-7
8
FC O1 FC 02 FC 03 FC 04
=C 05 FC DE
FC 07
FC C8
FM19
FM17
FM15
FM13
FM20
FM18
FM16
FM14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FC A1 FC A2 FC A3 FC A4 =C A5 FC AE
FC A7
FC A8
FM13
FM11
FM9
FM7
FM14
FM12
FM10
FM8
1
2
3
4
5
6
--
COMPC
Fan Output Ckt B
Contactor
Number
Fan Position
g0XA450,
2
C
Fan Output Ckt B
COMP B
1
FC A1 FC A2 FC A3 FC A4 =C A5 FC AC
Fan Output Ckt C
500
Contactor
Number
Fan Position
FC B1 FC B2 FC B3 FC B4 =C B5 FC BE
FM1
FM3
FM5
FM2
FM4
FM6
1
2
3
4
5
6
-7
8
FC O1 FC 02 FC 03 FC 04
=C 05 FC DE
FC 07
FC 08
FM21
FM22
FM18
FM16
FM19
FM17
FM15
FM20
LEGEND
Ckt
COMP
FC
----
Circuit
Compressor
Fan Contactor
FM
PEB
---
Fan Motor
Power Electrical
Box
Fig. 9Replacement
-- If the controller is replaced tile pammetels
Table 15 must be configured. See Fig. 10 and 11.
Fan Staging (cont)
in
Table 15 -- Head Pressure Control Parameters
PARAMETER
DESCRIPTION
P0010
Enter Quick Commissioning
P0311
Rated Motor Speed
P3900
End of Quick Commissioning
User Access Level
P0003**
P1210"*
Automatic
Restart
P1310
Continuous
Boost
*6-pole motors.
t8-pole motors.
**Remove jumper from terminals
Reinstall jumper after configuration
L3
L2
L1
T1
5 and 8 before
is complete.
configuring
T3
TO CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
DIP switch settings:
DIP switch 1 is not used.
DIP switch 2 is the motor fiequency.
ON = 60 Hz)
T2
parameter.
Fig. 10 -- Low Ambient Temperature
Control Power Wiring
(OFF = 50 Hz,
Drive Programming
-- Parameter values can be altered via
the operator panel. The operator panel features a five-digit,
seven-segment
display for displaying parameter numbers and
values, alarm and fault messages, set points, and actual values.
See Fig. 12 and 13. See Table 16 for additional information on
the operator panel.
DIPSwi_h2
50/60 Hz
AOUT+
NOTE: The operator panel motor control functions are disabled by default. To control the motor via the operator panel,
ptu'ameter P0700 should be set to 1 and PI000 set to 1. The
operator panel can be fitted to and removed from the diive
while power is applied. If the operator panel has been set as the
I/(i) control (P0700 = 1), the diive will stop if the operator
panel is removed.
AOUT-
P+
kW/hp
ON =60 Hz
N-
ENABLE
JUMPER
Changing Parameters with the Operator Panel -- See Fig. 13
for the procedure for changing the value of parameter P0004.
Modifying the value of an indexed parameter is illustrated in
Fig. 13 using the example of P0719. Follow the same procedure to alter other parameters using the operator panel.
NOTE: In some cases when changing ptu'ameter values the
display on the operator panel displays
. This means the
drive is busy with tasks of higher priority.
-1- _
0-10 VDC
SIGNAL
FROM
FAN
BOARD
Fig. 11 -- Low Ambient Temperature
Control Signal Wiring
24
CHANGING
P0004 --
I
Fig. 12-
Low Ambient Temperature
button),
which
causes
Change the value of this digit by pressing
3.
Pressing O
(function
button)
Press _
to access parameters
2
Press O
until P0004 is displayed
O
or O
4
Press _
value
or _
5
Press A
value
to confirm and store the
6
Only the command parameters are
visible to the user.
to the required
CHANGING P0719 AN INDEXED PARAMETER
SELECTION OF COMMAND/SETPOINT
SOURCE
tile next
again to cause
4.
Perforln steps 2 to 4 until tile required value is displayed.
I
5.
Press O
1
Press O
to access parameters
2
Press 0
until P0719 is displayed
3
Press 0
to access the parameter
value level
button) to exit the parmneter
v_flue
Jl
STEP
changing level.
NOTE: The lunction button may also be used to acknowledge
a fault condition.
OuickCommissioning
(P0010=I)
-- It is important
that
parameter P0010 is used for commissioning
and P0003 is used
to select the number of parameters to be accessed. The P0010
parameter allows a group of parameters to be selected that will
enable quick commissioning.
Parametel_ such as motor settings and ramp settings are included. At the end of the quick
commissioning
sequences, P3900 should be selected, which,
when set to 1, will carry out the necessary motor calculations
and clear all other parameters (not included in P0010=I to the
default settings. This will only occur in Quick Commissioning
mode. See Fig. 14.
Reset to FactoLy Default -- To reset all parameters to the factory default settings, the following parameters should be set as
follows:
1. Jumpers must be in place from termimds
and 8 (5 and 9 for 575v &'ives only).
Remove the keypad (pull out from top) and verify that
DIP switch 1 is OFF and 2 is ON. Replace keypad.
3.
Power up the drive. Press Parameter
to Parameter P0010.
4.
5.
_
to Parmneter
to change
this
value
P0311.
Press
to display current set value
5
Press _
value
or _
6
Press A
value
to conform and store the
7
Press 0
until rO000 is displayed
8
Press Q
to return the display to the
standard drive display (as defined by
to the required
key. Press
Press Q,
then O
to change the 0 to a 1. Pless Q
again to accept the change.
Press
Press 0
2 and 4 and 5
2.
t
_
the customer)
Fig. 13Changing
Parameters
with the Operator
Panel
and press
to 1140 for 6-pole
or 850 for units with 8-pole motors. Press _
I
"
digit to blink.
(parameter
DISPLAY
RESULT°N
the farthest
right digit to blink.
2.
1
FUNCTION
to access the parameter
Press O
value level
Ensure the operator panel is in the ptuameter v_due changing level as described in the Changing Parametel:s with the
Operator Panel section.
(function
FILTER
II
StEP
Controller
Changing Single Digits in Parameter Values -- For changing the parametel_ value rapidly, the single digits of the display
can be changed by performing the following actions:
1. Press Q
PARAMETER
motors
to accept.
25
°" I
6. Press O
to Parmneter
P3900. Press O
to change this value to 1. Press O
again and go to Ptu'ameter
and use O
accept.
9. Press O
to change
Replace the wire jumper in terminal 8.
13. The &'ive is now active. Check
to accept.
7. The &'ive will finish standard programming.
end of the jumper wire from terminal 8.
8. Press O
12.
and use O
If the fan is spinning
Remove one
Fan should
O
Pmameter
to
P0761.
value to 0.1. Press
to Parmneter
P1210. Press O
to change this value to 6. Press O
has stopped
and use O
to Pmmneter
PI310.
Press O
to change this value to 10%. Press O
11. Press the Function
will read 0.00 Hz.
O
is needed.
speed
is 0%. If the
Press
am
and use a
Q
to'q_accept. Check1"the
and _
to
to change
flais
fan. If rotation
adjustment
is required.
forward,
press_ O
and use O
to 0.2.
Press
O
If the fan
to change
to accept.
Repeat
as needed
still or is just
bmely
moving
in
greater than
0.5
and use O
to accept.
key and then O"
adjustment
commanded
no further
is still rotating
to accept.
this value
10. Press O
further
prior to testing.
fan is spinning forward slightly, press O
P0003. Press O
this value to 3. Press
forward,
sit still when
fan rotation
The display
until
the fan
either
direction.
for this
is holding
Do NOT
pm'ameter without
enter
th.'st
a v_due
contacting your
Cturier
representative.
Table 16 -- Low Ambient Temperature Controller Operator Panel
PANEL/BUTTON
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
Indicates Status
The LCD displays the settings currently used by the converter.
O
Start Converter
The Start Converter
O
Stop Converter
O
Change Direction
Reverse is indicated by a minus (-) sign or a flashing decimal point. Disabled by default, to
enable set P0700 = 1.
Press the Change Direction button to change the direction of rotation of the motor.
O
Jog Motor
run at the preset jog frequency. The motor stops when the button is released. The Jog
Motor button
not enabled
when the
the inverter
motor ishas
running.
Press
the Jog isMotor
button while
no output to cause the motor to start and
button is disabled by default. To enable this button set P0700 = 1.
ramp down rate. Disabled by default, to enable set P0700 = 1.
Functions
Press the Stop Converter button twice
to cause
(or hold)
the motor
to cause
to come
the motor
to a standstill
to coast attothe
a standstill.
selected
This function is always enabled.
The Functions button can be used to view additional information. Press and hold the button to display the following information starting from any parameter during operation:
1. DC link voltage (indicated by d - units V).
2. Output current. (A)
3. Output frequency (Hz)
4. Output voltage (indicated by o - units V).
5. The value selected in P0005 (If P0005 is set to show any of the above [3, 4, or 5] then
this will not be shown when toggling through the menu).
Press the Functions button repeatedly
to toggle through displayed values.
Jump Function
Press of the Fn button from any parameter (rXXXX or PXXXX) to immediately jump to
r0000, when another parameter can be changed, if required. Return to r0000 and press
the Functions button again to return.
O
Access Parameters
Increase Value
O
Allows access to the parameters.
Press the Increase Value button to increase the displayed value. To change the Frequency
Setpoint using the operator panel set P1000 = 1.
Frequency Setpoint using the operating panel set P1000 = 1.
O
Decrease Value
Press the Decrease Value button to decrease the displayed value. To change the
26
Troubleshooting
with the Operating Panel -- Warnings
faults are displayed on the operating panel with Axxx
Fxxx. The individual messages are shown in Table 17.
•
and
and
If the motor fails to start, check the following:
•
•
•
•
Power is present on TI, T2 and T3.
Configuration
jumpers are in place.
Control signal between 1 vdc and 10 vdc is present
terminals 3 and 4.
P0010 = 0.
P0700 = 2.
Fault Messages (Tables 17 and 18) -- In the event of a fidlure, file &ive switches off and a fault code appears on the
display.
NOTE: To reset the fault code, one of the following
can be used:
on
methods
1. Cycle the power to the drive.
2. Press the a
button on the operator panel.
P0010
Start Quick Commissioning
Ready to Run
Quick Commissioning
Factory Setting
NOTE: P0010 must always be set back to '0' before operating
the motor. However if P3900 = 1 is set after commissioning this
is done automatically.
P0311 Rated Motor Speed*
0 -- 4000 1/min
Nom na motor speed (rpm) from rat ng plate
[
*Motor-specific
parameters
I
P3900 End Quick Commissioning
0 End Quick Commissioning without motor calculation or
factory reset.
1 End Quick Commissioning with motor calculation and
factory reset (Recommended)
2 End Quick Commissioning with motor calculation and with
I/O reset
3 End Quick Commissioning with motor calculation but
without I/O reset
-- see motor rating plate.
NOTE: Shaded boxes are for reference only.
Fig. 14 -- Low Ambient Temperature Controller
27
Flow Chart Quick Commissioning
Table 17 -- Low Ambient Temperature
FAULT
POSSIBLE
F0001
Overcurrent
CAUSES
TROUBLESHOOTING
• Motor power does not correspond to the
inverter power
• Motor lead short circuit
• Ground fault
F0002
Overvoltage
DC-link voltage (r0026) exceeds trip level
(P2172)
Overveltage can be caused either by too high
main supply voltage or if motor is in regenerative mode
Regenerative mode can be caused by fast
ramp downs or if the motor is driven from an
active load
F0003
Underveltage
• Main supply failed
• Shock load outside specified
F0004
Drive
Overtemperature
• Ambient temperature
• Fan failure
Controller Fault Messages
Check the following:
1. Motor power (P0307) must correspond to inverter power (P0206)
2. Motor cable and motor must have no short-circuits or ground faults
3. Motor parameters must match the motor in use
4. Motor must not be obstructed or overloaded
After Steps 1-4 have been checked, increase the ramp time (P1120) and reduce the
boost level (P1310, P1311, P1312).
Check the following:
1. Supply voltage (P0210) must lie within limits indicated on rating plate
2. DC-link voltage controller must be enabled (P1240) and have parameters
correctly
3. Ramp-down time (Pl121) must match inertia of load
Check the following:
1. Supply voltage (P0210) must lie within limits indicated on rating plate
2. Supply must not be susceptible to temporary failures or voltage reductions
limits
outside of limits
Check the following:
1. Fan must turn when inverter is running
2. Pulse frequency must be set to default value
3. Air inlet and outlet points are net obstructed
4. Ambient temperature could be higher than specified for the drive.
F0005
Drive 12t
• Drive overloaded
• Duty cycle too demanding
• Motor power (P0307) exceeds drive power
capability (P0206)
Check the following:
1. Load duty cycle must lie within specified limits
2. Motor power (P0307) must match drive power (P0206)
F0011
Motor
Overtemperature
• Motor overloaded
• Motor data incorrect
• Long time period operating at low speeds
1. Check motor data
2. Check loading on motor
3. Boost settings too high (P1310,P1311, P1312)
4. Check parameter for motor thermal time constant
5. Check parameter for motor 12twarning level
Stator resistance
1. Check if the motor is connected to the drive
2. Check that the motor data has been entered correctly
12t
F0041
Stator Resistance
Measurement Failure
Parameter
F0051
EEPROM Fault
measurement
F0052
Powerstaek Fault
Reading of the powerstack
failed or the data is invalid
F0060
Asic Timeout
Internal communications
F0070
Communications
Board Bet Point Error
failure
Reading or writing of the non-volatile
storage has failed
parameter
information
has
failure
1. Factory reset and new parameters
2. Replace drive
set
Replace drive
1. Acknowledge fault
2. Replace drive if repeated
No setpeint received from communications
board during telegram off time
1. Check connections to the communications
2. Check the master
board
F0071
No Data for
BS232 Link During
Telegram Off Time
No response
BOP link
during telegram off time via
1. Check connections to the communications
2. Check the master
board
F0072
No Data from
BS485 Link During
Telegram Off Time
No response
COM link
during telegram off time via
1. Check connections to the communications
2. Check the master
board
F0080
Analog Input Lost Input Signal
• Broken wire
• Signal out of limits
F0085
External Fault
External fault is triggered
F0101
Stack Overflow
Software
via terminal
inputs
Check connection
to analog input
Disable terminal
input for fault trigger
error or processor failure
1. Run self test routines
2. Replace drive
PID Feedback below minimum value P2268
1. Change value of P2268
2. Adjust feedback gain
F0222
PI Feedback Above
Maximum Value
PID Feedback above maximum
1. Change value of P2267
2. Adjust feedback gain
F0450
(Service Mode Only)
BIST Tests Failure
Fault value
1 Some of the power section tests have failed
2 Some of the control board tests have failed
F0221
PI Feedback
Below Minimum Value
set
value P2267
1. Inverter may run but certain actions will not function correctly
2. Replace drive
4 Some
Some of
of the
the functional
IO module tests
tests have
have failed
failed
16 The Internal RAM has failed its check on
power-up
LEGEND
ASIC
BIBT
BOP
12t
PI
PID
-------
NOTE: To reset the fault code, one of the following methods can be used:
1. Cycle the power to the drive.
Application Specific Instruction
Built-in Self Test
Basic Operating Panel
Current Squared Time
Proportional Integral
Proportional Integral Derivative
2. Press the O
28
button on the operator panel.
Table 18FAULT
Alarm Messages
POSSIBLE CAUSES
A0501
Current Limit
• Motor power does not correspond
drive power
• Motor leads are too short
• Ground fault
TROUBLESHOOTING
to the
1. Check whether the motor power corresponds to the drive power
2. Check that the cable length limits have not been exceeded
3. Check motor cable and motor for short-circuits and ground faults
4. Check whether the motor parameters correspond with the motor being used
5. Check the stator resistance
6. Increase the ramp-up-time
7. Reduce the boost
8. Check whether the motor is obstructed or overloaded
A0502
Overvoltage Limit
• Mains supply too high
• Load regenerative
• Ramp-down time tee short
1. Check that mains supply voltage is within allowable range
2. Increase ramp down times
NOTE: If the vdc-max controller is active, ramp-down times will be automatically
increased
A0503
Undervoltage
• Mains supply too low
• Short mains interruption
Check main supply voltage (P0210)
Warning level of inverter heat-sink temperature
(P0614) is exceeded, resulting in pulse frequency reduction and/or output frequency
reduction (depending on parameters set
(P0610)
1. Check if ambient temperature is within specified
2. Check load conditions and duty cycle
3. Check if fan is turning when drive is running
A0505
Drive 12t
Warning level is exceeded; current will be
reduced if parameters set (P0610 = 1)
Check if duty cycle is within specified
limits
A0506
Drive Duty Cycle
A0511
Motor
Overtemperature
12t
Heatsink temperature and thermal junction
model are outside of allowable range
Motor overloaded
Check if duty cycle is within specified
limits
Limit
A0504
Drive
Overtemperature
A0541
Motor Data
Identification
Active
A0600
RTOS Overrun Warnin_
Motor data identification
running
Software
(P1910) selected or
limits
Check the following:
1. P0611 (motor 12ttime constant) should be set to appropriate value
2. P0614 (motor 12t overload warning level) should be set to suitable level
3. Are long periods of operation at low speed occurring
4. Check that boost settings are not too high
Wait until motor identification is finished
error
LEGEND
i2t --
Current Squared Time
Machine
Control Methods -- Tinge variables control
how the machine operates. One vmiable controls the machine
On-Off function. The second controls the set point operation.
The third variable controls the Heat-Cool operation. Table 19
illustrates how the control method and cooling set point select
variables dilect file operation of the chiller and the set point to
which it controls. Table 19 _flso provides the On/Off state of the
machine for the given combinations.
CCN Global Time Schedule -- A CCN Global Schedule can
be utilized. The schedule number can be set anywhere from
65 to 99 for operation under a CCN glob_d schedule. The
30XA chillers can be configmed to follow a CCN Global
Time Schedule broadcast by another system element. The
IM
ComfortVIEW
Network Manager's Configure and Modily
commands or the Selwice Tool's Modify/Nmnes
function must
be used to change the number of the Occupancy Equipment
Part Table Name (OCCIP01E)
to the Global Schedule
Numbel: The Schedule Number can be set from 65 to 99
(OCC 1P65E to OCC 1P99E).
Machine On/Off control is determined by the configuration
of the Operating Type Control (Operating
Modes--+SLCT
_OPER).
Options to control the machine locally via a switch,
from a local Time Schedule, or via a Carrier Comfort Network
command are offered.
The Occupancy Supervisory Part table name (OCCIPOI S)
number must be changed to configure the unit to broadcast a
Global Time Schedule. The Schedule Number can be set from
65 to 99 (OCCIP65S
to OCCItX)9S). When OCCIPxxS is set
to a v_due greater than 64, an occupancy flag is broadcast over
the CCN every time it transitions from occupied to unoccupied
or vice-versa. By configuring their appropriate Time Schedule
decisions to fl-_esame numbel, other devices on the network can
follow this same schedule. The Enable/Off/Remote
Contact
must be in the Enable position or Remote Contact position with
flae contacts closed for the unit to operate. The Status Unit
Control Type (Run Status--cVIEW--cSTAT)
will be 0 (Ix_cal
Off) when the switch is Off. The Status Unit Control Type will
be 2 (CCN) when the Enable/Off/Remote
Contact switch input
is On.
SWITCH CONTROL --In
this Operating Type Control, the
Enable/Off/Remote
Contact switch controls the machine locally.
All models are factory configured with OPER=O (Switch Control). With the OPER set to 0, simply switching the Enable/Off/
Remote Contact switch to file Enable or Remote Contact position (external contacts closed) will put the chiller in tin occupied
state. The unit Occupied Status (Run Status-+VIEW_OCC)
will change fiom NO to YES. The Status Unit Control Type
(Run Status--_VIEW_CTRL)
will change fiom 0 (Ix_cal Off)
when the switch is Off to 1 (Ix_cal On) when in the Enable position or Remote Contact position with external contacts closed.
TIME SCHEDULEIn this Operating Type Control, the
machine operates under a local schedule programmed
by the
user as long as the Enable/Off/Remote
Contact switch is in the
Enable or Remote Contact position (external contacts closed).
To operate under this Operating Type Control, Operating
Modes-+SLCT
must be set to OPER=I. Two Internal Time
Schedules are available. Time Schedule
1 (Time Clock--_
SCH1) is used for single set point On-Off control. Time Schedule 2 (Time Clock_SCH2)
is used for dual set point On-Off
and Occupied-Unoccupied
set point control. The control will
use the operating schedules as defined under the Time Clock
mode in the Navigato( r_'_display module.
CCN CONTROL -- An external CCN device such as Chillervisor controls the On/Off state of the machine. This CCN
device forces the variable CHIL_S_S between Start/Stop to
control the chillel: The Status Unit Control Type (Run Status--€
VIEWS'TAT)
will be 0 (Loc_d Off) when the Enable/Off/
Remote Contact switch is Off. The Status Unit Control Type
will be 2 (CCN) when the Enable/Off/Remote
Contact switch
input is Closed and the CHIL_S_S variable is Stop or Start.
29
Table 19 -- Control Methods and Cooling Set Points
Heat Cool
Select
(HC.SE)
Control Method
( OPER)
Setpoint Select
(SP.SE)
1
(Setpointl)
Enable
2
(Setpoint2)
Enable
Dual Setpoint
Setpoint
Switch (DUAL) Occupied (SP.OC)
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
o
(Cool)
0
(Setpoint Occ)
Enable
Enable
Open
Open
Closed
Closed
Closed
CSP.1
CSP.3
CSP.2
CSP.3
0
(Cool)
CSP.1
CSP.3
CSP.2
CSR 1
CSP.2
CSP.3
CSP.2
CSR 1
C$P.2
CSP.3
CSP.2
CSP.1
CSP.2
CSR 3
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Closed
Closed
Occupied
Unoccupied
Open
Closed
m
m
m
2
(CCN)
SET
POINT
4-20 mA
Enable
4
(Dual Setp Sw)
1
(Time Sched)
Ice Done
UCE.D)
3
(4-20mA Setp)
o
(Cool)
0
(Switch Ctrl)
PARAMETER
Ice Mode
Enable
(ICE.M)
Enable
m
Open
m
Unoccupied
Occupied
Unoccupied
Unoccupied
-- = No Effect
UNIT RUN STATUS (Run Status--+VIEW_STAT)As the
unit transitions from off to on and back to off. the Unit Run
Status will change based on the unit's operational status. The
variables ree: 0 (Oft), 1 (Running), 2 (Stopping), and 3 (Delay).
• 0 indicates the unit is Off due to the Enable/Off/Remote
Contact Switch, a time schedule or CCN command.
• 1 indicates the unit is operational.
• 2 indicates the unit is shutting down due to the command
to shut down fiom the Enable/Off/Remote
Contact
Switch, a time schedule or CCN command.
• 3 indicates the unit has received a command to start fiom
Enable/Off/Remote
Contact Switch, a time schedule or
CCN command,
and is waiting for the start-up timer
(Configuration
_OPTN--+DELY)
to expire.
Cooling
SET PO[NT
1 (Operating
Modes--_LCT-+SP.SE=I)
-When Set Point Select is configured to 1, the unit's active
set point is based on Cooling
Set Point 1 (Set Point
_'OOL
_CSP. 1).
SET POINT 2 (Operating
Modes--_S'LCT-+SP.SE=2)
-When Set Point Select is configured to 2, the unit's active
set point is based on Cooling
Set Point 2 (Set Point
_4JOOL _CSP.2).
4 TO
20
mA
INPUT
(Operating
Modes--+SLCT
---)SP.SE=3) -- When Set Point Select is configured to 3, the
unit's active set point is based on an external 4 to 20 mA signal
input to the Energy Management Module (EMM).
See Table 19 for Control Methods and Cooling Set Points.
The following equation is used to control the set point. See
Fig. 15.
Selection
(Operating Modes
Several options for controlling the
Leaving Chilled Water Set Point are offered and are configured
by the Cooling Set Point Select vmiables. [n addition to the
Cooling Set Point Select, Ice Mode Enable (Configuration
--OPTN---)ICE.M),
and Heat Cool
Select
(Operating
Modes---) SLCT---)HCSE)
vmiables also have a role in determining the set point of the machine. All units are shipped from
the factory with the Heat Cool Select variable set to HC.SE=O
(Cooling). All set points me based on Leaving Water Control,
(Configuration
---)SER V---)EWTO=NO ).
In ;dl cases, there are limits on what values are allowed for
each set point. These values depend on the Cooler Fluid Type
(Cot_guration--_SERV--+FLUD)
and the Brine Freeze Set
point (Cot_guration
--+SERV--+LOSP). See Table 20.
Set
Point
_SLCT_SP.SE)-
Table 20 -- Configuration
SET POINT LIMIT
Minimum*
Maximum
Set Point = 10 + 70(mA - 4)/16 (deg F)
Set Point = - 12.2 + 38.9(mA - 4)/16 (deg C)
DUAL SWITCH (Operating Modes--)SLCT--_S'P.SE=4)
-When Set Point Select is configured to 4, the unit's active set
point is based on Cooling Set Point 1 (Set Point_COOL-e
CSP.I) when the Dual Set Point switch contacts me open and
Cooling Set Point 2 (Set Point_ZJOOL_ZJSP.2)
when they
are closed.
ICE MODE -- Operation of the machine to make and store
ice can be accomplished many ways. The Energy Management
Module and an [ce Done Switch is requiled for operation in the
Ice Mode. [n this configuration, the machine can operate with
up to three cooling set points: Cooling Set Point 1 (Occupied)
(Set Point_COOL_CSP.I),
Cooling Set Point 2 (Unoccupied) (Set Point_COOL_CSP.2),
and Ice Set Point
(Set Point _COOL _CSP.3).
Set Point Limits
SET
PO[NT
OCCUPANCY
(Operating
Modes
SLCT-+SP.SE=O)
-- When Set point Select is configured to
0, the unit's active set point is based on Cooling Set Point 1
(Set Point_'OOL
_CSP.I) during the occupied period while
operating under Time Cloek-+SCHI.
ff the Time Clock
-eSCH2
is in use, the unit's active set point is based on
Cooling Set Point 1 (Set Point_COOL_CSP.I)
during
the occupied
period and Cooling Set Point 2 (Set Pohlt
_4JOOL _CSP.2) during the unoccupied period.
COOLER FLUID TYPE, FLUD
1 =Water
]
2 = Medium Brine
38 F (3.3 C)
I
14 F (-10.0 C)
60 F (15.5 C)
*The minimum set point for Medium Temperature Brine applications
is related to the Brine Freeze Point. The set point is limited to be no
less than the Brine Freeze Point +5 ° F (2.8 ° C). See Table 19.
3O
4-20 mA Set Point Control
90 (32.2)
80 (26.7)
G
O
/
70 (21.1)
MI XlM JM
J
60 (15.6)
I'
jr
LI.
O3
50 (10)
--Equation
o
"o
.............
Medium Temperature
40 (4.4) .......................
n
/
30 (-1.1)
,,I
¢q
20 (-6.7)
;_41N
J
MUr FI UD=1
1
Brine]
- - Fresh Water
]
--,
]
Maximum Temperature
/
f
10 (-12.2) ..................................................................
7fry
INII4UIV FLLD=
0
0
10
15
20
mA Signal
Fig. 15 -- Set Point Control
Temperature
Reset--Temperature
reset is a value
added to the basic leaving fluid temperature set point. The sum
of these values is the control point. When a non-zero temperature reset is applied, the chiller controls to the control point,
not the set point. The control system is capable of handling
leaving-fluid temperature reset based on cooler fluid temperature diffetence. Because the change in temperatute through the
cooler is a measure of the building load, the temperature difference reset is in effect an average building load reset method.
The control system is also capable of temperature reset based
on outdoor-air temperature (OAT), space temperature (SPT), or
from an externally powered 4 to 20 mA signal. An accessory
sensor must be used for SPT reset (33ZCT55SP?).
The Energy
Management Module (EMM) is required for temperature teset
using space temperature or a 4 to 20 mA signal.
chilled water temperature will be reset by 5.0 ° F (2.8 ° C)
when the AT is 2° F (1.1 ° C) and 0 ° F (0 ° C) reset when
the AT is 10 ° E The variable (_RT1 should be set to the
cooler temperature
difference (AT) where no chilled water
temperature reset should occur. The variable CRT2 should be
set to the cooler temperature difference where the maximum
chilled water temperature
reset should occur. The variable
DGRC
should be set to the maximum
amount of reset
desired. To verify that reset is functioning correctly proceed
to Run Status--eVIEW.
and subtract the active set point
(SETP)
fi'om the control point (CTPT) to determine
the
degrees reset. See Fig. 16 and Table 21.
Under normal operation, the chiller will maintain a constant
leaving fluid temperature approximately
equal to the chilled
fluid set point. As the cooler load varies, the cooler fluid
temperature difference will change in proportion to the load as
shown in Fig. 16. Usually the chiller size and leaving-fluid
tempet;tture set point ate selected based on a full-load condition. At part load, the fluid temperature set point may be lower
than tequited. If the leaving fluid tempet:_tute were allowed to
increase at part load, the efficiency of the machine would
increase.
To use Outdoor Air Temperature Reset, four variables must
be configured. They are: Cooling Reset Type (Cmlfiguration
_RSET_CRST),
()AT
No Reset
Telnp (Setpoints--+
COOL_CROI),
()AT
Full Reset
Temp
(Setl_oints----_
COOL_'R02)
and Degrees
Cool Reset
(Setpoints--e
COOL--eDGRC).
In the following example, the outdoor air
temperature reset example provides 0 ° F (0 ° C) chilled water
set point reset at 85.0 F (29.4 C) outdoor-air temperature and
10.0 ° F (5.5 ° C) reset at 55.0 F (12.8 C) outdoor-air temperature. See Fig. 18 and Table 22.
To use Space Temperatute Reset in addition to the Energy
Management
Module and a space temperatute
sensot: four
variables must be configured. They are: Cooling Reset Type
(Configuration--eRSET_CRST),
Space T No Reset Temp
(Setpoints_COOL_CRSl),
Space T Full Reset Temp
(Setpoints_COOL_CRS2)
and Degrees Cool Reset (Setpoints _COOL--eDGRC).
In the following space temperature
reset example, 0 ° F (0 ° C) chilled water set point reset at 72.0 F
(22.2 C) space temperature and 6.0 ° F (3.3 ° C) reset at 68.0 F
(20.0 C) space temperature. See Fig. 19 and Table 23.
Other. indirect means of estimating building load and controlling temperatures reset ate also av_dlable and are discussed
below. See Fig. 17.
Delta T teset allows for the leaving temperature set point to
be reset upward as a function of the fluid temperature difference ot, in effect, the building load.
NOTE: Delta T reset should not be used with vtuiable Cooler
Flow Rate Systems.
To use Delta T Reset, four variables must be configured.
They are: Cooling
Reset Type (Configuration--eRSET
_CRST),
Delta T No Reset Temp (Setpoints_COOL
_CRTI),
Delta T Full Reset Temp (Setpoints_COOL--+
CRT2)
and Degrees
Cool Reset
(Setpoints_COOL--e
DGRC). In the following example using Delta T Reset, the
31
Water Temperature
Difference
Reset
LI..
"O
(/)
3
rr
g)
(EXAMPLE)
2
c_
1
0
4
0
Entering
10
- Leaving Water Temperature
Fig. 16 -- Water Temperature
To use 4 to 20 mA Temperature Reset in addition to the
Energy Management Module, four variables must be configured. They are: Cooling Reset Type (Collfiguration
_RSET
_CRST),
CmTent No Reset Val (Setpoints _COOL _CR VI ),
Current Full Reset Val (Setpoints_COOL_CRV2)
and
Degrees Cool Reset (Setpoints_COOL_DGRC).
In the
following example, at 4 mA no reset takes place. At 20 mA,
5 ° F (2.8 ° C) chilled water set point reset is required. See
Fig. 20 and Table 24.
Limit --
Demand
Difference (Delta T) Reset
To use Demand Limit, select the type of demand limiting to
use. Then configure the Demand Limit set points based on the
type selected.
1-STEP SWITCH CONTROLLED
-- One-step Demand Limit control does not require the Energy Management Module. To
configure Demand Limit for 1-step switch control two par_mleters must be configured: Demand Limit Select (Configuration _RSET--eDMDC),
and Switch
Limit
Setpoint
1
(Seq_oints--+MISC--eDLSI).
Demand Limit step is controlled
by a relay switch input field wired to TB5-5 and TB5-14
for Switch 1. See the 2-Step Switch Controlled section for
example.
Cme should be taken when intell"acing with other control
systems due to possible power supply differences such as a
full wave bridge versus a half wave rectification. Connection of control devices with different power supplies may
result in pemlanent
damage.
Col_fhrtLink TM controls
incorporate power supplies with half wave rectification. A
signal isolation device should be utilized if the signal
generator incorporates a full wave bridge rectifiel:
Demand
(deg F)
2-STEP SWITCH CONTROLLED-If using 2-step Demand Limit control, an Energy Management Module must be
installed. One-step Demand Limit control does not require the
Energy Management Module. To configure Demand Limit for
2-step switch control, three parameters must be configured:
Demand
Limit
Select (Configuration--eRSET--eDMDC),
Switch Limit Setpoint
1 (Se&oints--eMISC--eDLSI)
and
Switch Limit Setpoint 2 (Se&oints--eMISC--eDLS2).
In the
following exm_lple, Demand Limit Switch 1 is 60% and
Demand Limit Switch 2 is 40%. Demand Limit steps are
controlled by two relay switch inputs field wired to TB5-5 and
TB5-14 for Switch 1 and TB6-14 and TB6-15 for Switch 2.
See Table 25.
Limit is a feature that allows
the unit capacity to be limited during periods of peak energy
usage. There are three types of demand limiting that can
be configured.
The first type is through
2-step switch
control, which will reduce the maximum capacity to 2 userconfigurable percentages. The second type is by 4 to 20 mA
signal input which will reduce the maximum capacity linearly
between 100% at a 4 mA input signal (no reduction) down to
the user-configurable
level at a 20 mA input signal. The third
type uses the CCN I_adshed
module and has the ability to
limit the cmTent operating capacity to maximum and further
reduce the capacity if required.
For Demand Limit by percent capacity switch control, closing the % capacity demand limit contact will put the unit on the
first demand limit level. The unit will not exceed the percentage of capacity entered as Demand Limit Switch 1 set point.
Closing contacts on the second demand limit switch prevents
the unit from exceeding the capacity entered as Demand Limit
Switch 2 set point. The demand limit % capacity that is set to
the lowest demand takes priority if both demand limit inputs
are closed. If the demtmd limit percentage does not match unit
staging, the unit will limit capacity to the closest capacity step
without exceeding the value. To disable demand limit configure DMDC to 0.
NOTE: One-step Demand Limit is stan&ud.
The 2-step switch control and 4 to 20-mA input signal types
of demand limiting require the Energy Management
Module
(EMM).
32
Table 21 -- Return Water Reset Configuration
MODE
KEYPAD
CONFIGURATION
ENTRY
DISPLAY
ITEM EXPANSION
[]
DISP
]
UNIT
]
SERV
]
OPTN
]
RSET
Reset Cool and Heat Tmp
]
CRST
Cooling
]
0
No Reset
]
0
No Reset
Flashing
2
Delta T Temp
Use up or down arrows
]/_
]
2
[]
CRST
Reset Type
Accepts
]
SETPOINTS
[]
/ []
Change
]
COOL
Cooling
Setpoints
]
CSR1
Cooling
Setpoint
x 4
indicate
May require
to change
Password
value to 2.
the change.
to Setpoints
Mode
1
CRV.2
CRT1
]
0
Value of CRT1
]
0
Flashing
]
10.0
Value of No Temperature
]
10.0
Accepts
]
CRT1
Delta T No Reset Temp
to indicate
difference
no temperature
Reset, 10 from the example.
the change.
]
0
Value of CRT2.
]
0
Flashing
]
2.0
Value of full Temperature
]
2.0
Accepts
the change.
]
CRT2
Cooler
Temperature
difference
reset, DGRC
is required.
Amount
of temperature
to indicate
where
full temperature
Edit mode
Reset, 2 from the example.
CRS2
]
DGRC
]
0
Degrees
Cool Reset
reset required.
Value of DGRC
]
0
Flashing
to indicate
.[_].
5.0
Amount
of Temperature
]
5.0
Accepts
the change.
DGRC
sub-mode
where
Edit mode
CRT2
x 4
Delta T Full Reset Temp
Cooler is Temperature
reset
required.
]
]
values
Edit mode.
]
]
Bold
to indicate
At mode level
]
NOTE:
COMMENT
level.
33
Edit mode
Reset
required,
5 from the example.
Chilled Water Temperature
Control
56
54
u. 52
"O
EWT
50
Design
Rise
_ 48
(typical)
E
_
I--
46
LWT
'5
• - 44
42
4O
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
% Loading
LEGEND
EWT -LWT --
Entering Water Temperature
Leaving Water Temperature
Fig. 17 -- Chilled Water Temperature Control
OAT Temperature
Reset
16
14
.-.12
I.I.
(EXAMPLE)
-a 10
X
E
o
E
8
_
6
_:
4
\
2O
40
60
Outdoor Temperature
Fig. 18 -- OAT Reset
34
\
80
(deg F)
100
120
Table 22 -- OAT Reset Configuration
MODE
KEYPAD
CONFIGURATION
ENTRY
DISPLAY
ITEM EXPANSION
COMMENT
[]
DISP
]
UNIT
]
SERV
]
OPTN
]
RSET
Reset Cool and Heat Tmp
]
CRST
Cooling
]
0
No Reset
]
0
No Reset
Flashing
1
Out AirTemp
Use up or down arrows
]/[]
]
Reset Type
1
Accepts
to indicate
Edit mode.
May require
to change
Password
value to 1.
the change.
CRST
At mode level
SETPOINTS
[]
/ []
Change
]
COOL
Cooling
Setpoints
]
CSR1
Cooling
Setpoint
]
x 6
to Setpoints
Mode
1
CRT.2
]
CRO1
OAT No Reset Temp
Outdoor Temperature
required.
]
0
Value of CRO1
]
0
Flashing
]
85.0
Value of No Temperature
]
85.0
Accepts
to indicate
where
no temperature
reset is
Edit mode
Reset, 85 from the example.
the change.
CRO1
]
CRO2
OAT Full Reset Temp
Outdoor
DGRC isTemperature
required.
where full temperature
]
0
Value of CRO2.
]
0
Flashing
]
55.0
Value of full Temperature
]
55.0
Accepts
the change.
Amount
of temperature
reset,
to indicate Edit mode
Reset,
55 from the example.
CRO2
]
CRS1
]
CRS2
]
DGRC
]
0
Value of DGRC
]
0
Flashing
]
10.0
Amount
example. of Temperature
]
10.0
Accepts
Degrees
Cool Reset
DGRC
NOTE:
Bold
values
indicate
sub-mode
level.
35
to indicate
the change.
reset required.
Edit mode
Reset required,
10 from the
Space Temperature
7
Reset
I
(EXAMPLE)
6
IJ=
O_
5
"O
4
o_
oJ
n-
3
o_
oJ
,= 2
O_
oJ
a
1
0
60
62
64
66
68
70
Space Temperature
Fig. 19 i
72
76
78
80
14
16
18
20
(deg F)
Space Temperature
4-20 mA Temperature
74
Reset
Reset
5
ii
03
4
"o
<n
0J
3
nu)
0J
2
,=
03
0J
a
1
0
4
6
8
10
12
mA Signal
Fig. 20 -- 4 to 20 mA Temperature
36
Reset
Table 23 -- Space Temperature Reset Configuration
MODE
KEYPAD
CONFIGURATION
ENTRY
DISPLAY
ITEM EXPANSION
COMMENT
[]
DISP
]
UNIT
]
SERV
]
OPTN
]
RSET
Reset Cool and Heat Tmp
]
CRST
Cooling
]
0
No Reset
]
0
No Reset
Flashing
4
Space Temp
Use up or down arrows
]/[]
]
Reset Type
4
Accepts
to indicate
Edit mode.
May require
to change
Password
value to 4.
the change.
CRST
At mode level
SETPOINTS
[]
/ []
Change
]
COOL
Cooling
Setpoints
]
CSR1
Cooling
Setpoint
]
x 8
to Setpoints
Mode
1
CRO2
]
CRS1
Space T No Reset Temp
Space Temperature
required.
]
0
Value of CRS1
]
0
Flashing
]
72.0
Value of No Temperature
]
72.0
Accepts
to indicate
where
no temperature
reset is
Edit mode
Reset, 72 from the example.
the change.
CRS1
]
CRS2
Space T Full Reset Temp
Space
DGRC Temperature
is required.
]
0
Value of CRS2.
]
0
Flashing
]
68.0
Value of full Temperature
]
68.0
Accepts
the change.
Amount
of temperature
to indicate
where
full temperature
reset,
Edit mode
Reset,
68 from the example.
CRS2
]
DGRC
Degrees
Cool Reset
]
0
Value of DGRC
]
0
Flashing
]
6.0
Amount
example. of Temperature
]
6.0
Accepts
DGRC
NOTE:
Bold
values
indicate
sub-mode
level.
37
to indicate
the change.
reset required.
Edit mode
Reset required,
6 from the
Table 24 -- 4 to 20 mA Temperature
MODE
KEYPAD
CONFIGURATION
ENTRY
DISPLAY
ITEM EXPANSION
DISP
]
UNIT
]
SERV
]
OPTN
]
RSET
Reset Cool and Heat Tmp
]
CRST
Cooling
]
0
No Reset
]
0
No Reset
Flashing
3
4-20 mA Input
Use up or down arrows
]
3
]
CRST
Reset Type
Accepts
]
[]
/ []
Change
indicate
May require
to change
Password
value to 3.
the change.
to Setpoints
Mode
Outdoor
required. Temperature
where
COOL
Cooling
Setpoints
]
CSR1
Cooling
Setpoint
1
CSR3
Cooling
Setpoint
3
]
CRV1
Current
No Reset Val
]
0
Value of CRV1
]
0
Flashing
]
4.0
Value of No Temperature
]
4.0
Accepts
]
CRV1
x 2
Full Reset Val
reset is
Reset,
4 from the example.
the change.
]
0
Value of CRV2.
]
0
Flashing
]
20.0
Value of full Temperature
]
20.0
Accepts
the change.
]
CRV2
Current
required. value where full temperature
Amount
of temperature
to indicate
reset, DGRC
Reset,
20 from the example.
CRS2
Degrees
Cool
DGRC
]
0
Value of DGRC
]
0
Flashing
]
5.0
Amount of Temperature
example.
]
5.0
Accepts
DGRC
level.
38
Reset
to indicate
the change.
is
Edit mode
]
sub-mode
no temperature
Edit mode
CRV2
x 6
Current
to indicate
]
]
values
Edit mode.
]
]
Bold
to indicate
At mode level
]
NOTE:
COMMENT
[]
]/[]
SETPOINTS
Reset Configuration
reset required.
Edit mode
Reset required,
5 from the
Table 25 -- 2-Step Demand Limit Configuration
MODE
KEYPAD
CONFIGURATION
ENTRY
DISPLAY
ITEM EXPANSION
[]
DISP
]
UNIT
]
SERV
]
OPTN
]
RSET
]
CRST
]
HRST
]
DMDC
Demand
]
0
None
]
0
None
Flashing
1
Switch
Use up or down arrows
]/[]
]
1
[]
DMDC
Reset Cool and Heat Tmp
Limit Select
Accepts
]
SETPOINTS
NOTE:
Bold
values
to indicate
Edit mode.
May require
to change
Password
value to 1.
the change.
At mode level
[]
indicate
COMMENT
/ []
Cooling
Change
to Setpoints
Mode
]
COOL
]
HEAT
]
MISC
Miscellaneous
]
DLS1
Switch
]
0
None
Current
value for DLS1.
]
0
None
Flashing
to indicate
]
60
Switch
Use arrows
]
60
]
DLSI
Setpoints
Limit Setpoint
Edit mode.
to change
Accepts
the change.
DLS2
]
0
Current
value of DLS2
]
0
Flashing
to indicate
]
40
Use
arrows
example.
]
40
Accepts
]
DLS2
x 2
sub-mode
level.
DGRC
Limit Setpoint
1
]
]
Switch
Setpoints
SETPOINTS
39
May require
Password
value to 60 from the example.
2
to change
the change.
Edit mode
the value for DLS2 to 40 from the
EXTERNALLY
POWERED (4 to 20 mA Controlled) -- The
Energy Management
Module is required for 4 to 20 mA
demand limit control. To configure demand limit for 4 to
20 mA control three parameters must be configured. They are:
Demand Limit Select (Configuration
_RSET--+DMDC),
mA
for 100% Demand Limit (Configuration---)RSET-cDMMX)
and mA for 0% Demand Limit (Configuration---)RSET---)
DMZE). In the following example, a 4 mA sigmd is Demand
Limit 100% and a 20 mA Demand Limit signal is 0%. The 4 to
20 mA signal is connected to TB6-1 and TB6-2. The demand
limit is a linear intelpolation between the two values entered.
See Table 26 and Fig. 21.
In Fig. 21, if the machine receives a 12 mA signal, the
machine controls will limit the capacity to 50%.
CCN LOADSHED CONTROLLED
-- To configure Demand
Limit for CCN Ix)adshed control the unit Operating
Type
Control must be in CCN control, (Operating
Modes---)
SLCT---)SP.SE=2)
and be controlled by a Chillervisor module.
The Chillervisor module can force the demand limit variable
and directly control the capacity of the machine. Additionally.
the unit's set point will be artificially lowered to force the chiller to load to the demand limit v:due.
Remote Alarm and Alert Relays -- The 30XA chiller can be equipped with a remote alert and remote alarm
annunciator contacts. Both relays connected to these contacts
must be rated for a maximum power draw of 10 va setded,
25 va inrush tit 24 volts. The almm relay, indicating that the
complete unit has been shut down can be connected to TB5-12
and TB5-13. Refer to unit wiring diagrams. For an alert relay,
indicating that tit least 1 circuit is off due to the alert, a fieldsupplied and insttdled relay must be connected between MBBJ3-CH25-3 and TB5-13.
Ctue should be taken when interfacing with other control
systems due to possible power supply differences such as a
full wave bridge versus a half wave rectification. Connection of control devices with different power supplies may
result in pemmnent damage. Col@)rtLink TM controls
incorporate power supplies wifll half wave rectification. A
signal isolation device should be utilized if the signal generator incorporates a full wave bridge rectifiel:
Table 26 -- Externally Powered Demand Limit Configuration
MODE
CONFIGURATION
KEYPAD
ENTRY
DISPLAY
ITEM EXPANSION
COMMENT
[]
DISP
]
UNIT
]
SERV
]
OPTN
]
RSET
]
CRST
]
HRST
]
DMDC
]
0
None
]
0
None
Flashing
]
2
4-20 mA Input
Useup arrowsto change value to 2.
]
2
Reset Cool and Heat Tmp
DemandLimit Select
to indicateEdit mode. May require Password
Accepts
the change.
to indicate
DMDC
]
DMMX
mA for 100%DemandLimit
[]
o
]
0
Flashing
]
4.0
Use up arrowsto changethe valueto 4.
Edit mode
DMMX
]
DMZE
[]
o
]
0
]
20.0
]
DMZE
mA for 0% DemandLimit
Flashing
to indicate
Edit mode
Useup arrowsto changevalue to 20.
NOTE: Bold values indicate sub-mode level.
4O
4-20 mA Demand Limit
100
I
90
80
70
.-_
,,,,,.I
60
"0
so
E
r"t
40
3O
20
10
10
12
14
16
18
2O
mA Demand Limit Signal
Fig. 21 -- Demand Limit
PRE-START-UP
tue expected to be below 32 F (0 ° C), sufficient inhibited
propylene glycol or other suitable corrosion inhibited
antifreeze should be added to the chiller water circuit to
prevent possible fieeze-up.
IMPORTANT:
Complete
the Stall-Up
Checklist
for 30XA Liquid Chillers at the end of this publication.
5.
The chilled water loop must be cleaned before the unit is
connected. Units supplied with the accessory hydronic
package include a run-in screen. If the run-in screen is left
in the suction guide/strainel:
it is recommended
that the
Service Maintenance be set to alert the operator within
24 hours of stall-up to be sure that the run-in screen in the
suction guide/strainer is removed. To set the time for the
parameter, go to Time Cloek---)MCFG---)W.FIL.
Values
for this item me counted as &tys. Refer to the hydronic
pump package literature if unit is equipped with the
optional hydronic pump package.
Check tightness of all electrical connections.
6.
Electrical
7.
Oil separator heaters must be firmly seated under the oil
septu'atol: and must be energized for 24 hours prior to
start-up.
The Checklist
assures proper start-up of a unit, and
provides
a record
of unit condition,
application
requirements,
system information,
and operation
at
initial start-up.
Do not attempt to start the chiller until the following
have been completed.
System
I.
checks
Check
Check auxiliary components,
such as the chilled fluid
circulating
pump, air-handling
equipment,
or other
equipment to which the chiller supplies liquid ale opelational. Consult manufacturer's
instructions. If the unit has
field-installed
accessories,
be sure _11 are properly
installed and wired correctly. Refer to unit wiring
diagrams.
2.
Open compressor
shutoff v_dyes.
suction
(if equipped)
and discharge
3.
Open liquid line, oil line, and economizer
service valves.
4.
Fill the chiller fluid circuit with clean water (with recommended inhibitor added) or other non-corrosive fluid to be
cooled. Bleed all air out of high points of system. An air
vent is included with the coolel: If outdoor temperatures
power source must agree with unit nameplate.
Verify power supply phase sequence. Fan motors are 3
phase. Check rotation of fans by using the quick test. Fan
rotation is counterclockwise
as viewed from top of unit.
If fan is not turning counterclockwise,
reverse 2 of the
power wires at the main terminal block.
Perform service test to verify proper operation.
41
START-UP
Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltuge -- Never operate a motor
where a phase imb_dance between phases is greater than 2%.
To determine percent voltage imb_dance:
Do not manu_dly operate contactors. Serious damage to the
machine may result.
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x
max voltage deviation from
avg voltage
average voltage
Actual Start-Up-
Actual start-_q) should be done only
under Sul)eia'ision o/ a quali/ied r@'igerution Wchniciun.
1. Be sure all oil, discharge,
suction service valves
equipped) and liquid line service valves are open.
The maximum voltage deviation is the largest difference
between a voltage measurement across 2 legs and the average
across _dl 3 legs.
(if
Example:
2. Using the Navigato( r_'rdisplay, set leaving-fluid set point
(Set PoOlt_COOL_4JSP.I).
No cooling range adjustment is necess_uy.
3. If optional control functions or accessories
used, the unit must be properly configured.
Configuration Options section for details.
_ue being
Refer to
4. Complete the Start-Up Checklist to verily all components
ale operating properly.
5. Turn Enable/Off/Remote
Supply voltage is 240-3-60.
AB = 243v
A
B
BC = 236v
AC = 238v
K
I "_
1. Determine
average voltage:
243+236+238
Average voltage
contact switch to Enable position.
m
z
2.
Limitations
TEMPERATURESlisted in Table 27.
Unit operating
Table 27 -- Temperature
temperature
Limits for Standard Units
3.
1F5
52
C
Minimum Ambient Temperature
32
0
Maximum Cooler LWT
Maximum Cooler EWT*
Minimum Cooler LWTt
60
_095
15
35
4.4
Determine
maximum
Determine
3
239
deviation
from average voltage:
percent voltage imbalance:
% Voltage hnbalance
= 100 x
4
23----7
= 1.7%
This voltage imbalance is satisfactory
maximum allowable of 2%.
LEGEND
EWT -LWT --
3
(AB) 243 - 239 = 4 v
(BC) 239 - 236 = 3 v
(AC) 239 - 238 = 1 v
Maximum deviation is 4 v.
limits are
Maximum Ambient
TEMPERATURE
Temperature
=
717
6. Allow unit to operate and confirm that everything is
functioning
properly. Check to see that leaving fluid
temperature aglees with leaving set point Control Point
(Run Status ---)VIEW_4JTPT).
Operating
C
Entering Fluid (Water) Temperature
Leaving Fluid (Water) Temperature
as it is below the
IMPORTANT:
If the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%, contact the local electric
utility company immediately.
Do not operate unit
until imbalance condition is corrected.
*For sustained operation, EWT should not exceed 85 F (29.4 C).
1-Unit requires
brine modification
for operation
below this
temperature.
Low Ambient Temperature
Operation
-- If unit operating
temperatures below 32 F (0 ° C) are expected, refer to separate
unit installation instructions for low ambient temperature operation using accessory low ambient temperature head pressure
control, if not equipped. Contact your C_urier representative for
details.
MINIMUM FLUID LOOP VOLUME -- To obtain proper
temperature control, loop fluid volume must be at least 3 gallons per ton (3.25 L per kW) of chiller nominal capacity for air
conditioning and at least 6 gallons per ton (6.5 L per kW) for
process applications or systems that must operate at low ambient temperatures (below 32 F [0 ° C]). Refer to application information in Product Data literature for details.
NOTE: If wind velocity is expected to be greater than 5 mph
(8 kin/h) wind baffles and brackets must be field-fabricated
and installed for all units using accessory low ambient head
pressure control. See the 30XA Installation Instructions or the
low ambient temperature
head pressure control accessory
installation instructions for more information.
FLOW RATE REQUIREMENTS
-- Standard chillers should
be applied with nominal flow rates within those listed in the
Minimum and Maximum Cooler Flow Rates table. Higher or
lower flow rates are permissible to obtain lower or higher
temperature rises. Minimum flow rates must be exceeded to
assure turbulent flow and proper heat transfer in the coolel: See
Table 28. See Fig. 22A-22C for cooler pressure drop curves.
Brine duty application
(below 40 F [4.4 C] LCWT) for
chiller normally requires factory modification.
Contact a
Canier
Representative
for details regarding
specific
applications.
Operation below 40 F (4.4 C) LCWT without modification
can result in compressor failure.
Operation
below minimum
flow rate could generate
alarms, which could result in &_mage to the coolel:
Consult application
&_ta section in the Product
Data
literature and job design requirements to determine flow rate
requirements for a particular inst:dlation.
VOLTAGE
Muin Power Supply -- Minimum and maximum acceptable
supply voltages are listed in the Inst_dlation Instructions.
42
Table 28 -- 30XA Minimum and Maximum Cooler Flow Rates
ITEM
MINIMUM
MAXIMUM
Cooler Leaving Water Temperature*
40 F (4.4 C)
60 F (15 C)
45 F <7.2 C)
Minimum Flow Rate
70 F (21.1 C)
Maximum Flow Rate
Cooler Enterin_ Water Temperaturet
30XA
UNIT SIZE
080
090
100
110
120
140
160
180
200
220
24O
260
28O
30O
325
35O
40O
Cooler
Number of
Passes
f_pm)
<L/s)
Standard
2
95
6.0
<_pm)
379
NOMINAL
fL/s)
Nominal
Flow
Rate
<_pm)
/u_)
180.4
11.4
201.9
12.7
225.5
14.2
244.9
15.5
264.8
16.7
317.8
20.1
365.1
23.0
409.6
25.8
463.9
29.3
505.9
31.9
545.8
34.4
600.3
37.9
_2.2
40.5
687.5
43.4
733.4
46.3
775.4
48.9
917.6
57.9
1019.3
64.3
1092.8
68.9
23.9
Plus one pass
3
43
2.7
192
12.1
Minus one pass
1
196
12.4
782
49.3
25.4
Standard
2
101
6.4
403
Plus one pass
3
43
2.7
200
12.6
Minus one pass
Standard
1
229
14.4
917
57.9
2
101
6.4
403
25.4
Plus one pass
3
43
2.7
200
12.6
Minus one pass
1
229
14.4
917
57.9
31.6
Standard
2
125
7.9
5Ol
Plus one pass
3
61
3.8
244
15.4
Minus one pass
1
254
16.0
lO14
64.0
31.6
Standard
2
125
7.9
6Ol
Plus one pass
3
73
4.6
293
18.5
Minus one pass
1
281
17.7
1124
70.9
33.9
Standard
2
134
8.5
638
Plus one pass
3
73
4.6
293
18.5
Minus one pass
Standard
1
324
20.4
1296
81.8
2
165
10.4
660
41.6
Plus one pass
3
98
6.2
391
24.7
Minus one pass
1
354
22.3
1418
89,5
50.9
Standard
2
202
12.7
807
Plus one pass
3
73
4.6
391
24.7
Minus one pass
1
416
26.2
1662
104.9
56.3
Standard
2
223
14.1
892
Plus one pass
3
98
6.2
391
24.7
Minus one pass
1
458
28.9
1833
115.6
59.4
Standard
2
235
14.8
941
Plus one pass
3
122
7.7
489
30.9
Minus one pass
Standard
1
501
31.6
2004
126.4
2
266
16.8
1063
67.1
Plus one pass
3
147
9.3
587
37.0
Minus one pass
1
538
33.9
2151
135.7
64.8
Standard
2
257
16.2
1027
Plus one pass
3
141
8.9
662
35.5
Minus one pass
1
584
36.8
2334
147.3
74.0
Standard
2
293
18.5
1173
Plus one pass
3
141
8.9
662
35.5
Minus one pass
1
620
39.1
2481
156.5
82.5
Standard
2
327
20.6
1308
Plus one pass
3
174
11.0
697
44.0
Minus one pass
Standard
1
687
43.3
2750
173.5
2
361
22.8
1442
91.0
Plus one pass
3
211
13.3
843
53.2
Minus one pass
1
724
45.7
2897
182.8
95.6
Standard
2
379
23.9
1516
Plus one pass
3
244
15.4
978
61.7
Minus one pass
1
767
48.4
3068
193.6
Standard
1
501
31.6
2004
126.4
Plus one pass
Minus one pass
Standard
45O
50O
1
501
2004
Plus one pass
m
m
Minus one pass
Standard
m
m
1
501
2004
Plus one pass
m
m
Minus one pass
m
m
NOTES:
1. The 30XA units will start with loop temperatures
up to 95 F (35 C).
2. Nominal flow rates required
at ARI conditions
44 F (7 C) leaving fluid temperature, 54 F 12 C entering water temperature,
95 F 35 C) ambient.
Fouling factor
0.00010
t2-hr-F/Btu
0.000018
m2-K/kW.
3. To obtain proper temperature
control,
cooler loop fluid volume must be at least
3 gal/ton
3.23 L/kW
of chiller nominal capacity
for air conditioning
and at least
6 gal/ton (6.5 L/kW) for process applications
or systems
that must operate in low
ambient temperatures
(below 32 F [0 ° C]).
*For applications
requiring
cooler leaving water temperature
operation
at less than
40 F 4.4 C), the units require the use of antifreeze
and application
may require one
of the speca
order brne opton.
Contact
a oca Carter
representatve
for more
information.
1-For applications
requiring
cooler entering water temperature
operation
at less than
45 F (7.2 C), contact
a local Carrier
representative
for unit selection
using the
Carrier electronic
catalog.
43
30XA080-120
50
(149.5)
45
(134.6)
12o
40
(119.6)
/
_ 11o4._
£
a
09//
11_
100
25
(74.8)
_ (69.8)
20
_"
(44.1_
10
(29.9)
5
(16)
O
100
(6.3)
200
(12.6)
300
(18.9)
Cooler
400
(25.2)
Flow,
5OO
(31.6)
6OO
(37.9)
GPM (I/s)
30XA140-240
60
(179.4)
24O
160
50
(149.5)
8.
/
40
_'_(119.6)
0
,_ (89.7)
3o
/
-I
_
2o
n
(59.8)
/
/
¢
10
(29.9)
J
O
O
200
(12.6)
400
(25.2)
600
(37.9)
800
(50.5)
Cooler
Flow,
1000
(63.1)
GPM (I/s)
Fig. 22A -- Cooler Pressure Drop Curves, Standard
44
1200
(75.7)
1400
(88.3)
30XA260-500
60
(179.41
260
50
(149.5:
280
--]o
500
50
n
450
4o
/
Y
400
(119.6:
O
_
(89.7)
3o
._
a.
2o
(59.8)
10
(29.9)
500
(31.6)
1OO0
(63.1)
1500
(94.6)
Cooler
2000
(126.2)
Flow, GPM
2500
(157.7)
3OOO
(189.3)
(I/s)
Fig. 22A -- Cooler Pressure Drop Curves, Standard (cont)
30XA080-120
50
(149.5)
O8O
/ //
45
(134.5)
40
(119.6)
35
(104.7)
O9O,10O
11(/120
/
O.
(8937_
£
25
(74.8)
E3
Y
(5928_
o_
o_
8.
(44!4
10
(29.9)
5
(15.0)
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
(6.3)
(12.6)
(18.9)
(25.2)
(31.6)
(37.9)
Cooler
Flow,
GPM
(I/s)
Fig. 22B -- Cooler Pressure Drop Curves, Plus One-Pass
45
30XA140-240
6O
(179.4)
<
160
/40/
5O
(149.5)
/
4O
(119.6)
ff
t_
._
240
30
(89.7)
20
(59.8)
lO
(29.9)
J
200
(12.6)
400
(25.2)
600
(37.9)
Cooler
800
(50.5)
tooo
(63.1)
t2oo
(75.7)
Flow, GPM (I/s)
30XA260-350
6O
(179.4)
260
280
350
/
5O
(149.5)
4o
v
(119.6)
_
o
I_
3o
(89.7)
_
26
r,L..
(59.8)
32_
300
/
/i.
10
(29.9)
200
400
600
800
1000
120(
1400
1600
1800
(12.6)
(25.2)
(37.9)
(50.5)
(63.1)
(75.7)
(66.3)
(100.9)
(114.0)
Cooler Flow, GPM (I/s)
NOTE:
Plus-one-pass
coolers
are not available
for 30XA400-500
Fig. 22B -- Cooler Pressure
units.
Drop Curves, Plus One-Pass (cont)
46
30XA080-120
250
(747.5)
2OO
(596)
080
90,100
v
110
150
(489.5)
/
£
120
a
100
(299)
J
n
/
50
(149.5)
100
(6.3)
200
(12.6)
300
(18.9)
400
(25.2)
500
(31.6)
600
(37.9)
Cooler Flow, GPM (I/s)
30XA140-240
25O
(747.5)
180
/
2OO
(598)
200
220
240
¢/
r,
150
(489.5)
£
Q
._
=
lOO
(299)
U)
Q.
50
(149.5)
/
200
(12.6)
400
(25.2)
600
(37.9)
800
(50.5)
1000
(63.1)
Cooler Flow, GPM (I/s)
NOTE: Minus-one-pass
coolers are not available for 30XA400-500
units.
Fig. 220 -- Cooler Pressure Drop Curves, Minus One-Pass
47
1200
(75.7)
30XA260-500
25O
(747.5)
2OO
(598.0)
280
Q,.
300
325
350
/
15o
-_ (488.5)
o
9
100
(299.0)
Q,.
50
/
(149.5)
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
(12.6)
(25.2)
(379)
(50.5)
(63.1)
(75.7)
(88.3)
(100.9)
(113.6)
Cooler
NOTE: Minus-one-pass
Flow,
GPM
(I/s)
coolers are not available for 30XA400-500
units.
Fig. 220 -- Cooler Pressure Drop Curves, Minus One-Pass (cont)
OPERATION
Sequence
be opened
before the compressor
is started and will normally
close when pressure
equalizes
between
suction and discharge
lines. [f the outside air temperature
is less than the brine freeze
point plus 17 ° F (9.4 ° C) then the valve will close immediately
of Operation
--With
a command
to sttul
the chillel:
the cooler
pump will start. After verifying
water
flow, file control will monitor
the entering
and leaving
water
temperature.
If the need for mechanical
cooling
is determined,
the control decides
which cimuit and compressor
to stmt. The
control will start file required
compressor
completely
unloaded
and deenergize
the oil separator
heater (if already energized).
The control
will continue
to load this cimuit by moving
the
slide vfdve to satisfy cooling requirements.
Once fully loaded,
the control
will stmt additional
cimuits to satisfy the load as
required.
Shutdown
of each cimuit under nomlfd
conditions
occm.s in the opposite
sequence
to loading.
Once file A cimuit
is fully unloaded
the compressor
is shut off and the EXV will
close completely.
wifl3out
waiting
for pressure
See Fig. 24 for a view
equalization.
of a fully open
ball valve
with the ac-
tuator removed.
The fiat surface at the top of the valve shaft is
parallel
to the discharge
line. The ball valve motor mounting
plate should be perpendiculm
to the discharge
line fit fill times.
If not, adjust it by loosening
file set screw on the side
valve, mposition
assembly
and tighten set screw.
of the
See Fig. 25 for a view of the ball valve motor mounting
wifll a lully open valve. The motor actuator arm should be at a
countemlockwise
position,
with the valve shaft in a pm'allel position. If not in a parallel position,
loosen the clamping
screw
and push the disengagement
button to rotate the actuator
arm
until it stops. Retighten
the clmnping
screw.
If the outside
air temperature
is less than file brine freeze
point plus 17 ° F (9.4 ° C) then the cimuit will perform
a pump
down cycle. The EXV will be closed and file compressor
continued to operate until the saturated
suction temperature
(SST)
is 10 ° F (5.6 ° C) lower than the starting
SST or 10 ° F (5.6 ° C)
less than the brine freeze point. Once the compressor
is shut off
the actuated
ball vfdve (located in the discharge
line) will be
closed.
ABV Manual
Operation
-- The
ally as a discharge
service valve
ABV can be operated
manuby completing
file following
steps:
ACTUATED
BALL
VALVE (ABV)
-- There
is either
one
or two discharge
ABVs
located in the discharge
line of each
cimuit of the unit. See Fig. 23 for a typical ABV assembly
with
enclosure.
Tile ABV is a motorized
ball valve, which is used to
1.
Remove
2.
With
file actuator
3.
Close the ABV by turning
file shaft adapter by hand or
wifll a wrench so that the fiats on the end of the shaft am
file compressor
perpendiculm
4.
close the discharge
line to prevent refrigerant
migrating
from
condenser
to the cooler when the cimuit is off. The valve will
48
Release
cover
off hold down
to file discharge
the Push
button.
line.
file Push
button.
Dual Chiller Sequence of Operation --With
mand to start the chiller, the master chiller determines
chiller
VALVE MOTOR
the lead
chiller
based
which
on the configuration
of Configuration _RSET---_LLBL and Cottfiguration
RSET---_LLBD. The lead chiller is always started fil_t and the
lag chiller is held at zero percent capacity by the master chiller
forcing the lag demand limit value to 0%. If Lead Pulldown
Time (_bnfiguration---_RSET---_LPUL) has been configmed,
the lead chiller will continue to operate alone for that specified
time. After the Lead Pulldown Time (Configuration---_RSET
---_LPUL)timer has elapsed and when the lead chiller is fully
loaded, either all available compression is on OFat the master
demand limit value, then the lag start timer (¢;bnfiguration
_RSET--_ LLDY) is initiated. When the pulldown timeF and
lag st_u-ttimer has elapsed and the Combined Leaving Chilled
Water Temperature is more than 3° F (1.7° C) above flae set
point, then the lag chiller is started. If the lag chiller's water
pump was not started when the machines went into occupied
mode, the lag chiller water pump will be started. The lag chiller
will start with the master chiller forcing the lag chiller demand
limit value (LAG LIM) to flaemaster's demand limit value. If
lead/lag capacity balance is selected, once the lag chilleF has
started, the master shall try to keep the difference in capacity
between lead and lag less than 20%. The master shall then be
responsible for water loop capacity calculation, and will determine which chillel: the lead OFlag, will increase OFdecrease capacity. When the load reduces, the lag chiller will be the fil_t
chiller to unload. To accomplish this, the lead chiller set point is
decreased by 4° F (-2.2 ° C) until the lag chiller unloads.
To configure the two chillers for dual chiller operation,
follow the example shown Dual Chiller Control section. Both
chillers must have the Control Method variable (Operating
Modes_SLCT_OPER)
set to 2 (CCN Control). In the
example the master chiller will be configured wifla a CCN
address of '1' and the slave chiller with a CCN address of '2'
(_bnfiguration--_OPTN_C(NA).
The master and slave
chillel_ can be addlessed from 1 to 239. Each device connected
to the network must have its own unique ad&ess. Both chillers
must have the same CCN Bus Number (Configuration
_OPTN_CCNB).
Lead/Lag Chiller Enable must be set for
both chillers by configuring Master/Slave Select (Configuration_RSET---_ MSSL). The master chiller Master/Slave
Select must be set to 1 (Master). The slave chiller Master/Slave
Select must be set to 2 (Slave). Also in this example, the
master chiller will be configured to use Lead/Lag Balance
(_bl_guration--_RSET--+LLBL)
to rotate the lead chiller
after 168 hours of operation. The Lag StaFt Delay (Configuration_RSET--_LLBD)
will be set for 10 minutes. This
prevents the Lag chiller from st_u-tinguntil the lead chiller is
fully loaded and the delay has elapsed.
PARALLEL PUMP OPERATION -- For series chiller operation, the pump is always controlled by the master chillel: The
lead chiller's water pump will be started. The lag chiller's
water pump shall be maintained off if Configuration---_
RSET---_LAGP=O. The internal algorithm of lead chiller will
control capacity of the lead chillel:
COVER_
VALVE MOTOR
Fig. 23 -- Typical ABV Assembly with Enclosure
Fig. 24Fully Open Ball Valve
with Actuator Removed
@
MOUNTING
will become
a com-
- FULLY CLOSED
Operating Modes
/_
ACTUATOR
-N
ARM_
DISENGAGEMENT
Operating modes correspond to some capacity control overrides in the Capacity Control Override section.
See Table 14 on page 20 for a list of operating modes and
which capacity control ovenide (if any) applies to the following operating modes.
MODE 1 (MD01) -- Staaup Delay in Effect
Criteria for Mode -- Tested when the unit is st_u-ted.This
mode is active when the Minutes Off Time (Configuration
OPTN---_DELY) timer is active.
Action Taken -- The unit will not start until the timer has
expired.
BUTTON
CLA_
MOUNTING
- FULLY OPEN
Fig. 25 -- Ball Valve Motor
49
Termination
-- The mode will terminate when the timer
expires.
Possible Causes -- This mode is in effect only due to the Minutes Off Time timel:
Outdoor Air Temperature (Temperature_UNIT_OAT)
is
less than the calculated wdue, (Freeze Setpoint + Cooler Heater
Delta T Setpoint [Configuration_SERV--cHTR]
default
- 2° F [1.1° C]) and either the Leaving Water Temperature
(Temperature --+UNIT --+LWT)or the Entering Water Ternperature (Temperature--+UNIT--+EWT) are less than or equ:d to
the Freeze Setpoint + Cooler Heater Delta T Setpoint (HTR).
MODE 2 (MD02) -- Second Setpoint in Use
Criteria for Mode -- Tested when the unit is ON. This mode
is active when Cooling Setpoint 2 (Setpoints--cCOOL--€
CSP.2) or Ice Setpoint (Setpoints_COOL_CSP3)
is in
use. While in this mode, the Active Setpoint (Run Status
--+VIEW--cSETP) will show the CSP.2 or CSP.3 value.
The Freeze Setpoint is 34 F (1.1 C), for fresh water systems
(Configuration _SERV--)FLUD=I).
The Freeze Setpoint is
Brine Freeze Setpoint (Configuration_SERV--_LOSP),
for
Medium Temperature Brine systems, ((_bnfiguration ---_SERV
-+FLUD=2).
Action Taken -- The cooler heater will be energized.
Action Taken -- The unit will operate to the Cooling Setpoint
2 (CSP.2) or Ice Setpoint (CSP.3).
Termination
-- This mode will terminate when the Cooling
Setpoint 2 (CSP.2) or Ice Setpoint (CSP.3) is no longer in use.
Possible Causes -grmnming options.
This mode
Termination -- The cooler heater will be deenergized when
both the Entering Water Temperature (EWT) and Leaving
Water Temperature (LWT) are above the Freeze Setpoint +
Cooler Heater Delta T Setpoint (HTR).
Possible Causes -- This mode will be enabled for fieeze protection. If the temperatures tu'e not as described above, check
the accuracy of the outside ail; entering and leaving water
thermistors.
is in effect only due to pro-
MODE 3 (MD03) -- Reset in Effect
Criteria for Mode -- Tested when the unit is ON. This mode
is active when Temperature Reset (Configuration--¢RSET--€
CRST) is enabled either by CRST=I
(Outside Air Temperature), CRST=2 (Return Water), CRST=3 (4-20 mA Input), or
CRST=4 (Space Temperature) and is active.
MODE 7 (MD07) -- Cooler Pumps Rotation
Criteria for Mode -- Tested whether the unit is ON or OFE
This mode is active when the Cooler Pump Sequence (Configuration _OPTN---)PUMP=2)
(2 Pumps Automatic Changeover)
and the Pump Rotation Delta Timer ((_bnfiguration _OPTN
--¢ROZP) has expired.
Action Taken -- The Active Setpoint (Run Status--cVIEW
---_S'ETP) will be modified according to the progrmnmed
information and will be displayed as the Control Point (Run
Status --+VIEW _CTPT).
Termination -- This mode will terminate when the Temperature Reset is not modifying the active leaving water set point,
so SETP is the same as CTPT.
Action Taken -- The control will switch the operation of the
pumps. The lead pump will be operating normally. The lag
pump will be stmted, becoming the lead, and then the origimd
lead pump will be shut down.
Possible Causes -- This mode is in effect only due to progrmnming options.
MODE 4 (MD04) -- Demand Limit Active
Criteria for Mode -- Tested when the unit is ON. This mode
is active when Demand
Limit (Configuration--cRSET--€
DMDC) is enabled either by DMDC=I
(Switch), DMDC=2
(4-20 mA Input) or the Night Time Low Sound Capacity Limit
((;bnfiguration
_OPTN
---)LS.LT).
Termination
-- This mode will terminate
operation has been completed.
Possible Causes -- This mode
gmmming options.
This mode
is in effect only due to pro-
Termination
shuts down.
--
This mode
will terminate
Possible Causes -- This mode
gramming options.
MODE
9 (MD09)
when
the pump
is in effect only due to pro-
-- Night Ix_w Noise Active
Criteria for Mode -- This mode is active when the Night
Time Low Noise Option has been configured and the time is
within the configured time. Programming a Night Low Noise
Start Time (Configuration_OPTN--)LS.ST)
and a Night
Low
Noise
End Time
(Configuration
Mode_OPTN
-+LS.ND) configures the option.
Action Taken -- The control will raise the head pressure set
point to reduce the number of condenser fans on, thereby
reducing file sound of the machine. Additionally, if file Night
Time Ix_w Sound Capacity Limit ((;bnfiguration_OPTN
-¢LS.LT) has been configured, the unit's capacity will be limited to the programmed level.
1. The leaving water temperature is more than 4 ° F (2.2 ° C)
from the Control Point (Run Status-+VIEW_CTPT),
and
2. The rate of change of the leaving water temperature is
gleater than the Cool Ramp Ixmding (Set Points--+
COOL _CRMP).
Action Taken -- The control will limit the percent capacity increase until one of the two conditions in Mode 5 is no longer tree.
Termination
-- This mode will terminate once either conditions in Mode 5 is no longer tree.
This mode
is in effect only due to pro-
Action Taken -- If the pump has not run that day, a pump will
be started and will run for 2 seconds at 2:00 PM. If the machine
is equipped with dual pumps, Pump no. 1 will mn on even &tys
(such as day 2, 4, 6 of the month). Pump no. 2 will run on odd
days (such as day 1,3, 5 of the month).
MODE 5 (MD05) -- Ramp Ixmding Active
Criteria for Mode -- Tested when the unit is ON. This mode
is active when Ramp Loading
(Cot_guration_OPTN
_RLS)
is enabled and the following conditions are met:
Possible Causes -grmnming options.
the pump
MODE 8 (MD08) -- Pump Periodic Start
Criteria for Mode -- This mode is active when the cooler
pump is started for the Periodic Pump Start configuration
(Configuration
Mode --€ OPTN---)PM.PS=YES).
Action Taken -- The Active Demand Limit Value (Run
Status--_VIEW--_LIM)
will display the current demand limit
according to the progrmnmed information and the unit's capacity will be reduced to the mnount shown or lower
Termination
-- This mode will terminate when the Demand
Limit command has been lemoved.
Possible Causes -grmnming options.
when
is in effect only due to pro-
Termination -- This mode will terminate once the Night Low
Noise End Time (LS.ND) has been reached.
MODE 6 (MD06) -- Cooler Heater Active
Criteria for Mode -- Tested whether the unit is ON or OFF.
This mode is active when the cooler heater is energized, if the
Possible Causes -- This mode
gramming options.
5O
is in effect only due to pro-
MODE10(MD10)-- System
Manager
Active
CriteriaforMode-- Tested
whentheunitisONorOFEThis
mode
isactive
if aSystem
Manager
such
asBuilding
Supervisol.Chillelwisor
System
Manager,
oranother
CCNdeviceis
controlling
themachine.
Action Taken -- The machine will respond
command received from the System Managel:
to the specific
Termination
-- The mode will be terminated
Manager control is released.
if the System
Possible Causes -gramming options.
This mode
MODE
Termination
when
the Master
Possible
grammmg
Causes
-options.
is in effect
only
due
MODE
12 (MDI
Taken
--
--
--
Possible
grammmg
Causes
-options,
MODE
13 (MDI
Taken
This
Changeover
mode
is not
--
This
3) ---
mode
is in effect
Free Cooling
This
mode
only
due
to plo-
supported
for Cooling
Defi_st Active on Cir A
20 (MD20) --
Defi_st Active on Cir B
This mode
MODE
--
is in effect only due to pro-
Reclaim Active
Criteria for Mode -- This mode is not supported
Only units.
Action Taken -- None.
-- None.
is in effect only due to pro-
MODE
21 (MD21 ) --
L_w Suction Circuit A
MODE
22 (MD22) --
L_w Suction Circuit B
1. If the cimuit's saturated suction temperature
(SST) is
morn than 6 ° F (3,3 ° C) less than the freeze point and
both the cooler approach (Leaving Water Temperature SST) and supeflleat (Suction Gas Temperature - SST) am
greater than 15 ° F (8.3 ° C).
2. ff the circuit is ON and the circuit's SST is more than
18° F (10.0 ° C) below the freeze point for more than
90 seconds.
None,
14 (MDI4)
19 (MD 19) --
MODE
MODE 23 (MD23) -- L_w Suction Circuit C
Criteria for Mode -- The criteria me tested when the cimuit is
ON, The appropriate cimuit mode will be active if one of the
following conditions is tree:
Active
is not
is in effect only due to pro-
MODE
Possible Causes -- This mode
gramming options,
for Cooling
-- None.
Possible Causes -grammmg options.
Termination
to pro-
Active
supported
is in effect only due to pro-
Criteria for Mode -- This mode is not supported for Cooling
Only units.
Action Taken -- None.
None.
Criteria
for Mode
Only units.
Termination
Auto
-- None.
Possible Causes -- This mode
gmmming options.
None.
Termination
Action
mode
for Cooling
Action Taken -- The unit will operate to the Ice Setpoint
(CSE3).
Termination
-- This mode will terminate when the Ice Setpoint (CSP.3) is no longer in use.
Termination
2) --
Criteria
for Mode
Only units.
Action
This
Pumps Rotation
MODE 18 (MDI 8) -- Ice Mode in Effect
Criteria for Mode -- Tested when the unit is ON. This mode
is active when Ice Setpoint (Setpoints_COOL_'SP.3)
is
in use. While in this mode, the Active Setpoint (Run Status
--)VIEW--)SETP)
will show the CSP.3 value.
MODE 11 (MDI 1) -- Mast Slave Ctrl Active
Criteria for Mode -- Tested if the machine is ON. This mode
is active if the Master Slave Control has been enabled. Having
2 machines programmed,
one as the master (Configuration
--+RSET--+MSSL=I
[Masterl)
and the other as a slave
(Configuration
_RSET---_MSSL=2
[Slavel).
Action Taken -- Both the master and slave machine will respond to the capacity control commands issued by the master
controllel: This may include control point changes and demand
limit commands.
terminate
Condenser
Possible Causes -- This mode
gramming options.
is in effect only due to pro-
Termination
-- This mode will
Slave Contl_)l has been disabled.
17 (MDI 7) --
Criteria for Mode -- This mode is not supported
Only units.
Action Taken -- None.
for Cooling
3.
-- None.
ff the circuit's saturated suction temperature
is mole
than 6 ° F (3.3 ° C) below the fieeze point for more than
3 minutes.
Possible Causes -- This mode is in effect only due to programmmg options.
MODE 15 (MDI5) -- Electric Heat Active
For a fiesh water system (Configuration
---_S'ERV--+FLUD
=1), the fieeze point is 34 ° F (1.1 o C). For medium temperature
brine systems, (Col_guration
---_S'ERV--+FLUD=2), the freeze
point is Brine Freeze Set Point (Configuration--+SERV--+
LOSP).
Criteria for Mode -- This mode is not supported
Only units.
Action Taken -- None.
Action Taken -- For criterion 1, no additional capacity will be
added. For criteria 2 and 3 capacity will be decreased on the
circuit.
Termination
for Cooling
-- None.
Termination
-- The mode will terminate when the cimuit's
SST is greater than the freeze point minus 6 ° F (3.3 ° C) or the
circuit has alarmed.
Possible Causes -- This mode is in effect only due to programmmg options.
MODE 16 (MDI6) -- Heating Low EWT L_ckout
Criteria for Mode -- This mode is not supported
Only units.
Action Taken -- None.
Termination
Possible Causes --If this condition is encountered,
ble Causes for Aimms 56-58 on page 75.
for Cooling
-- None.
Possible Causes -grammmg options.
This mode
MODE
MODE
24 (MD24) -- High DGT Circuit A
25 (MD25) -- High DGT Circuit B
MODE
26 (MD26) -- High DGT Circuit C
Criteria for Mode -- This mode is not supported
Only units.
is in effect only due to pro-
51
see Possi-
for Cooling
Sensors -- _ae electronic control uses up to 17 therlnistors
Action Taken -- None.
Termination
to sense temperatures
and up to 12 transducers
to sense
pressure for controlling chiller operation. These sensors are
outlined below.
-- None.
Possible Causes -grmnming options.
This mode
is in effect only due to pro-
MODE
27 (MD27)
-- High Pres Override CirA
MODE
28 (MD28)
-- High Pres Ovemde
THERMISTORS
(Tables 29-30B)-Thermistols
that me
monitoring the chiller's operation include: Cooler Entering
W_lter. Cooler Leaving Wato: Du;d Chiller Leaving Watel:
Complessor Suction Gas Temperature, Compressor Discharge
Gas Temperature, Economizer Temperature, Complessor Motor
Temperature, and Outdoor Air Temperature Thermistols. These
thermistors me 5 k_2 at 77 F (25 C) and _u'e identical in temperature versus resistance. The Space Temperature Thermistor is
10 k_2 at 77 F (25 C) and has a diffoent temperature vs.
resistance.
CirB
MODE 29 (MD29) -- High Pres OveMde Cir C
Criteria for Mode -- Tested when the circuit is ON. The
appropriate circuit mode will be active if the discharge pressure
for the circuit, Discharge
Pressure Circuit A (Pressure
---)PRC.A---)DPA), Dischalge Pressure Circuit B (Pressure--+
PRC.B--+DP.B),
or Discharge Pressure Circuit C (Pressure--+
PRC.A--+DP.C),
is greater than the High Pressure Threshold
(Cotffiguration -_SER V--_HP. TH).
Cooler Leaving Water Sensor -- On all sizes, this thermistor
is installed in a friction fit well in the leaving water nozzle of
the coolo: See Fig. 26 and 27.
Action Taken -- The capacity of the affected circuit will be
reduced. Two minutes following the capacity reduction, the circuit's saturated condensing temperature (SCT_+2) is calculated
and stored. The affected circuit will not be allowed to add
capacity for at least 5 minutes following the capacity reduction.
If after 5 minutes, the circuit's saturated condensing temperature is less than SCTt+: -3 ° F (1.7 ° C), and then if required,
percent capacity will be added.
Cooler Entering Water Sensor -- On all sizes, this thermistor
is factory-installed
in a friction fit well in the entering water
nozzle of the coolel:
Compressor
Return Gas Temperature-On all sizes, this
thermistor is factolT-installed
in a friction fit well located on
the compressor of each circuit. Thele is one thermistor for each
circuit.
If additional capacity is required, the control will look for
other circuits to add capacity.
Termination
-- This mode will terminate once the circuit's
saturated condensing temperatme
is less than SCTt+ 2 -3 ° F
Compressor Discharge Gas Temperature
-- On _dl sizes, this
thermistor is factory-installed in a friction fit well located in the
discharge end of the compressor for the circuit. There is one
thermistor for each circuit.
(1.7° c).
Possible Causes --If this condition is encountered,
ble Causes for Alarm A1.03. on page 80.
MODE
MODE
MODE
30 (MD30) -- Low Superheat
31 (MD31 ) --Low
Superheat
32 (MD32) -- Ix_w Superheat
Economizer
TemperatureOn all sizes, this thermistor is
factory-installed in a friction fit well located in the economizer
line for the circuit. There is one thermistor for each circuit.
see Possi-
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Compressor Motor Temperature
-- On all sizes, this thermistor is embedded in the motor windings. There are two thermistors in each compressoc One spare is provided.
Criteria for Mode -- Tested when the circuit is ON. The appropriate cimuit mode will be active if the circuit's superheat
(discharge gas temperatureSCT) is less than 18° F (10 ° C).
Outdoor Air Temperature
-- This sensor is factory-installed
to the back of the control box.
Remote Space Temperature
-- This
sensor
(part
no.
33ZCT55SPT) is a field-installed accessory mounted in the indoor space and is used for water temperature reset. The sensor
should be installed as a wall-mounted thermostat would be (in
the conditioned space where it will not be subjected to either a
cooling or heating source or direct exposure to sunlight, and 4
to 5 II above the floor).
Action Taken -- No additiomd capacity will be added until the
circuit's supedaeat is greater than 18° F (10 ° C).
The control will look for other circuits to add capacity if
additional steps of capacity are required.
Termination
-- This mode will terminate once the affected
circuit's superheat is greater than 18° F (10 ° C).
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, see Possible Causes for Alarms R 11, R 12 and R 13 on page 76.
Space temperatme
sensor wires me to be connected to
terminals in the unit main control box. See Fig. 28. The space
temperature sensor includes a terminal block (SEN) and a RJI 1
female connector. The RJII connector is used access into
the Carrier Comfort Network®
(CCN) at the sensol: See
Fig. 26 and 27.
MODE 33 (MD33) -- High Compressor Current Circuit A
MODE 34 (MD34) -- High Compressor Current Circuit B
MODE 35 (MD35) -- High Compressor Current Circuit C
Criteria for Mode -- Tested when the circuit is ON with at
least one compressor ON. The appropriate circuit mode will be
active if the circuit's current is great than 79% of MTA value
for the compressol:
To connect the space temperatme
sensor (see Fig. 287:
1. Using a 20 AWG twisted pair conductor cable rated for
the application, connect one wire of the twisted pair to
one SEN terminal and connect the other wire to the other
Action Taken -- No additional circuit capacity will be added
if the circuit's current is greater than 79% of MTA value for the
compressoE
2.
If additional capacity is required, the control will look for
other circuits to add capacity.
Termination
-- This mode will terminate once the affected
circuit compressor current is less than 79% MTA value.
SEN terminal located under the cover of the space
temperatme sensoE
Connect the other ends of the wires to termin:ds 7 and 8
on TB6 located in the unit control box.
Units on the CCN can be monitored from the space at the
sensor through the RJI 1 connectol: if desired. To wire the RJI 1
connector into the CCN:
Possible Causes --If this condition is encountered, see Possible Causes for Alarms R 11, R 12 and R 13 on page 76.
1. Cut the CCN wire and strip ends of the red (+), white
(ground), and black (-) conductors. (If another wire color
scheme is used, strip ends of appropriate wires.)
52
2. [nsert and secure the led (+) wire to terminal 5 of the
3.
4.
space temperature sensor terminal block.
[nsert and secure the white (ground) wire to terminal
the space temperature sensol:
Insert and secure the black (-) wire to terminal
space temperatme sensor
5.
4 of
Connect the other end of the communication
bus cable to
the remainder of the CCN communication
bus.
NOTE: The Energy Management
for this accessoly.
2 of the
Module
(EMM)
is required
TRANSDUCERS
-- There are four pressure transducers per
circuit, and two different types of transducers: low pressure
(green connector) and high pressure (black connector).
IMPORTANT:
The cable
selected
for the RJll
connector
wiring MUST be identical
to the CCN
communication
bus wire used for the entire network.
Refer to Table 11 for acceptable wiring.
Ix>w Pressure Type: Suction Pressme
omizer Pressure Transducer (EPT).
Transducer
(SPT), Econ-
High Pressure Type: Dischmge Pressure Transducer
(DPT),
Oil Pressure Transducer
(OPT). See Fig. 29 for transducer
locations.
Table 29 -- Thermistor Identification
THERMISTOR
ID
DESCRIPTION
RESISTANCE
AT 77 F (25 C)
CONNECTION
EWT
Entering Water Thermistor
5k £!
MBB-J6-CH2
LWT
OAT
Leaving Water Thermistor
Outdoor Air Thermistor
5k £2
5k £2
MBB-J6-CH1
MBB-J6-CH4
SGTA*
Circuit A Suction Gas Thermistor
5k £2
EXVA-J3-THA
SGTB*
Circuit B Suction Gas Thermistor
5k £2
EXVB-J3-THA
SGTC
Circuit C Suction Gas Thermistor
5k £!
EXVC-J3-THA
DGTA
Circuit A Discharge Gas Thermistor
5k £2
CPM-A-J9-CH02
DGTB
Circuit B Discharge Gas Thermistor
5k £!
CPM-B-J9-CH02
DGTC
ECTA
Circuit C Discharge Gas Thermistor
Circuit A Economizer Thermistor
5k £2
5k £!
CPM-C-J9-CH02
EXVA-J3-THB
ECTB
ECTB
Circuit B Economizer Thermistor
Circuit C Economizer Thermistor
5k £2
5k £2
EXVB-J3-THB
EXVC-J3-THB
DUAL
Dual Chiller LWT Thermistor
5k £2
MBB-J6-CH3
CAMT
Circuit A Motor Temperature
5k £2
CPM-A-J9-CH01
CBMT
Circuit B Motor Temperature
5k £2
CPM-B-J9-CH01
CCMT
Circuit C Motor Temperature
5k £2
CPM-C-J9-CH01
SPT
Space Temperature Thermistor
1Ok £!
EMM-J6-CH2
*SGTA and SGTB for 30XA080 units are connected to the EXVA board.
O-R_ASSNUT
3'8 B24FO S ELL
Fig. 26 -- 5K Thermistor (Sensor 00PG000008105A,
j_,/1/4-18
Connector: HY06AM016)
NPT
6" MINIMUM
_CL¢222_R_4._1.188
,n._
2.315 in._
I
REMOVAL
Fig. 27 -- Dual Leaving Water Thermistor Well (00PPG00000800A)
I
SENSOR
I
i-
!
I
I
I
.....
I
i
7
I
i
I
--v-
I
I
Fig. 28 -- Typical Remote Space Temperature Sensor (33ZCT55SPT)
53
Wiring
POINT
Table 30A -- 5K Thermistor Temperature
(°F) vs Resistance
TEMP
RESISTANCE
TEMP
(Ohms)
(F)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
TEMP
(F)
-25
-24
-23
-22
-21
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
2O
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
98,010
94,707
91,522
88,449
85,486
82,627
79,871
77,212
74,648
72,175
69,790
67,490
65,272
63,133
61,070
59,081
57,162
55,311
53,526
51,804
50,143
48,541
46,996
45,505
44,066
42,679
41,339
40,047
38,800
37,596
36,435
35,313
34,231
33,185
32,176
31,202
30,260
29,351
28,473
27,624
26,804
26,011
25,245
24,505
23,789
23,096
22,427
21,779
21,153
20,547
19,960
19,393
18,843
18,311
17,796
17,297
16,814
16,346
15,892
15,453
15,027
14,614
14,214
13,826
13,449
13,084
12,730
12,387
12,053
11,730
11,416
11,112
10,816
10,529
10,250
9,979
9,717
9,461
9,213
8,973
8,739
8,511
8,291
8,076
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
8O
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
7,686
7,665
7,468
7,277
7,091
6,911
6,735
6,564
6,399
6,238
6,081
5,929
5,781
5,637
5,497
5,361
5,229
5,101
4,976
4,855
4,737
4,622
4,511
4,403
4,298
4,196
4,096
4,000
3,906
3,814
3,726
3,640
3,556
3,474
3,395
3,318
3,243
3,170
3,099
3,031
2,964
2,898
2,835
2,773
2,713
2,655
2,597
2,542
2,488
2,436
2,385
2,335
2,286
2,239
2,192
2,147
2,103
2,060
2,018
1,977
1,937
1,898
1,860
1,822
1,786
1,750
1,715
1,680
1,647
1,614
1,582
1,550
1,519
1,489
1,459
1,430
1,401
1,373
1,345
1,318
1,291
1,265
1,240
1,214
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
2O0
201
2O2
203
2O4
205
206
207
2O8
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
54
(F)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
1,190
1,165
1,141
1,118
1,095
1,072
1,050
1,029
1,007
986
965
945
925
906
887
868
85O
832
815
798
782
765
75O
734
719
7O5
690
677
663
65O
638
626
614
6O2
591
581
57O
561
551
542
533
524
516
5O8
501
494
487
48O
473
467
461
456
45O
445
439
434
429
424
419
415
410
4O5
401
396
391
386
382
377
372
367
361
356
35O
344
338
332
325
318
311
3O4
297
289
282
Table 30B -- 5K Thermistor Temperature (°C) vs Resistance/Voltage
TEMP
(C)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
TEMP
RESISTANCE
TEMP
RESISTANCE
(C)
(Ohms)
(C)
(Ohms)
-32
-31
-30
-29
-28
-27
-26
-25
-24
-23
-22
-21
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
100,260
94,165
88,480
83,170
78,125
73,580
69,250
65,205
61,420
57,875
54,555
51,450
48,536
45,807
43,247
40,845
38,592
38,476
34,489
32,621
30,866
29,216
27,633
26,202
24,827
23,532
22,313
21,163
20,079
19,058
18,094
17,184
16,325
15,515
14,749
14,026
13,342
12,696
12,085
11,506
10,959
10,441
9,949
9,485
9,044
8,627
8,231
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
7,855
7,499
7,161
6,840
6,536
6,246
5,971
5,710
5,461
5,225
5,000
4,786
4,583
4,389
4,204
4,028
3,861
3,701
3,549
3,404
3,266
3,134
3,008
2,888
2,773
2,663
2,559
2,459
2,363
2,272
2,184
2,101
2,021
1,944
1,871
1,801
1,734
1,670
1,609
1,550
1,493
1,439
1,387
1,337
1,290
1,244
1,200
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
1,158
1,118
1,079
1,041
1_006
971
938
906
876
836
805
775
747
719
693
669
645
623
602
583
564
547
531
516
502
489
477
466
456
446
436
427
419
410
402
393
385
376
367
357
346
335
324
312
299
285
SUCTION PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
ECONOMIZER
TRANSDUCER
PRESSURE
(EPT A)
ECONOMIZER
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
(EPT B)
SUCTION
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
(SPT B)
DISCHARGE
TRANSDUCER
(DPT A)
CIRCUIT B
F
OIL PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
OIL PRESSURE
(OPT A)
(OPT B)
Fig. 29 -- Transducer Locations
55
TRANSDUCER
DISCHARGE
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
(DPT B)
SERVICE
Tile EXV control logic has several ovemdes,
used to control the position of the EXV.
• Approach between SST and LWT
• Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP)
Economizer
Assembly -- Each circuit on 30XA090500 units have an economizer assembly. The 30XA080 unit is
non-economized and has one main electronic expansion valve.
Tile 30XA080 unit is controlled the same way as units with a
separate economizer assembly. See Fig. 30.
_roach
-- If the approach (pinch), which is the difference
between leaving fluid temperature and saturated suction temperature, is equal to or less than the pinch set point then the
EXV will not open any further even though discharge superheat set point is not met. Pinch set point is calculated using
suction superheat, discharge supeflleat and pinch offset. Pinch
offset is used to adjust calculated pinch set point do to accuracy
of transducers and thermistors.
Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV) -- See Fig. 31
for a cutaway view of the EXV. High-pressure liquid refrigerant enters valve through the top. As refi'igerant passes through
the orifice, pressure drops and refrigerant changes to a 2-phase
condition (liquid and vapor). To control refrigerant flow for different operating conditions, an actuator moves up and down
over the orifice and modulates the orifice size. A sleeve is
moved by a linear stepper motol: The stepper motor moves in
increments and is controlled directly by the EXV module. As
the stepper motor rotates, motion is transferred into linear
movement by a the lead screw. Tile large number of steps and
long stroke results in veU accurate control of the refiigerant
flow. The stepper motor has either 3690 (main) or 2785 (economizer) steps.
MAIN EXV CONTROL -- Each circuit has a thermistor located in a well in the discharge line of the compressor (DGF)
and another one located in the compressor motor cavity (SGT).
Each circuit also has discharge and suction pressure tmnsducel:
Discharge and suction pressure as measured by the tmnsducel_
am converted to saturated temperatures. The main control logic
for the EXV uses dischmge superheat to control the position of
the EXV. The difference between the temperature of the
discharge gas and the saturated dischm'ge temperature is the
superheat. The EXV module controls the position of the electronic expansion valve stepper motor to maintain the discharge
superheat set point.
MOP -- The EXV is also used to limit cooler saturated suction
temperature to 55 F (12.8 C). This makes it possible for the
chiller to stmt at higher cooler fluid temperatures without overloading the compressol: This is commonly referred to as MOP
(maximum operating pressure). If the SST is equal to or greater
than the MOP set point then the MBB will try to control the
EXV position to maintain the MOP set point which will result
in dischguge supeflleat to meet the set point.
Tile dischguge supeflleat leaving the compressor is maintained between approximately
18° and 25 ° F (10 ° and 14 ° C),
or less. Because EXV status is communicated to the Main Base
Bomd (MBB) and is controlled by the EXV modules, it is possible to track the valve position. The unit is then protected
against loss of charge and a faulty valve. During initial start-up,
the EXV is fully closed. After an initialization period, valve
position is tracked by the EXV module by constantly monitoring the amount of valve movement.
ECONOMIZER
RELIEF
ECONOMIZER
COMPRESSOR
ECONOMIZER
RELIEF
MAIN LINE
.SHUT OFF
BRAZE PLATE
HEAT EXCHANGER
FILTER DRIER
MAIN EXV
*SIGHT GLASS
*Economizer EXV has sight glass
on opposite side of valve shown.
which am also
MAIN FLOW
TO COOLER
Fig. 30 -- Economizer Assembly
56
1
2
5
4
\\
\\
3
2
,
,,
,
i
1
\
\
\\
8\
7_.
\
9,
1. Cable
2. Glass Seal
3. Motor Housing
4. Stepper Motor
5. Bearing
6. Lead Screw
7. Insert
8. Valve Piston
9. Valve Seat
10. Valve Port
10\
Fig. 31 -- Cutaway Views of the Electronic Expansion Valve
ECONOM[ZER
EXV CONTROL -- The economizer EXV
is controlled by the circuit EXV bomd. There is an economizer
gas temperature thermistor and economizer pressure transducer
located in the line, which runs from the economizer assembly to
the compressol: The economizer pressure is converted to saturated temperature and is used to c_dculate economizer supeflleat.
Economizer superheat equals economizer temperature minus
saturated economizer tempelature. The economizer EXV only
operates during normal conditions when the capacity of the
circuit is approximately 75% plus or minus 5% capacity. Once
the capacity of the circuit is greater than 75% the MBB will stmt
controlling the economizer EXV to maintain economizer superheat set point, which is approximately
8 ° to 12 ° F (4.4 ° to
6.7 ° C). If the circuit capacity is less than 75%, the economizer
EXV will be closed.
Use the arrow keys until display shows QUIC.
Press
(password entry may be required) and use []
or []
to
change OFF to ON. The Quick Test sub-mode is now enabled.
Move the arrow down to the appropriate circuit EXV. Circuit A
EXV % Open (Service Test-cQUIC--_EXV.A),
Circuit B EXV
% Open (Service Test-)QUIC-+EXV.B),
or Circuit C EXV %
Open (Service Test--)QUIC-+EXV.C),
and press _.
The current v_lue of 0 will be displayed.
Press _
and
the value will be flashing. Using the []
increase the EXV
position to select 100% valve position (hold []
for quick
movement) and press _.
The actuator should be felt
moving through the EXV. Press _
again twice if necessary to confirm this has occurred. This will attempt to force the
EXV to 100% again. To close the valve, press _,
select
The economizer EXV has one override. If the dischmge gas
temperature exceeds 195 F (90.6 C) the economizer EXV will
start to open. The EXV will be controlled to maintain discharge
gas temperature at approximately 195 F (90.6 C).
0% with [] and press _.
The actuator should knock
when it reaches the bottom of its stroke. See Table 31 for a list
of EXV modes and submodes.
If it appears that main EXV or economizer EXV is not
properly controlling circuit operation to maintain correct superheat, there are a number of dlecks that can be made using test
functions and initialization features built into the microprocessor control. See the Service Test section to test EXVs.
Table 31 -- EXV Modes and Submodes
EXV TYPE AND CIRCUIT
EXV TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE-There
are
two different economizer
EXVs. Both of the economizer
EXVs have a total of 2785 steps. There are three different main
EXVs, which _11have a toted of 3690 steps. The EXV motor
moves at 150 steps per second. Commanding
the valve to
either 0% or 100% will add an additiomfl 160 steps to the
move, to ensure the valve is open or closed completely.
NAVIGATOR TM PATH
EXV, Circuit A
Service Test Mode--_QUIC--_EXV.A
EXV, Circuit B
Service Test Mode--_QUIC--_EXV.B
EXV, Circuit C
Service Test Mode--_QUIC--_EXVC
Economizer
EXV, Circuit A
Service Test Mode--_QUIC--_ECO.A
Economizer
EXV, Circuit B
Service Test Mode--_QUIC--_ECO.B
Economizer
EXV, Circuit C Service Test Mode--_QUIC--_ECO.C
If the valve is not working
lowing test procedure:
Follow the steps below to diagnose and correct EXV problems. Check EXV motor operation first. Switch the Enable/
Off/Remote (EOR) Contact switch to the Off position. Press
properly, continue
with the fol-
Check the 8-position DIP switch on the board for the proper
address (see page 9). Check the EXV output signals at appropriate terminals on the EXV module. For 30XA080 units,
connect the positive test lead to EXV-J2A terminal 5 for Circuit
A and to EXV-J2B terminal 5 for Circuit B.
on the Navigator TM module until the highest operating level is displayed. Use the rerow keys to select the Service
Test mode and press ----_
-. The display will read TEST.
57
For 30XA090-500
unitsconnect
positivetestleadto
EXV(X)-J2A
terminal
5 forEXV(X)andEXV(X)-J2B
termimd5 forEconomizer
EXV(X).UsingtheService
Testprocedureonpage57,movethevalveoutput
undertestto 100%.
DONOTshortmeterleads
together
orpin5toanyotherpin,
asbomd&_mage
willoccm:Duringthenextseveral
seconds,
c;uefully
connect
thenegative
testleadtopins1,2,3and4 in
succession.
Digitalvoltmetel.s
will average
thissignaland
display
approximately
6vdc.If theoutput
remains
ataconstant
voltage
otherthan6 vdcorshows
0 volts,remove
theconnectortothevalveandrecheck.
Press
_
andselect
0%toclose
thev_flve.
NOTE:12vdcis theoutputfiomtheEXVboardwhenthe
v_dve
isstationary.
SeeTables
4 and5.If a problem
stillexists,
replace
the
EXVboard.
If thereading
iscorrect,
theexpansion
valveand
EXVwiringshould
bechecked.
Check
theEXVconnector
and
interconnecting
wiring.
1. Checkcolor-coding
andwireconnections.
Makesure
theyareconnected
tothecorrect
terminals
attheEXV
board
andEXVplugandthatthecables
tuenotcrossed.
2. Checkfor continuity
andtightconnection
at _dlpin
terminals.
Checkthelesistance
of theEXVmotorwindings.
For
30XA080
unitsremove
theEXVmodule
plugEXV-J2A
for
CircuitA EXV andEXV-J2Bfor CircuitB EXV.For
30XA090-500
unitsremove
theEXVmodule
plugEXV(X)J2AformainEXVandEXV(X)-J2B
foreconomizer
EXV.
Check
theresistance
ofthetwowindings
between
pins1and3
foronewindingandpins2 and4 fortheotherwinding.
The
resistance
should
be52ohms
(_+
5.2ohlns).
Alsocheck
pins1-4
foranyshorts
toground.
Inspecting/Opening
Electronic
Expansion
Valves
To check the physical
steps must be performed.
operation
gaskets
before
I
I
required. Switch the EOR switch to the Enable position.
Under the COMP sub-mode, enable one of the compressors (Service Test-+TEST_CPxn)
for the circuit. Let
10 psig (68.9 kPa). Press _,
[]
turn the compressor off. The compressor
and _
to
will turn off. Im-
the valves will minimize
Enter the appropriate EXV test step under the (Service
Test-cQUIC)
sub-mode
in the Service Test mode.
Locate the desired item Service Test-cQUIC--+EXV.A,
Service
Test-RQUIC-REXV.B,
or Service
Test-9
QUIC-+EXV.C.
Press _
twice to make the valve
position of 0% flash. Press and hold []
until 100% is
displayed and press _.
Observe the operation of
the lead screw. See Fig. 31. The motor should be turning,
raising the operator closer to the motol: Motor actuator
movement should be smooth and uniform from lhlly
closed to fully open position. Press _
twice, use
[] to select 0% and press _
again to check open
to closed operation. If the v_dve is properly connected to
the processor and receiving correct sigmds, yet does not
operate as described above, the sealed motor portion of
the valve should be replaced.
Installing
EXV Motor
gasket
R-134A,
75 F(24 C)
(ppm)
COLOR
INDICATOR
and liquid line service valve. If the unit is equipped with
suction service valves and economizer
service v_dves,
amount of charge that will have to be removed
system after pump down.
4.
before
Table 32 -- Color Indicators when
Moisture is Present in Refrigerant
port reads
mediately after the compressor shuts off. manually close
the actuated ball valve (ABV) (See the Actuated B_dl
Valve section for instructions), close the discharge valve
close both valves. Closing
The expansion valve motor is hermetically
sealed inside
the top portion of the valve. See Fig. 31. Disconnect the
EXV plug. Carefully unscrew the motor portion from the
body of the valve. The EXV operator will come out with
the motor portion of the device. Reconnect the EXV plug.
Moisture Liquid Indicator -- Clear flow of liquid refrigerant
indicates sufficient charge in system. Bubbles in the sight glass
indicate undercharged system or presence of noncondensables.
Moisture in system, measured in parts per million (ppm),
changes color of indicatol: See Table 32. Change filter diier at
first sign of moisture in system.
the Off position. Using the Navigator module, enter the
Service Test mode and change Service Test-+TEST
-+T.REQ from OFF to ON. A password may be
mn until gage on suction pressure
3.
If re-installing the motol, be sum to use a new gasket in the
assembly. See Fig. 32. It is easier to install the motor assembly
with the piston in the lhlly closed position. Insert the motor into
the body of the EXV. Tighten the motor to the body to 36 ft-lb
(50 N-m) and then tighten the valve another 30 degrees.
of an EXV. the following
1. Close the liquid line service valve of the circuit to be
checked. Put the Enable/Off/Remote
Contact switch in
compressor
Ensure refrigerant is removed from both the inlet and outlet
of EXV assemblies. Equipment &image could result.
IMPORTANT:
Obtain
replacement
opening EXV. Do not re-use gaskets.
!
IMPORTANT:
Obtain
replacement
opening EXV. Do not re-use gaskets.
used to remove charge from the inlet of the EXVs. Turn
off the line voltage power supply to the compressoLs.
R-134A,
125 F(52 C)
(ppm)
Green -- Dry
<8
<12
Yellow-green -- Caution
Yellow -- Wet
8-66
>66
12-95
>95
the
IMPORTANT:
12 hours before
rate reading.
from the
2. Remove any remaining refi'igerant from the system low
side using proper recovering techniques. The economizer
assembly has a I/4 Schraeder connection which can be
Unit
must
be in
moisture
indicator
operation
can give
at least
an accu-
With unit running,
indicating
element
must be in contact with liquid refrigerant
to give true reading.
58
DISASSEMBLY
Cl??d
NOTE: Open valve in Quick Test sub-mode before disassembling.
ASSEMBLY
Closed
50Nm (36 ft-lb)+ 30 _
27ram / 11/t_'
GASKET
EF05BD271NV3Z5mm
EF05BD331NV36mm
NOTES:
1. Push down on valve piston to close valve before assembling,
2. After valve is assembled close valve in Quick Test sub-mode or cycle power before opening service valve.
Fig. 32 --
Disassembly
and Assembly
Filter DHer -- Whenever
moisture-liquid
indicator shows
presence of moisture, replace filter &ier(s). There is one filter
drier assembly on each circuit with either one or two cores.
The 30XA080-120
units have one core per circuit. The
30XAI40 and 160 units have two cores, one for circuit A and
one for circuit B. Tile 30XA180-500 units have two cores per
circuit. Refer to the Carrier Stan&ud Service Techniques
Manual, Chapter 1, Refrigerants, for details on servicing filter
driel.s.
of EXV Motor
calculated position of the slide valve roaches 100% circuit
capacity, the control will try to increase capacity again if the
compressor
current continues to inclease. The control will
continue to load the compressor until the compressor current
no longer increases. At that time the control will energize both
solenoids and the circuit will be considered fully loaded.
COMPRESSOR
OIL SYSTEM -- Each compressor/circuit
has its own oil system which includes an oil filteL oil solenoid,
check valve, oil level switch, oil sep_u'ator heatel: oil pressure
transducer, and an oil shut-off valve. A typical oil system is
shown in Fig. 34. See Table 33.
Liquid Line Sen'ice _dve -- This valve is located immediately
ahead of filter drier, and has a l/4-in. Schmder connection for
field chmging. In combination
with compressor
discharge
service valve, each circuit can be pumped down into the high
side for servicing.
Table 33 -- Unit Oil Quantities
30XA UNIT SIZE
Compressor
Assembly--The
30XA
units
utilize
screw compmssol_
with a modulating
slide wflve which varies
capacity
from 30% to 100% of compressor
capacity
for each
cimuit. See Fig. 33 for a view of a typical
06T compmssol:
The slide v¢flve position
is varied by opening
and closing the
2 solenoid
valves
located
on the compressol:
To unload
the
compressor,
both solenoids
am deenergized.
To increase
in
capacity
both solenoid
valves
me energized
together
which
will cause the slide valve to slide towards the fully loaded position. To stop the loading
process
solenoid
2 is energized
and
solenoid
1 is deenergized.
This will cause the slide valve to
maintain
its current position.
Them is no positive feedback
for
the position of the slide valve. The control utilizes compressor
cunent
as an indicator
of the slide valve position.
Once the
59
OIL CHANGE (gal, [liters])
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
080-120
5.5
[20.8]
5.5
[20.8]
140,160
6.25 [23.7]
5.5
[20.8]
180,200
220
6.25 [23.7]
6.25 [23.7]
24O
6.75 [25.6]
6.75 [25.6]
6.25 [23.7]
6.75 [25.6]
260
7.50 [28.4]
6.75 [25.6]
280,300
7.50 [28.4]
6.75 [25.6]
325,350
40O
7.50 [28.4]
7.50 [28.4]
6.75 [25.6]
6.25 [23.7]
7.50
[28.4]
450
6.75 [25.6]
6.75 [25.6]
7.50
[28.4]
50O
7.50 [28.4]
6.75 [25.6]
7.50
[28.4]
OIL PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
LOCATION
SUCTION
TEMPERATURE
DISCHARGE
GAS HERMISTOR
ACCESS
FITTING
SENSOR1
SENSOR2
HPS, DISCHARGE
GAS TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
LOCATION
SOLENOID
SOLENOID
2
C_mpression
Proces_
_2o_,_,_0_o
x
Bleed Line to Low Pressure
High Pressure
Enerqiz_
High Pressure
I
Energized
NO FLOW
Valve
Oil
D_energized
FLOW
Valve #2 (NO)
FLOW
#2 (NO)
Val_
#1 (NC)
FULLY
LOADED
OPERATION
De energized
NO FLOW
Valve #1 (NC)
FULLY
Ene_izud
NO FLOW
Valve #2 (NO)
UNLOADED
OPERATION
De-energized
NO FLOW
V_ve#1 (NC)
MAINTAIN
POSITION
Fig. 33 -- Typical 06T Compressor
HIGH
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
OIL
SEPARATOR
HEATER
OIL
OIL
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
OM)
OIL LEVEL
SWITCH
(BOqq-OM)
OIL
SOLENOID
VALVE
CHECK
VALVE
o
oo
o
oo
Fig. 34 -- Typical Oil System
60
Oil
Suction
(344.7 kPa) then the control will shut down the circuit on
Maximum Oil Filter Differenti_d Pressme Failure.
Oil Charge_ -- When additional oil or a complete charge is
required it must meet the following specifications:
• Manufacturer
..........
Castrol Icematic® SW-220XL
• Oil Type ................
Inhibited polyolester-based
synthetic compressor lubricant for use with screw compressors.
•
[SO Viscosity
Grade ..........................
Compressor oil is pressurized. Use proper safety precautions when relieving pressure.
220
Do not reuse drained oil or any oil that has been exposed to the
atmosphere.
Oil is available in the following
C_mier lepresentative:
OUANTITY
1 Quart
1 Gallon
5 Gallon
quantities
Replacing the Oil Filter -- Close the oil line ball valve located in front of the oil filtel: Connect a charging hose to the
Schmder port located downstleam of the valve and bleed off oil
trapped between file service valve and the oil solenoid valve. A
quart of oil is typically what is removed during this process.
Remove the charging hose. Unscrew the nuts from both ends
of the oil filter and remove the oil filte]: Remove the protective
caps from the new oil filter and install, being carelul not to lose
or damage the new O-ring located on the new oil filtel: Draw a
vacuum at the Schmder port. Remove the charging hose and
open the oil line ball valve. Check both fittings for leaks.
from your local
TOTALINE PART NO.
P903-2325
P903-2301
P903-2305
If unsure if there is low oil charge in file system, follow the
steps below:
1. If the unit shuts off repeatedly from a low oil level ale]l it
may be an indication of inadequate oil charge; howevek it
could also indicate that the oil is not being reclaimed from
the low-side of the system.
Cooler
SUCTION SERVICE VALVE -- The suction service valve
is a factory-installed option for 30XA units. It is located in the
suction outlet of the coolel: The suction service valve is bolted
between the cooler outlet and the suction flange piping. The
suction service valve shaft has a locking device located on the
shaft to lock the valve in either a lully open position or a fully
closed position. The locking device must be pulled out prior to
moving the wtlve handle to a fully open or a fully closed position. See Fig. 35A and 35B.
2.
Begin running the unit at lull load for 11/2 hours. Use the
manual Test Mode featme of Service Test if the unit does
not normally run at full load.
NOTE: An adequate load must be available.
3.
After running the unit for 11/2hours at full load, allow the
unit to restart and run normally. If low oil akums persist,
continue with the following steps.
4.
Close the liquid line service valve and place a pressure
gage on top of the coolel: Enable the Service Test feature
using the Navigator TM module and turn the Enable/Off/
Remote switch to the enable position. Start the desired
circuit by turning it on under the TEST lunction: CRA
for compressor A, CRB for complessor B, or CRC for
compressor C.
5. When the complessor
stmts successfully
observe the
cooler pressure
when the pressure
reads
10 psig
(68.9 kPa), turn the Emergency Switch (SW2) to the OFF
position. The complessor should stop within 10 seconds.
6.
Open the liquid line service valve and allow the unit to
restart normally. If low oil level aimms persist, continue
with the following steps.
7.
If none of the previous steps were successlul, the unit is
low on oil charge. Add oil to the oil separator using the
_/4 in. Schrader-type
fitting that the discharge pressure
transducer is mounted to.
Fig. 35A -- Suction Service Valve Locking Device,
Closed and Unlocked
8.
To facilitate the oil charging process, ensure that the unit
is not running when adding oil. The system is under piessure even when the unit is not running, so it is necessary
to use a suitable pump to add oil to the system.
9. Using a suitable pump, add I/2 gal (1.9 1) of oil to the
system. Continue adding oil in I/2 gal (1.9 1) increments
until the problem is lesolved, up to a maximum of 1.5 gal
(5.7 1). If it is necessary to add factory oil charge levels to
the system contact your local Carrier representative.
Oil Filter Maintenance
-- Each circuit has one oil filter located externally to the compressol:
Oil line pressure drop is
monitored by the control. Oil line pressure drop is calcukited
by subtracting oil pressure (OP) from discharge pressme (DP).
If the oil line pressure diop exceeds 30 psi (206.8 kPa) for
5 minutes file control will generate a High Oil Filter Pressure
Drop alert. The High Oil Filter Pressure Drop _dert will
not shut down the compressor, but instead indicates that the
oil filter is dirty. If oil pressure line losses exceed 50 psi
VALVE
LOCKED
OPEN
Fig. 35B -- Suction Service Valve Locking Device,
Open and Locked
61
FREEZE PROTECTION--All
coolers am equipped with
cooler heaters and tue controlled by file Main Base Board. The
control logic uses the unit status, outdoor air temperature, and
the saturated suction temperatures for all circuits to decide if
the cooler heater should be energized.
Tile cooler heaters can only be energized when the state of
the unit is OFF. The cooler heaters will be energized if the
outdoor-air temperature is less than the Cooler Heater Set Point
and the lowest circuit Saturated Suction Temperature is less
than the heater set point plus 6° F (3.3° C). See Table 34.
Tile cooler heater set point = freeze point + Cooler Heater
DT Setp (Cotlfiguration --¢SERV--)HTR ).
If the entering or leaving waIer temperature is less than the
Heater Set Point and the outdoor air temperature is less than
the HeaIer Set Point -2 ° F (1.1° C), then the heater will be
turned on.
LOW FLUID TEMPERATURE -- Main Base Board is progrmnmed to shut chiller down if leaving fluid temperature
drops below 34 F (1.1 C) for cooler fluid type water or below
Brine Freeze Setpoint (Cot_guration_SERV--cLOSP)
for
cooler fluid type brine. The unit will shut down without a
pumpout. When fluid temperature rises to 6° F (3.3° C) above
the leaving fluid set point, safety resets and chiller restarts.
Reset is automatic as long as this is the first occurrence.
LOSS OF FLUID FLOW PROTECTION -- All 30XA machines include an integral flow switch that protects the cooler
against loss of cooler flow.
TUBE PLUGGINGA leaky tube can be plugged until
retubing can be done. The number of tubes plugged determines
how soon the cooler must be retubed. All tubes in the cooler
may be removed. Ix_ss of unit capacity and efficiency as well
as increased pump power will result fiom plugging tubes.
Failed tubes should be replaced as soon as possible. Up to 10%
of the total number of tubes can be plugged before retubing is
necessary. Fig. 36 shows an Elliott tube plug and a cross-sectiomd view of a plug in place. See Tables 35 and 36 for plug
components. If the tube failure occurs in both circuits using
tube plugs will not con'ect the problem. Contact your local
C_urier representative for assistance.
If the Entering or Leaving Water Temperature is less than
the Brine Freeze Setpoint (Cot_guration--cSERV--cLOSP)
+1.0° F (0.5° C), then the heater will be turned on along with
the pump.
Tile entire cooler is covered with closed-cell insulation
applied over the heater The heater plus insulation protects
cooler against low ambient temperature fieeze-up to 0° F
(-17.8 C).
IMPORTANT: If unit is installed in an area where
ambient temperatures fidl below 32 F (0° C), a suitable
corrosion-inhibited antifreeze solution or cooler heater
must be used in the chilled water circuit.
Use extreme care when installing plugs to prevent &tmage
to the tube sheet section between the holes.
Table 34 -- Cooler Heater Operation Examples
OAT
F (C)
50
(10)
40
(4.4)
40
(4.4)
UNIT
STATUS
BRINE
FREEZE
POINT
F (C)
OFF
36
(2.2)
(3.3)
(5.6)
OFF
36
(2.2)
6
(3.3)
42
41
(5.6)
(5)
15
(-9.4)
6
21
(-6.1)
41
(5)
OFF
40
(4.4)
OFF
40
(4.4)
ON
COOLER
DELTA T
F (C)
COOLER
HEATER
SETPOINT
F (C)
SSTA
F (C)
SSTB
F (C)
SSTC
F (C)
COOLER
HEATER
STATUS
6
42
N/A
N/A
N/A
OFF
(3.3)
6
-----
OAT
>42 F
(6.6c)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(3.3)
42
52.1
52.1
52.1
(5.6)
(11.2)
(1 1.2)
(11.2)
36
(2.2)
6
(3.3)
(6.6)
42
N/A
N/A
N/A
Outdoor-Air Temperature
Saturated Suction Temperature, Circuit A
Saturated Suction Temperature, Circuit B
Saturated Suction Temperature, Circuit C
62
ON
SSTA
<42 F
(5.6 C)
36
(2.2)
LEGEND
OAT
SSTA
SSTB
SSTC
COMMENTS
OFF
OFF
OFF
SSTA
>21 F
(-6.1
C)
All SST
Temperatures
>52 F
(11.2 C)
Unit Status
ON
1. Install zfllbolts finger tight.
TUBE SHEET
2.
Bolt tightening sequence is outlined
file numbering or lettering sequence
evenly applied to O-ring.
3.
Apply torque in one-third steps until required torque is
roached. Ix)ad all bolts to each one-third step before proceeding to next one-third step.
4.
No less than one hour latel: mtighten all bolts to required
torque values.
5.
After refrigerant is restored to system, check for rel]igerant le_tks using recommended industry practices.
Fig. 36 -- Elliott Tube Plug
Table 35 -- Plug Component Parts
COMPONENTS
FOR PLUGGING
PART NUMBER
For Tubes
Brass Pin
853103-1"
Brass Ring
853002-640 or 657*
(measure tube
before ordering)
6. Replace cooler insulation.
INSPECTING/CLEANING
HEAT EXCHANGERS
--Inspect and clean cooler tubes at the end of the first operating
season. Because these tubes have internal ridges, a rotary-type
tube cleaning system is necessary to fully clean the tubes. Tube
condition in the cooler will determine the scheduled frequency
for cleaning, and will indicate whether water treatment is
adequate in the chilled water/brine circuit. Inspect the entering
and leaving water thermistor wells for signs of conosion or
scale. Replace the well if corroded or remove any scale if
found.
For Holes without tubes
Brass Pin
853103-1A
Brass
85102-738
Ring
Loctite
No. 675 1-
Locquic
Roller Extension
"N"IS82-112/11
in Fig. 37. Follow
so that pressure is
*Order directly from Elliot Tube Company, Dayton, OH or RCD.
1-Can be obtained locally.
Hard sc_fle may require chemical treatment for its prevention or removal. Consult a water treatment specialist for
proper treatment procedures.
Table 36 -- Plug Parts
SIZE
PLUG COMPONENT
in,
mm
Tube sheet hole diameter
0.756
19.20
Tube OD
0.750
19.05
0.650 to
0.667
16.51 to 16.94
Tube ID after rolling (includes
expansion due to clearance.)
NOTE: Tubes replaced along heat exchanger
be flush with tube sheet (both ends).
head partitions
WATER
TREATMENTUntreated
or improperly
treated
water may result in corrosion,
scaling, erosion
or algae. The
services
of a qualified
water treatment
specialist
should
be
obtained
to develop and monitor
a treatment
program.
must
RETUBING
--When
mtubing
is required,
obtain
service of
qu_flified
personnel
experienced
in boiler
maintenance
and
mpail: Most standard
procedures
can be followed
when retubing file coolers.
An 8% crush is recommended
when rolling
replacement
tubes into the tubesheet.
The following
Elliott Co. tube rolling
• Expander
Assembly
(113123)
• Cage (2134123)
• Mandrel
(213123)
• Rolls (2115122)
tools
WiLter must be within design flow limits, clean and treated
to ensure proper machine performance
and reduce file
potential of tubing dmnage due to corrosion, sc_fling, and
algae. Career assumes no responsibility for cooler d_unage
resulting from untreated or improperly treated watel:
am required:
®
Place one drop of Ix)ctite No. 675 or equivalent
on top of
tube prior to rolling. This materi_fl is intended
to "wick"
into file
area of the tube that is not rolled into the tube sheet, and prevent
fluid from accumulating
between
the tube and the tube sheet.
New tubes must also be rolled
into the center tubesheet
to
prevent
cimuit
TIGHTENING
to cimuit
COOLER
leaks.
HEAD
BOLTS
Preparation
-- When
reassembling
cooler
heads,
always
check the condition
of the O-rings
ilLst. The O-ring should be
replaced
if them is visible
signs
of deterioration,
cuts or
damage.
Apply
a thin film of grease
to the O-ring
before
installation.
This will aid in holding
the O-ring in the groove
while the head is installed.
Torque
all bolts to file following
specification
and in sequence:
3/4-in. Diameter
Perimeter
Bolts
(Grade
5) ....
Fig. 37-
200 to 225 ft-lb
(271 to 305 N-m)
63
Cooler Head Recommended
Bolt Torque Sequence
SINGLE
ONLY
CHILLED WATER FLOW SWITCH -- A factory-installed
flow switch is installed in the entering water nozzle for all
machines. See Fig. 38 and 39. This is a thermal-dispersion
flow
switch. Figure 38 shows typical installation. If nuisance trips of
the sensor me occurnng, follow the steps below to correct:
sound coil cleaner as described below. Coil cleaning should be
part of the unit's regularly scheduled maintenance procedures
to ensure long life of the coil. Failure to clean the coils may
result in reduced durability in the environment.
Avoid the use of:
• coil brighteners
• acid cleaning prior to painting
• high pressure washers
• poor quality water for cleaning
When power is supplied to the device, a warm-up period is
initiated. During this pedod, the green LED is lit trod turned off
as each LED to the left is successively lit until the left most red
LED is lit. The warm-up period may take up to 30 seconds.
When some flow is detected but not enough for machine
operation, a red LED illuminates tit the fro left. With increasing
flow, successive red LEDs illuminate. When the switch determines flow is present, an amber LED illuminates indicating the
switch has closed. This is not an indication that minimum flow
has been met. Increasing flow above the amber LED indication
illuminates the first green LED. Each successive green LED
indicates greater flow. The switch closure does not indicate
minimum flow requirements
have been met for the machine.
One green LED lit can indicate minor fluctuations in flow.
while an increase in flashing green LEDs can indicate higher
flow rate, with a lower instance of nuisance alarms.
Tottdine environmentally
sound coil cleaner is nonflammable,
hypo allergenic,
non bacterial,
and a USDA
accepted biodegra&tble
agent that will not harm the coil or
surrounding
components
such as electrical wiring, painted
metal surfaces, or insulation. Use of non-recommended
coil
cleaners is strongly discouraged since coil and unit durability
could be affected.
M12 X 4 PIN MALE
1. Check to confirm that all strainers are clean, valves me
open and pumps are running. For the case of vtuiable
frequency drive (VFD) controlled
pumps, ensure the
minimum speed setting has not been changed.
1
2@4
3
2. Measure the pressure drop across the coolel: Use the
cooler pressure drop curves on pages 44-48 to ctdculate
the flow and compare this to system requirements.
3. If the measured flow rate through the cooler agrees with
the system lequirements. The green LED should be lit a
minimum of 2 bras away from the amber light.
4. If the contacts do not close with the amber LED lit then
check the wiring connection to the MBB. If the input
signal is not closed, then the switch needs to be replaced.
Condenser
Coil
Recommendation
Maintenance
and
......................
L1--BRN----o/i _............................................
I
c_ WHT---o
24 VAC
_
B,u
i
N
RED
I
Cleaning
AMBER
1
FLOW BELOW
SET POINT
GREEN
I
.................................
v ..................................
I
-- Routine cleaning of coil surfaces
is essential to maintain proper operation of the unit. Elimination of contamination
and removal of harmful residues will
greatly increase the life of the coil and extend the life of the
unit. The following maintenance and cleaning procedures are
recommended
as part of the routine maintenance activities to
extend the life of the coil.
2--
_BLK__OI_
I
I
OUTPUT
ENERGIZED
_
J
FLOW ABOVE
SET POINT
Fig. 38 -- Chilled Water Flow Switch LED Display
REMOVE SURFACE LOADED FIBERS -- Surface loaded
fibers or dirt should be removed with a vacuum cleanel: If a
vacuum cleaner is not av_filable, a soft non-metallic
bristle
brush may be used. In either case, the tool should be applied in
the direction of file fins. Coil surfaces can be easily damaged
(fin edges can be easily bent over and damage to the coating of
a protected coil) if the tool is applied across file fins.
NOTE: Use of a water stream, such as a garden hose, against a
surface loaded coil will drive the fibers and dirt into file coil.
This will make cleaning efforts more dift]cult. Surface loaded
fibers must be completely removed prior to using low velocity
clean water rinse.
PERIODIC
CLEAN WATER RINSE -- A periodic clean
water rinse is very beneficial for coils that me applied in coastal
or industrial environments. Howevel, it is very important that
the water rinse is made with ve q low velocity water stream to
avoid &imaging the fin edges. Monthly cleaning as described
below is recommended.
ROUTINE CLEANING
OF COIL SURFACES
-- Monthly cleaning wifll Totaline® environmentally
sound coil cleaner
is essential to extend the life of coils. This cleaner is available
from Carrier Replacement
parts division as ptut number
tx)02-0301
for a one gallon container, and part number
tx)02-0305 for a 5 gallon conttfiner It is lecommended
that tdl
coils, including stan&trd aluminum, pre-coated, copper/copper
or E-coated coils be cleaned with the Totaline environmentally
FLOW
SWITCH
STANDARD
Fig. 39 --
64
COOLER
Flow Switch
Totaline® Environmentally
Sound Coil Cleaner
_ment
• 21/2 gallon garden sprayer
• Water rinse with low velocity spray nozzle
6. Hold gmden sprayer nozzle close to finned areas and
apply cleaner with a vertical, up-and-down motion. Avoid
spraying in horizontal pattern to minimize potential for
fin damage.
7. Ensure cleaner thoroughly penetrates deep into finned
tueas.
8. Interior and exterior finned tueas must be thoroughly
cleaned.
9. Finned surfaces should remain wet with cleaning solution
for 10 minutes.
10. Ensure surfaces are not allowed to dU before rinsing.
Reapplying cleaner as needed to ensure I0-minute saturation is achieved.
11. Thoroughly rinse tdl surfaces with low velocity clean
water using downwmd rinsing motion of water spray
nozzle. Protect fins from damage from the spray nozzle.
Application
Harsh chemicals, household bleach or acid or basic cleaners should not be used to clean outdoor or indoor coils of
tiny kind. These cleaners can be very difficult to rinse out
of the coil and can accelerate corrosion fit the fin/tube interface where dissimilar materitfls are in contact. If there is
dirt below the surface of the coil, use file Totaline environmentally sound coil cleaner as described above.
Condenser Fans -- A formed metal mount bolted to fan
High velocity water from a pressure washer, gtuden hose,
or compressed air should never be used to clean a coil. The
force of the water or air jet will bend the fin edges and
increase airside pressure drop. Reduced unit performance
or nuisance unit shutdown may occm:
Totaline Environmentally
Instructions
deck supports each fan and motor assembly. A shroud and a
wire gutud provide protection from the rotating fan. See
Fig. 40. The exposed end of the fan motor shall is protected
fi_m weather by grease. If fan motor must be removed for
service or repkicement, be sure to regrease fan shall and
reinstall fan guard. The fan motor has a step in the motor shall.
For proper performance, fan should be positioned such that it is
securely seated on this step. Tighten the bolt.
Sound Coil Cleaner Application
1. Proper eye protection such as safety glasses is recommended during mixing and application.
2. Remove all surface loaded fibers and dirt with a vacuum
cleaner as described above.
3. Thoroughly wet finned surfaces with clean water trod a
low velocity garden hose, being careful not to bend fins.
4. Mix Totaline environmentally sound coil cleaner in a
2112gallon garden sprayer according to the instructions
included with the cleaner. The optimum solution temperature is 100 E
Refrigerant
Circuit
LEAK TESTING -- Units are shipped with complete operating charge of refrigerant R-134a (see Physical Data tables
supplied in the 30XA insttdlation instructions) and should be
under sufficient pressure to conduct a leak test. If there is no
pressure in the system, introduce enough nitrogen to search for
file leak. Repair the leak using good refrigeration practices.
After leaks are repaired, system must be evacuated and
dehydrated.
REFRIGERANT CHARGE -- Refer to Physical Data tables
supplied in the 30XA installation instructions). Immediately
ahead of filter diier in each circuit is a factory-installed liquid
line service valve. Each valve has a l/4-in. Schmder connection
for charging liquid refrigerant.
NOTE: Do NOT USE water in excess of 130 E as the enzymatic activity will be destroyed.
5. Thoroughly apply Totaline environmentally sound coil
cleaner solution to all coil surfaces including finned tuea,
tube sheets and coil headers.
METAL
MOUNT
FAN DECK
MOTOR
WIRE GUARD X
Fig. 40-
Fan Mounting
65
Charging with Unit Off and Evacuated
-- Close liquid line
service valve before charging. Weigh in charge shown on unit
nameplate. Open liquid line service valve; start unit and allow
it to run several minutes fully loaded. Check for a clear sight
glass. Be sure clear condition is liquid and not vapoc
IMPORTANT:
If unit is installed in an area where
ambient temperatures
fall below 32 F (0 ° C), a suitable corrosion-inhibited
antifreeze solution or cooler
heater must be used in the chilled water circuit.
Relief Devices
-- Fusible plugs are located in each circuit between the condenser and the liquid line shutoff valve.
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES -- Valves ;ue installed in each
circuit and are located on all coolers. These valves are
designed to relieve if an abnormal pressure condition _uises.
Relief valves on _fll coolers lelieve at 220 psi (1517 kPa).
These valves should not be capped. If a valve lelieves, it
should be replaced. If the valve is not replaced, it may relieve
at a lower pressure, or leak due to trapped dirt from the system
which may prevent resealing.
Charging with Unit Running -- If charge is to be added while
unit is operating, all condenser fans and compressol_ must be
operating. It may be necessa U to block condenser coils at low
ambient temperatures to raise condensing pressure to approximately 198 psig (1365 kPa) to turn all condenser fans on. Do not
totally block a coil to do this. Partially block all coils in unif(mn
pattern. Chtu_ge each circuit until sight glass shows dear liquid,
and has a liquid line temperature of 103 F (39 C) for 30XA080350 units and 108 F (42 C) for 30XA400-500 units.
Add 5 lb (2.3 kg) of liquid chtu_ge into the entering filter
drier using the fitting located on the tube entering the bottom of
the coolec This fitting is located between the electronic expansion valve (EXV) and the coolel:
Plessure relief valves located on cooler shells have 3/4-in.
NPT connections for lelief. Some local building codes require
that relieved gases be exhausted to a specific location. This
connection _fllows conformance to this requirement.
Allow the system to stabilize trod then recheck the liquid
temperature.
If needed, add additional
liquid charge, 5 lb
(Z3 kg) at a time, allowing the system to stabilize between
each charge addition. Slowly add charge as the sight glass
begins to clear to avoid overcharging.
MAINTENANCE
Recommended
Maintenance Schedule -- The following are only recolmnended
guidelines. Jobsite conditions
may dictate that maintenance
than recommended.
IMPORTANT:
When adjusting refrigerant chtuge, circulate fluid through cooler continuously to prevent freezing
and possible dmnage to the coolel: Do not overcharge, and
never charge liquid into the low-pressure side of system.
Routine:
For machines with E-coat condenser coils:
• Check condenser coils for debris; clean as necessary with
Carrier approved coil cleaner.
• Periodic
clean water rinse, especially
in coastal and
industrial applications.
Every month:
• Check condenser coils for debris; clean as necessary with
Carrier approved coil cleaner.
• Check moisture indicating sight glass for possible refrigerant loss and presence of moisture.
Every 3 months (for all machines):
• Check refrigerant charge.
• Check all refrigerant
joints and valves for refrigerant
leaks; repair as necessary.
• Check chilled water flow switch operation.
• Check all condenser fans for proper operation.
• Check oil filter pressure drop.
• Check oil separator heater operation.
Every 12 months (for all machines):
• Check all electrical connections;
tighten as necessary.
• Inspect all contactors and relays; replace as necessary.
• Check accuracy of thermistors;
replace if greater than
_+2° F (1.2 ° C) variance fiom calibrated thermometer.
• Check accuracy of transducers;
replace if greater than
_+5psi (34.47 kPa) variance.
• Check to be sure that the proper concentration
of antifreeze is present in the chilled water loop, if applicable.
• Verify that the chilled water loop is properly treated.
• Check refrigerant
filter driers for excessive
pressure
drop; replace as necessary.
• Check chilled water strainers, clean as necessary.
• Check cooler heater operation.
• Check condition of condenser fan blades and that they
are securely fastened to the motor shaft.
• Perform Service Test to confirln operation of all components.
• Check for excessive cooler approach (Leaving Chilled
Water Temperature - Saturated Suction Temperature) which
may indicate fouling. Clean cooler vessel if necessary.
• Obtain oil analysis; change as necessmy.
Safety DeviceS--The
30XA chillers cont;fin many
safety devices and protection logic built into the electronic
control Following is a description of the major safeties.
COMPRESSOR
PROTECTION
Motor Overload
-- The compressor
protection
modules
(CPM) protect each compressor
against overcurrent. Do not
bypass the current transducel_ or make any changes to the
factory-installed
and configured headers. The configuration of
these headers defines the Must Trip Amps (MTA) at which the
CPM will turn the compressors
off. Determine the c;mse for
trouble and correct the problem before resetting the CPM. See
Appendix C for MTA settings and configuration headers.
Each CPM bo;ud also reads the status of each compressor's
high-pressure
switch. All compressors
have factory-installed
high-pressure switches. See Table 37.
Table
37 -UNIT
High-pressure
Switch Settings
SWITCH SETTING
30XA
304.5psig
_+14.5
]
2099kPa
_+100
If the switch opens during operation, the compressor will be
shut down. The CPM will reset automatic_flly when the switch
closes, however, a manual reset of the control is required to
restart the compressor:
OIL SEPARATOR
HEATERS -- Each oil separator circuit
has a heater mounted on the underside of the vessel. The heater
is deenergized anytime the compressor is on. If the compressor
is off and outdoor-air temperature (OAT) is greater than 100 F
(37.8 C) the heater is deenergized.
The heater will also be
deenergized if OAT - SST >32 F (17.8 ° C) and the OAT LWT > 32F (17.8° C).
COOLER
schedule is performed more often
PROTECTION
Low Water Temperature
-- Microprocessor
is programmed
to shut the chiller down if the leaving fluid temperature drops
below 34 F (1.1 C) for water or more than 8 ° F (4.4 ° C) below
set point for Fluid Type = brine. When the fluid temperature
rises 6 ° F (3.3 ° C) above the leaving fluid set point, the safety
resets and the chiller restarts. Reset is automatic as long as this
is the first occurrence of the day.
TROUBLESHOOTING
See Table 38 for an abbreviated
causes and possible remedies.
66
list of sylllptolllS, possible
Table 38 -- Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM
POSSIBLE
Unit Does Not Run
Check for power to unit
• Check overcurrent protection device.
• Check non-fused disconnect (if equipped).
• Restore power to unit.
Wrong or incorrect unit configuration
Active alarm
Check unit configuration,
Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow
troubleshooting instructions,
Active operating mode
Low refrigerant charge
Compressor or control contacts welded
Check for Operating Modes, See the Operating Modes section and follow troubleshooting instructions
Check for leak and add refrigerant.
Replace contactor or relay.
Air in chilled water loop
Non-condensables
in refrigerant circuit,
Purge water loop.
Remove refrigerant and recharge.
Inoperative
• Check EXV, clean or replace,
• Check EXV cable, replace if necessary.
• Check EXV board for output signal,
Unit Operates
Continuously
too Long or
Circuit
Does Not Bun
Circuit
Does Not Load
Compressor
Does Not Bun
CAUSE
POSSIBLE
EXV
Load too high
Active alarm
Unit may be undersized for application
Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow
troubleshooting instructions.
Active operating mode
Check for Operating Modes, See the Operating Modes section and follow troubleshooting instructions.
Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow
troubleshooting instructions.
Active alarm
Active operating mode
Check for Operating Modes, See the Operating Modes section and follow troubleshooting instructions.
Low saturated suction temperature
See Operating
High circuit suction superheat
The circuit capacity is not allowed increase if circuit superheat
(20 C). See Alarms 59-61 for potential causes,
Low suction superheat
The circuit capacity is net allowed to increase if the circuit superheat
18° F (10 ° C). See Alarms 62-64 for potential causes.
Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow
troubleshooting instructions,
Active alarm
Active operating mode
Inoperative
Chilled Water Pump is ON, but
the Machine is OFF
REMEDY
compressor
Modes 21,22 and 23.
is greater than 36 F
is less than
Check for Operating Modes, See the Operating Modes section and follow troubleshooting instructions.
• Check control wiring.
• Check scroll protection module,
• Check centactor operation, replace if necessary.
Chilled water loop temperature too low. Check cooler heater.
contactor
Cooler freeze protection
LEGEND
EXV
--
Electronic Expansion Valve
Alarms and Alerts -- Tire integral control system constantly monitors tile unit and generates warnings when abnor-
character Use the up or down an'ow keys to toggle the display
to YES and press _.
The _tiarms will be reset. Indicator light will be turned off when switched correctly. Do not
mal or fault conditions occur Altu'ms may cause either a circuit
(Alert) or the whole machine (Alarm) to shut down. Alarms
and Aletls are assigned codes as described in Fig. 41. Tile
alarm/alert
indicator LED on the Navigator :r_'_ module is
illuminated when tiny alarm or alert condition is present. If an
Alert is active, the Alarm Indicator LED will blink. If an Alann
is active, the Altu_m Indicator LED will remain on. Cunently
active Alerts and Alamts can be found in Alarms-_ALRM-_
ALMI to ALMS.
reset tile chiller at random without
correcting the cause(s) of the failure.
Before resetting any alarm, first detemtine
Alarm Descriptor
Alarm Prefix
A1 - Compressor A1 Failure
B1 - Compressor B1 Failure
C1 - Compressor C1 Failure
Co - Communication Failure
FC - Factory Configuration Error
MC - Master Chiller Configuration
P - Process Failure
Pr- Pressure Transducer Failure
Sr- Service Notification
th - Thermistor Failure
the cause of the
by the
and
sub-mode Alarm _R.ALM (Reset All Current Alamts) is displayed. Press _.
The control will prompt the user for a
Error
Alarm Suffix
Code Number to identify source
to display 1111. Press _
for each chmactet: Tile default password is 0111. Use the rerow keys to change each individual
password,
investigating
and
Each alarm is described by a three or four-digit code. The
first one or two digits indicate tile alarm source and ate listed in
Fig. 41. The last two digits pinpoint the problem. See Table 39.
An alarm example is shown in Fig. 41.
Tire controller generates two types of alarms. Automatic
reset ahu_ms will reset without any intervention if the condition
that caused the ahum corrects itself. Manual reset alarms
require the service technician to check for tile alamt cause and
reset the alamt. Tire following method must be followed to
reset manual alarms:
alarm and correct it. Enter the Alarms mode indicated
LED on the side of the Navigator display. Press _
first
by displaying PASS WORD. Press _
Fig. 41 -- Alarm Description
67
Table 39 -- Alarm Codes
PREFIX
CODE
SUFFIX
CODE
th
01
1
Cooler Entering Fluid
Thermistor
O2
2
O3
3
O4
4
Cooler Leaving Fluid
Thermistor
Circuit A Defrost Thermistor
Circuit B Defrost Thermistor
O6
5
Condenser Entering
Fluid Thermistor
O7
6
O8
7
O9
8
10
9
Condenser Leaving
Fluid Thermistor
Reclaim Condenser
Entering Thermistor
Reclaim Condenser
Leaving Thermistor
OAT Thermistor
11
10
Master/Slave
Thermistor
12
11
13
12
14
13
Circuit A Suction Gas
Thermistor
Circuit B Suction Gas
Thermistor
Circuit C Suction Gas
Thermistor
15
14
Circuit A Discharge Gas
Thermistor
16
15
Circuit B Discharge Gas
Thermistor
17
16
18
17
19
18
21
19
Circuit C Discharge Gas
Thermistor
Circuit A Condenser Subcooling Liquid Thermistor
Circuit B Condenser Subcooling Liquid Thermistor
Space Temperature
Thermistor
23
2O
24
21
25
22
26
23
01
24
Circuit A Discharge
Transducer
O2
25
Circuit B Discharge
Transducer
O3
26
O4
27
O5
28
O6
29
Circuit C Discharge
Transducer
Circuit A Suction Transducer
Circuit B Suction Transducer
Circuit C Suction Transducer
O7
3O
Circuit A Reclaim Pumpdown Pressure Transducer
O8
31
10
32
11
33
12
34
13
35
14
36
Circuit B Reclaim Pumpdown Pressure Transducer
Circuit A Oil Pressure
Transducer
Circuit B Oil Pressure
Transducer
Circuit C Oil Pressure
Transducer
Circuit A Economizer
Pressure Transducer
Circuit B Economizer
Pressure Transducer
Pr
ALARM
NUMBER
ALARM DESCRIPTION
Common
REASON
FOR ALARM
Temperature
measured
by the controller is
outside of the range
of -40 F to 245 F
*NRCP2
J
J
J
J
J
Fluid
Cooler heater feedback
thermistor
Circuit A Economizer Gas
Thermistor
Circuit B Economizer Gas
Thermistor
Circuit C Economizer Gas
Thermistor
Carrier Comfort Network@
Compressor
Protection Module
Energy Management
Module
Electronic Expansion Valve
Maximum Operating Pressure
is the Energy
Management
MTA
OAT
SST
UL
Measured voltage
0 dc
i
i
i
i
RESET
TYPE
Automatic
None
is
LEGEND
CON
CPM
EMM
EXV
MOP
ACTION TAKEN
BY CONTROL
Unit be shut down or
not allowed to start
Must Trip Amps
Outdoor Air Temperature
Saturated Suction Temperature
Underwriters'
Laboratories
Board.
68
PROBABLE
CAUSE
Faulty Sensor,
wiring error or failed
main base board
Configuration
error
Unit be shut down or
not allowed to start
Dual chiller deactivated. Master and
slave machines
operate in standalone mode
Circuit shut down or
not allowed to start
Faulty Sensor,
wiring error or failed
main base board
None
Configuration error
Alarm tripped
Faulty Sensor, wiring
error, failed EMM
board
None
Configuration error
Circuit economizer
function disabled
Faulty Sensor,
wiring error, failed
EXV board
Circuit shut down or
not allowed to start
Faulty Sensor,
wiring error, failed
EXV or CPM board
Automatic
Faulty transducer,
wiring error, failed
main base board or
fan board
None
Configuration error
Circuit shut down or
not allowed to start
Faulty transducer,
wiring error, failed
CPM board
Table 39 -- Alarm Codes (cont)
PREFIX
CODE
SUFFIX
CODE
ALARM
NUMBER
REASON FOR ALARM
ACTION TAKEN
BY CONTROL
RESET
TYPE
Pr
15
37
Circuit C Economizer
Pressure Transducer
Measured voltage is
0 dc
Circuit shut down or
not allowed to start
Automatic
Co
A1
38
with
B1
39
C1
40
E1
41
E2
42
E3
43
F1
44
Loss of communication
Compressor Board A
Loss of communication
Compressor Board B
Loss of communication
Compressor Board C
Loss of communication
EXV Board A
Loss of communication
EXV Board B
Loss of communication
EXV Board C
Loss of communication
Fan Board 1
No communication
with CPM board
Affected
compressor shut
down
Automatic
No communication with
EXV board
Affected
compressor
shut down
Automatic
Wrong EXV board
address, wrong unit
configuration, wiring
error, power loss,
failed EXV board
with
No communication
fan board
with
Circuit A/B shut
down or not allowed
to start (080-120
ton), Circuit A shut
down or not allowed
to start
(130-500 ton)
Automatic
Wrong board address,
wrong unit configuration, wiring error, loss
of power, failed board
F2
45
Loss of communication
Fan Board 2
with
No communication
fan board
with
Circuit B shut down
or not allowed to
start (130-500 ton)
Automatic
Wrong board address,
wrong unit configuration, wiring error, loss
of power, failed board
F3
46
Loss of communication
Fan Board 3
with
No communication
fan board
with
Circuit C shut down
or not allowed to
start (400-500 ton)
Automatic
Wrong board address,
wrong unit configuration, wiring error, loss
of power, failed board
01
47
Loss of communication
Free Cooling Board 1
with
No communication
with
free cooling board
None
Automatic
O2
48
Loss of communication
Free Cooling Board 2
Loss of communication
with
O3
49
No communication with
EMM board
Disable or not allow
EMM functions
3 step and 4-20 mA
and space temperature reset, occupancy override and
ice build)
None
Automatic
Wrong module
address, wrong unit
configuration,
wiring
error, power loss to
module, failed module
Automatic
Configuration error
Entering or leaving thermistor sensed a temperature at or below freeze
point
Unit shut down or
not allowed to start
Automatic, first
occurrence
in
24 hours;
manual if
multiple alarms
within 24 hours
Faulty thermistor, faulty
wiring, low water flow,
low loop volume, fouled
cooler, or freeze
conditions
--
None
Automatic
Automatic, first
occurrence
in
24 hours;
manual if
multiple alarms
within 24 hours
Faulty thermistor, faulty
wiring, low water flow,
low loop volume, fouled
cooler, or freeze
conditions
Manual
Faulty transducer,
faulty wiring, faulty
thermistor,
faulty EXV,
low refrigerant charge,
plugged or restricted
liquid line
ALARM
DESCRIPTION
with
with
with
with
with
with
Energy Management
NRCP2* Board
O4
P
5O
Loss of communication
Heat Reclaim Board
with
with
No communication
with Free Cooling
51
Loss of communication
AUX Board 6
01
52
Cooler
02
53
Condenser
Circuit A
Freeze
Protection
03
54
Condenser
Circuit B
Freeze
Protection
04
55
Condenser
Circuit C
Freeze
Protection
05
56
57
Low saturated suction
temperatures
detected for
a period of time
Circuit shut down
06
07
58
Circuit A Low Suction
Temperature
Circuit B Low Suction
Temperature
Circuit C Low Suction
Temperature
08
59
Circuit A High Suction
Superheat
Circuit
09
60
Circuit B High Suction
Superheat
EXV>98%,
suction superheat
> 30 F,
and SST<MOP for more
than 5 minutes
10
61
Circuit C High Suction
Superheat
Protection
LEGEND
CON
CPM
EMM
EXV
MOP
*NRCP2
------
Carrier Comfort Network®
Compressor
Protection Module
Energy Management
Module
Electronic Expansion Valve
Maximum
Operating Pressure
is the Energy
Management
MTA
OAT
SST
UL
-----
Must Trip Amps
Outdoor Air Temperature
Saturated Suction Temperature
Underwriters'
Laboratories
Board.
69
CAUSE
Faulty transducer,
wiring error, failed CPM
board
Wrong CPM address,
wrong unit configuration, wiring error, power
loss, failed
CPM board
Configuration
error
Board
05
Freeze
PROBABLE
shut down
Configuration
error
Table 39 -- Alarm Codes (cont)
PREFIX
CODE
SUFFIX
CODE
ALARM
NUMBER
P
11
62
12
63
13
64
14
65
Interlock Failure
28
66
Electrical Box Thermostat
Failure/Reverse
Rotation
29
67
Loss of communication
System Manager
30
68
Master/Slave
Failure
ALARM DESCRIPTION
REASON
Circuit A Low Suction
Superheat
Circuit B Low Suction
Superheat
Circuit C Low Suction
Superheat
FOR ALARM
EXV<5% and either the
suction superheat is less
than the set point by at
least 5 F or the suction
temperature is greater
than MOP set point for
more than 5 minutes
Lockout Switch Closes
69
68
7O
Faul!y communication
wiring, no power
supply to the external
controller
communication
Communication
between
the master and slave
Unit change
stand-alone
to
Automatic
Faulty communication
wiring, no power or
control power to the
main base board of
either module
Automatic, first
occurrence
in
Plugged oil filter, faulty
oil transducer, oil check
valve stuck, plugged oil
strainer
lost
operation
Circuit A Low Oil Pressure
Circuit B Low Oil Pressure
Circuit C Low Oil Pressure
Oil pressure and suction
pressure differential is
less than the set point
Circuit
Difference between discharge pressure and oil
pressure is greater than
50 psi for more than
30 seconds
Circuit shut down
71
73
Circuit B Max Oil Filter Differential Pressure
72
74
Circuit C Max Oil Filter Differential Pressure
84
75
Circuit A High Oil Filter Drop
Pressure
85
76
Circuit B High Oil Filter Drop
Pressure
86
77
Circuit C High Oil Filter Drop
Pressure
75
78
Circuit
A Low Oil Level
76
79
Circuit
B Low Oil Level
77
80
Circuit
C Low Oil Level
MC
nn
81
Master chiller configuration
error Number 01 to nn
FC
nO
82
No factory configuration
nn
83
31
84
Illegal factory configuration
Number 01 to 04
Unit is in CCN emergency
stop
32
85
Cooler
pump #1 fault
33
86
Cooler
pump #2 fault
15
87
Condenser
Failure
34
88
Circuit A Reclaim
Failure
Operation
35
89
Circuit B Reclaim
Failure
Operation
37
90
Circuit A -- Repeated high
discharge gas overrides
38
91
Circuit B -- Repeated high
discharge gas overrides
39
92
Circuit C -- Repeated high
discharge gas overrides
Difference between discharge pressure and oil
pressure is greater than
30 psi for more than
5 minutes
Flow Switch
MTA
OAT
SST
UL
i
i
i
i
shut down
24 hours;
manual if
multiple alarms
within 24 hours
Alarm
tripped
Manual
Manual
Plugged oil filter,
closed oil valve, bad oil
solenoid, oil check
valve stuck, faulty oil
transducer
Plugged
filter
Circuit shut down or
not allowed to start
Automatic, first
occurrence
in
24 hours;
manual if
multiple alarms
within 24 hours
Low oil level, faulty
switch, wiring error,
failed CPM board
Wrong or incompatible
configuration data
Unit not allowed to
start in Master-slave
control
Automatic
Configuration error
No Configuration
Unit not allowed to
start
Automatic
Configuration error
Wrong or incompatible
configuration data
Emergency stop command has been received
Unit not allowed to
start
Unit shut down or
not allowed to start
Automatic
Configuration error
(see Table 40)
Carrier Comfort
Network® Emergency
Stop command
received
Pump interlock status
does not match pump
status
Unit shuts down, if
available, another
pump will start
Manual
Faulty contacts, wiring
error or low control
voltage. Configuration
error.
--
None
Manual
Configuration error
--
None
Manual
Configuration error
Multiple capacity overrides due to high
saturated discharge
temperature
Circuit shut down
Automatic
Condenser air
recirculation, dirty or
plugged condenser
coils, inaccurate
discharge transducer,
faulty condenser fan
Oil level switch
open
LEGEND
Carrier Comfort Network®
Compressor
Protection Module
Energy Management
Module
Electronic Expansion Valve
Maximum Operating Pressure
Management
--
Closed
Automatic
Circuit A Max Oil Filter Differential Pressure
is the Energy
--
Lock Switch
to
72
*NRCP2
--
CAUSE
Faulty transducer,
faulty wiring, faulty
thermistor, faulty EXV,
or incorrect
configuration
Unit change
stand-alone
operation
7O
i
i
----
Automatic
PROBABLE
Loss of communication
with an external control
device for more than
2 minutes
71
CON
CPM
EMM
EXV
MOP
Unit shut down or
not allowed to start
Manual
with
69
P
RESET
TYPE
Not supported
machines
67
ACTION TAKEN
BY CONTROL
Circuit shut down
Must Trip Amps
Outdoor Air Temperature
Saturated Suction Temperature
Underwriters'
Laboratories
Board.
70
Automatic
Table 39 -- Alarm Codes (cont)
PREFIX
CODE
SUFFIX
CODE
ALARM
NUMBER
P
4O
93
Circuit A -- Repeated low
suction temp overrides
41
94
Circuit B -- Repeated low
suction temp overrides
42
95
Circuit C -- Repeated
suction temp overrides
43
96
Low entering water
ture in heating
73
97
Condenser
pump #1 default
74
98
Condenser
pump #2 default
78
99
Circuit A High Discharge
Temperature
79
100
Circuit B High Discharge
Temperature
8O
101
81
1 O2
Circuit C High Discharge
Temperature
Circuit A Low Economizer
Pressure
82
1 O3
Circuit B Low Economizer
Pressure
83
1 O4
Circuit C Low Economizer
Pressure
87
1 O5
Circuit A Slide Valve Control
Unverifiable
88
1 O6
Circuit B Slide Valve Control
Unverifiable
89
1 O7
Circuit C Slide Valve Control
Unverifiable
9O
1 O8
91
1 O9
Cooler flow switch set point
configuration
failure
Cooler flow switch failure
Sr
nn
110
A1, B1, Cl
01
ALARM
DESCRIPTION
FOR ALARM
Multiple capacity
overrides due to low saturated suction temperature
ACTION TAKEN
BY CONTROL
Circuit shut down
RESET
TYPE
Automatic
CAUSE
Inaccurate
transducer, faulty EXV,
low refrigerant charge,
plugged or restricted
liquid line filter drier.
low
tempera-
PROBABLE
Not supported
--
None
Manual
Configuration
error
Discharge gas temperature is higher than 212 F
for more than 90 seconds
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Faulty transducer/high
pressure switch, low/
restricted condenser
flow
The economizer pressure
is below the suction pressure more than 14.5 psi
for more than 10 seconds
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Faulty transducer,
faulty main base board,
faulty wiring, closed
suction service valve,
faulty EXV
tripped
Manual
Slide valve stuck, inaccurate initial current
reading
If 100% load current is
less than 1.3 times of 30%
load current, or 30% load
current is greater than
0.78 times of expected
100% load current
Alarm
-Flow switch
open
None
Manual
Configuration
Unit shut down
Manual if unit
is running,
automatic
otherwise
None
Manual
Maintenance
error
Faulty flow switch, low
cooler flow, faulty
wiring, faulty cooler
pump, faulty main base
board
alert
Field programmed
elapsed time has expired
for maintenance
time
111-01,
112-01,
113-01
Compressor
Motor temperature too high
Compressor
temperature
higher than 232 F for
more than 90 seconds
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Motor cooling solenoid
or economizer
EXV failure, faulty
CPM board, low
refrigerant charge
02
111-02,
112-02,
113-02
Compressor
Motor temperature out of range
Compressor
temperature
reading out of the range of
-40 F to 245 F
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Faulty thermistor, faulty
wiring, faulty CPM
board
03
111-03,
112-03,
113-03
Compressor
High pressure
switch protection
HPS input on CPM board
open
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Loss of condenser air
flow, operation beyond
compressor
envelope,
faulty high pressure
switch, faulty wiring,
faulty CPM board
04
111-04,
112-04,
113-04
Compressor
Over current
CPM board detects high
motor current compared
with MTA setting
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Operating beyond
chiller envelope, incorrect configuration
05
111-05,
112-05,
113-05
Compressor
Locked
CPM board detects locked
rotor current compared
with MTA setting
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Compressor
motor failure, unloader slide
valve failure, compressor mechanical
failure
06
111-06,
112-06,
113-06
Compressor
Phase loss L1
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Blown fuse, wiring
error, loose terminals
07
111-07,
112-07,
113-07
Compressor
Phase loss L2
CPM board detects current unbalance
greater
than 65% for more than
1 second
08
111-08,
112-08,
113-08
Compressor
Phase loss L3
09
111-09,
112-09,
113-09
Compressor Low current
alarm
CPM detects motor current less than a certain
percentage of the MTA
setting
Circuit shut down
Manual
Power supply disconnected, blown fuse,
wiring error, contact
deenergized, faulty
current toroid.
CON
CPM
EMM
EXV
MOP
i
-----
*NRCP2
is the Energy
Service maintenance
Number # nn
REASON
Carrier Comfort Network®
Compressor Protection Module
Energy Management Module
Electronic Expansion Valve
Maximum Operating Pressure
Management
LEGEND
MTA
OAT
SST
UL
rotor
-----
Must Trip Amps
Outdoor Air Temperature
Saturated Suction Temperature
Underwriters'
Laboratories
Board.
71
required
Table 39 -- Alarm Codes (cont)
PREFIX
CODE
SUFFIX
CODE
ALARM
NUMBER
ALARM
DESCRIPTION
A1, B1, C1
10
111-10,
112-10,
113-10
Compressor
Y delta starter
3urrent increase failure alarm
11
111-11,
112-11,
113-11
Compressor
Contactor
REASON
failure
FOR ALARM
ACTION TAKEN
BY CONTROL
RESET
TYPE
PROBABLE
CAUSE
If the delta mode current
is not 25% greater than
the current in Y mode
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Power supply to delta
contactor not
connected, faulty delta
contactor
or wiring,
faulty CPM board
CPM board detects
greater than 15% of MTA
current for 10 seconds
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Faulty contactor, contactor welded, wiring
error
after shutting off the compressor contactor. Oil
solenoid is energized.
12
111-12,
112-12,
113-12
Compressor
motor
Unable to stop
CPM board detects
greater than 15% of MTA
current for 10 seconds
after three attempts
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Faulty contactor,
contactor welded,
wiring error
13
111-13,
112-13,
113-13
Compressor
Phase reversal
CPM board detects phase
reversal from current
toroid
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Terminal block power
supply lead not in
correct phase. Power
supply leads going
through toroid crossed
14
111-14,
112-14,
113-14
Compressor
tion fault
MTA configura-
MTA setting is out of the
allowed MTA range
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Incorrect MTA setting,
faulty CPM board
15
111-15,
112-15,
113-15
Compressor
Configuration
switch mismatch
CPM board MTA setting
do not match factory
configuration
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Incorrect CPM
dipswitch setting,
incorrect factory MTA
setting, faulty CPM
board
16
111-16,
112-16,
113-16
Compressor
Unexpected
switch setting change
CPM board dipswitch
setting changed
Sl
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Incorrect CPM
dipswitch setting, faulty
CPM board
17
111-17,
112-17,
113-17
Compressor
CPM board detects
power failure
a
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Power supply
interruption
18
111-18,
112-18,
113-18
Compressor
UL 1998 critical
section software error
Software
error
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Electric noise, faulty
CPM board
19
111-19,
112-19,
113-19
Compressor
UL 1998 current
measure dual channel
mismatch
Software
error
Circuit
shut down
Manual
Electric noise, faulty
CPM board
Power on reset
LEGEND
CCN
CPM
EMM
EXV
MOP
------
Carrier Comfort Network@
Compressor Protection Module
Energy Management Module
Electronic Expansion Valve
Maximum Operating Pressure
*NRCP2
is the Energy
DIAGNOSTIC
CAUSES
Thermistor
Management
ALARM
MTA
OAT
SST
UL
-----
Must TripAmps
Outdoor Air Temperature
Saturated Suction Temperature
Underwriters' Laboratories
Board.
CODES
AND
POSSIBLE
Akum 6 -- Condenser Leaving Fluid (th.07)
NOTE: These alarlns are not used or supported. [f this condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.
Condenser Reclaim Thermistor
Failure
Alarln 1 -- Cooler Fluid Entering (th.01 )
Alarm 2 -- Cooler Fluid Leaving (th.02)
Aimin 7-- Reclaim
Criwriafbr
Trip -- This _flarm criterion is tested whether the
unit is on or off if the temperature as measured by the thermistor is outside of the range -40 to 245 F (-40 to 118.3 C).
Action to be Taken -- The unit shuts down normally,
allowed to start.
NOTE: Alarms 7 and 8 are not used or supported. If this condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.
or is not
Alarm 9 -- Outdoor
Reset Method -- Automatic, the alarm will reset once the thermistor reading is within the expected range.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• sensor wiring to the Main Base Board
• sensor accuracy
See the Thermistol.s section on page 52 for thermistor
scription, identifiers and connections.
Defrost Thermistor Failure
Air Temperature
Thermistor
Failure
CriWriajbr Trip -- This aku'm criterion is tested whether the
unit is ON or OFF. The alarm is tripped if the temperature
measured by the outdoor air thermistor sensor is outside the
range of_40 to 245 F (_4-0 to 118.3 C).
Action to be Taken -- The unit shuts down normally,
allowed to st_ut.
de-
or is not
Reset Method -- Automatic, the alarm will reset once the thermistor reading is within the expected range.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• sensor wiring to the Main Base Board
• a faulty thermistor
Alarm 3 -- Circuit A (th.03)
Alarm 4 -- Circuit B (th.04)
NOTE: These _flmms me not used or supported. If this condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.
Thermistor Failure
Alarm 5 -- Condenser
Entering Fluid (th.08)
Almm 8 -- Reclaim Leaving Fluid (th.09)
See the Thermistors section on page 52 for thermistor
scripfion, identifiers and connections.
Entering Fluid (th.06)
72
de-
Alarm
10 -- Master/Slave
Common
Fluid Thermistor
Alarm
CriWriafbr Trip -- This almm criterion is tested whether the
unit is ON or OFF. Tile alarm will be tripped if the unit is
configured as a master or a slave (MSSL), leaving temperature
control is selected (EWTO), and if the temperature measured
by the CHWS (chilled water sensor) fluid sensor is outside the
range of-40 to 245 F (-40 to 118.3 C).
A_Tion to be Taken -- Master/slave operation
the chiller returns to stand alone mode.
is disabled
and
de-
For themristor descriptions,
the Thermistors section.
Alarm 20 -- Cooler
identifiers
Heater Feedback
and connections,
see
Sensor Thermistor
is
Alarm 21 --Circuit
A (th.24)
Alarm 22 -- Circuit B (th.25)
Alarm 23 -- Circuit C (th.26)
CriWria .for Trip -- This alarm criterion is tested whether the
unit is ON or OFF. The akum is tripped if the Economizer gas
reading is outside the range of M-0 to 245 F (-40 to 118.3 C).
Action to be Taken -- The unit shuts down normally,
allowed to start.
check the
or is not
Reset Method -- Automatic, the alarm will reset once the thermistor reading is within the expected range.
de-
Almm 14 -- Circuit A (th. 15)
Almm 15 -- Circuit B (th. 16)
Almm 16 -- Circuit C (th. 17)
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered,
following items:
• sensor wiring to the EXV board
• a faulty thermistor
• a faulty channel on the board
check the
See the Thermistol_ section on page 52 for thermistor
tion, identifiers and connections.
descrip-
Discharge
Transducer
Alarm 24 -- Circuit A (Pl:01)
Alarm 25 -- Circuit B (Pc02)
Alarm 26 -- Circuit C (Pl:03)
Criteria fi_r Trip -- This almm criterion is tested whether the
unit is ON or OFF. The alarm is tripped if the temperature
measured by the Outdoor Air Thermistor sensor is outside the
range of-40 to 245 F (-40 to 118.3 C).
Action to be Taken -- The unit shuts down normally, or is not
allowed to st_ut.
Criteriafi_r Trip -- The criterion is tested whether the circuit is
ON or OFF. This alarm is generated if the voltage as sensed by
the MBB or Fan Bomd C (FBC) is 0 vdc, which conesponds
to the NavigatoF TM display of-7 psi (-48.3 kPa).
Reset Method -- Automatic, the alarm will leset once the thermistor leading is within the expected range.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• sensor wiring to the CPM board
• a faulty thermistor
• a faulty channel on the board
See the Thermistors section on page 52 for thermistor
tion, identifiers and connections.
reading is
Reset will
NOTE: Alarm 20 is not used or supported. If this condition
encountered, confirm machine configuration.
Economizer
Gas Thermistor
Reset Method -- Automatic, once the thermistor reading is
within the expected range. The affected circuit will restart once
the alarm has cleared.
See the Thermistors section on page 52 for themristor
scription, identifiers and connections.
Circuit Discharge Gas Thermistor Sensor Failure
(th.21)
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• sensor wiring to the Energy Management
Module
• board for a faulty channel
• a faulty thermistor
CriWriafi_r Trip -- This aku'm criterion is tested whether the
unit is ON or OFE [f the suction gas temperatme as measured
by the thermistor is outside of the range -40 to 245 F (-40 to
118.3 C).
Action to be Taken -- The affected circuit shuts down
norln_dly.
is encountered,
Failure
Reset Method -- Automatic, once the thermistor
within the expected range. The Space Temperature
resume once the alarm has clemed.
Almm 11 -- Circuit A (th. 12)
Almm 12 -- Circuit B (th. 13)
Akum 13 -- Circuit C (th. 14)
Possible Causes -- If this condition
following items:
• sensor wiring to the EXV board
• board for a faulty channel
• a faulty thermistor
Sensor
Action to be Taken -- Unit operates under norm_fl control.
Temperature Reset based on Space Temperature is disabled.
Reset Method-Reset is automatic when the thermistor mading is inside the range of-40 to 245 F (-40 to 118.3 C).
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• sensor wiring to the Main Base Board
• a faulty thermistor
See the Thermistors section on page 52 for themristor
scription, identifiers and connections.
Suction Gas Thermistor
19 -- Space Temperature
Criteriafi_r Trip -- This alarm criterion is checked whether the
unit is ON or OFF and if Space Temperature Reset has been
enabled. This alarm is generated if the outdoor-air temperature
as measured by the thermistor is outside of the range -40 to
245 F (-40 to 118.3 C).
Action to be Taken -- The circuit is shut down normally, or not
_fllowed to start.
Reset Method -- Automatic, once the transducer voltage is
greater than 0 vdc, which corresponds to the Navigator display
of a value greater than -7 psi (-48.3 kPa).
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• sensor wiring to Main Base Board (Alarms 24 and 25)
• sensor wiring to Fan Board C (Alarm 26)
• board for a faulty channel
• for a faulty transducer
• confirm unit configuration
descrip-
Condenser Subcooling Liquid Thermistor
Alarln 17 -- Circuit A (th. 18)
Almm 18 -- Circuit B (th. 19)
NOTE: Alarms 17 and 18 are not used or supported. If this
condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.
73
Suction
Pressure
Transducer
Failure
Economizer
Pressure
Transducer
Failure
Alarln 27 -- Cimuit A (Pl:04)
Alarm 28 -- Circuit B (171.05)
Alarm 29 -- Circuit C (1'1.06)
Altuln 35 -- Circuit A (Pl: 13)
Altmn 36 -- Circuit B (1'1. 14)
Akum 37 -- Circuit C (Pl: 15)
Criteria fsr Trip -- The criteria are tested whether the circuit is
ON or OFE The akum is generated if one of the following
criteria is met:
Cl4wriafi_r Trip -- The criteria are tested whether the circuit is
ON or OFF. The alarln is generated if the voltage as sensed by
the MBB or Fan Board C is 0 vdc, which corresponds to the
Navigator display of-7 psi (-48.3 kPa).
1. If the voltage as sensed by the MBB or Fan Board C is
0 vdc, which corresponds to the Navigato( r_'l display of
-7 psi (-48.3 kPa).
Action to be Taken -- The circuit is shut down immediately,
not allowed to start.
2. The circuit is ON in cooling mode and the Saturated
Suction Temperature
(SST) for the circuit is greater
than the Entering Water Temperature
for more than
60 seconds.
Reset Method -- Automatic, once the transducer voltage is
greater than 0 vdc, which conesponds to the Navigator display
of a value greater than -7 psi (-48.3 kPa).
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered,
following items:
• sensor wiring to EXV Board
• EXV board for a faulty channel
• faulty transducer
• faulty economizer EXV or EXV wiring
• faulty economizer EXV channel on the board
• closed or partially closed suction service valve
• confirm unit configuration
Action to be Taken -- The circuit is shut down immediately, or
not allowed to start.
Reset Method
1. Automatic, once the transducer voltage is greater than
0 vdc, which corresponds to the Navigator display of a
value greater than -7 psi (-48.3 kPa).
2. Automatic once the circuit's saturated suction temperature is lower than the Leaving Water Temperature by 3 ° F
(1.6 ° C). If this criterion trips the alarm 3 times within a
24-hour period, the alarm changes to a manual reset.
Pumpdown
Pressure
A++ion to be Taken -down.
The affected
compressor
Reset Method -- Automatic, if communication
If called for. the compressor will stmt normally.
Transducer
Alarm 30 -- Circuit A (Pr07)
Alarm 31 -- Circuit B (Pl:08)
Alarm 32 -- Circuit A (Pl: 10)
Alarm 33 -- Circuit B (Pl: 11)
Alarm 34 -- Circuit C (Pl: 12)
A_Tion to be Taken -- [f running, Circuit A, B or C will shut
down normally. If Circuit A, B or C is not operating, it will not
be allowed to start.
is below
3. The circuit is OFF and the fluid type is brine.
Reset Method -- Automatic, once the transducer
greater than 0 vdc.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered,
following items:
• sensor wiring to CPM board
• board for a faulty channel
• faulty transducer
• plugged oil filter
• faulty oil solenoid valve coil
• stuckoil solenoid valve
• confirm unit configuration
is
voltage
check the
CriWria fi_r Trip -- The alarm criterion is tested whether the
unit is ON or OFF. If communication
with EXVA, B or C is
lost for a period of 10 seconds, the alarm will be triggered.
1. If the voltage as sensed by the MBB or Fan Board C is
0 vdc, which corresponds to the Navigator display of
-7 psi (-48.3 kPa).
or
is established.
Aku'm 41 -- Circuit A, EXV Board A (Co.A 1)
Altum 42 -- Circuit B, EXV Board B (Co.B2)
Akum 43 -- Circuit C, EXV Board C (Co.C3)
Criteiqafi_r Trip -- The criteria are tested whether the circuit is
ON or OFE The alarm is generated if one of the following criteria is met:
Action to be Taken -- The circuit is shut down immediately,
not allowed to start.
will be shut
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered,
following items:
• power supply to the affected CPM board
• address of the CPM
• local equipment network (LEN) wiring
• confirm unit configuration
Loss of Communication
with EXV Board
NOTE: Alarms 30 and 31 me not used or supported. If this
condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.
Oil Pressure Transducer
2. The circuit is OFF and outside air temperature
35.6 F (2 C).
check the
Loss of Communication
with Compressor
Board
Al_u'ln 38 -- Complessor Board A (Co.AI)
Al+uln 39 -- Compressor Board B (Co.B 1)
Al+um 40 -- Compressor Board C (Co.C 1)
CriWria fi+r Trip -- The +flarm criterion is tested whether the
unit is ON or OFF. If communication
with the Compressor
Protection Module Board (CPM) is lost for a period of 10 seconds, the alarm will be generated.
Pos_ffble Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• sensor wiring to Main Base Board (Alarms 27 and 28)
• sensor wiring to Fan Board C (Alarm 29)
• board for a faulty channel
• faulty transducer
• faulty leaving water temperature
sensor
• unit configuration
Reclaim
or
Reset Method -- Automatic,
the unit will start normally.
if communication
is established,
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• power supply to EXVA, B or C
• address of the EXV board
• local equipment network (LEN) wiring
• confirm unit configuration
Alarm 44 -- Loss of Communication
with Fan Board 1
check the
CriWria._sr Trip -- The criterion is tested whether the unit is
ON or OFF. If communication
with Fan Board A is lost for a
period of 10 seconds, the alarm will be triggered.
74
Action to be Taken -- If file number of fans per circuit is
greater than four fans per cimuit, Cimuit A will shut down norm_flly if they am running. Cimuit B will continue to run. If the
circuit or cimuits conholled by the board am not running, then
they will not be allowed to start.
active, that fimction will be terminated. If an EMM function is
programmed, and communication
is lost, the function will not
be allowed to start.
Reset Method -- Automatic,
the unit will stmt normally.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• The EMM is installed, (Configuration-+UNIT-+EMM).
If (EMM=YES),
check for a control option that requires
the EMM that may be enabled (correct configuration
if
not correct).
• power supply to EMM
• address of the EMM
• local equipment network (LEN) wiring
• confirm unit configuration
to be sure that no options that
require the EMM are enabled
Alarm 50 -- Loss of Communication
with Heat Reclaim
Board (Co.O4)
if communication
Reset Method -- Automatic,
the functions will be enabled.
is established,
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• power supply to Fan Board A
• address of the Fan Board A
• local equipment network (LEN) wiring
• confirm unit configuration
Alarm 45 -- Loss of Communication
with Fan Board 2
Criteriafi_r Trip -- The criterion is tested whether the unit is
ON or OFE and only if Cimuit A or B has morn than four fans
per cimuit.
NOTE: Fan Board B controls Cimuit B only.
A_Hon to be Taken -- If communication
with Fan Board B is
lost for a period of 10 seconds, the alarm will be triggered. If
running, Cimuit B will shut down normally. If Cimuit B is not
running, then it will not be allowed to start.
NOTE: Almm 51 is not used or supported. If this condition
encountered, confirm machine configuration.
Alarm 52 -- Cooler
A_Hon to be Taken -- [f running, Cimuit C will shut down normally. If the cimuit is not running, then it will not be allowed to
start.
Loss of Communication
with Free Cooling
check the
Board
Almm 47 --Bom'd
1 (Co.01)
Almm 48 -- Bomd 2 (Co.02)
NOTE: Alarms 47 and 48 are not used or supported. If this
condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.
Alarm 49 -- Loss of Communication
ment Module Board (Co.03)
(P.01 )
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• entering and leaving fluid thermistors
for accuracy
• water flow rate
• loop volume -- low loop volume at nominal flow rates
can in extreme cases bypass cold water to the cooler
• freezing conditions
• heater tape and other freeze protection items for proper
operation
• glycol concentration
and adjust LOSP accordingly
• If the Leaving W_tter Set Point is above 40 F (4.4 C) and
there is glycol in the loop, consider using the Medium
Temperature
Brine option (Configuration--÷SERV--÷
FLUD=2) to utilize the brine freeze point instead of 34 F
(l.l C)
Condenser Freeze Protection
is established,
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered,
following items:
• power supply to Fan Board C
• address of the Fan Board C
• local equipment network (LEN) wiring
• confirm unit configuration
Freeze Protection
is
Criteria /or Trip -- The _darm criteria me checked whether the
unit is ON or OFE If the entering or leaving water thermistor
senses a temperature at the freeze point or less, the almm will
be generated.
For a fresh water system (Configuration
---_$'ERV--+FLUD=I),
the freeze point is 34 F (1.1 C).
For medium
temperature
brine systems
(Col_guration
---_ERV--cFLUD=2),
the freeze point is Brine Freeze Set
Point (Configuration
--_ER V--_LOSP).
Action to be Taken -- Unit shut down or not allowed to start.
Chilled water pump will be started.
Reset Method -- Automatic, first occunence
in 24 hours if
LWT rises to 6 ° F (3 ° C) above set point. Manual, if more than
one occurrence in 24 hours.
Criteria /or Trip -- The criterion is tested whether the unit is
ON or OFF. and on units with three cimuits only. [f communication with Fan Bomd C is lost for a period of 10 seconds, the
alarm will be triggered.
if communication
is established,
NOTE: Almm 50 is not used or supported. If this condition is
encountered, confirm machine configuration.
Alarm 51 -- Loss of Communication
with AUX Board 6
Reset Method -- Automatic, if communication
is established,
the unit will stmt normally.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• power supply to Fan Board B
• address of the Fan Board B
• local equipment network (LEN) wiring
• confirm unit configuration
Alarm 46 -- Loss of Communication
with Fan Board 3
Reset Method -- Automatic,
the unit will stmt normally.
if communication
with Energy Manage-
Alarm 53 -- Circuit A (R02)
Alarm 54 -- Circuit B (R03)
Alarm 55 -- Circuit C (R04)
Criwria/or
Trip -- The criterion is tested whether the unit is
ON or OFF and when a fimction that requires the Energy
Management Module (EMM) is configured. If communication
with the EMM is lost for a period of 10 seconds, the alarm will
be triggered.
Action to be _iken -- If any function controlled by the EMM
(3-Step and 4-20 mA Demand Limit, 4-20 mA and Space
Temperature
Reset, Occupancy
Ovemde, and Ice Build) is
NOTE: Alarms 53-55 me not used or supported. If this condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.
Low Saturated
Suction
Temperature
Alarm 56 -- Circuit A (R05)
Alarm 57 -- Circuit B (R06)
Alarm 58 -- Circuit C (R07)
75
Criteria for Trip -- The criteria are tested only when the
circuit is ON. This alarm is generated if one of the following
criteria is met:
•
•
•
If the circuit Saturated Suction Temperature
-13 F (-25 C) for more than 30 seconds.
If the circuit Saturated Suction Temperature
-22 F (-30 C) for more than 8 seconds.
If the circuit Saturated Suction Temperature
-40 F (-40 C) for more than 3 seconds.
Cdwda.fi_r Trip -- The criteria are tested when the circuit is
ON. This alarm is generated if the following criterion is met:
The EXV position is equal to or less than 5% and the circuit's Suction Supeflleat (Suction Gas Temperature - Saturated
Suction Temperature) is less than the Suction Supeflleat Set
Point
(Configuration--)SERV--)SHP.A,
Cotlfiguration --€
SERV--_S'HP.B,
or (2btlfiguration--AS'ERV--_S'HP.C)
by at
least 5° F (2.8 ° C) or the circuit Saturated Suction Temperature
is greater than Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP) set point
(Cotlfiguration
_SERV---_MOP)
for more than 5 minutes.
is below
is below
is below
Action to be _tken -- The circuit is shut down immediately.
A_Tion W be Taken -- The circuit is shut down normally.
Prior to the ahum trip, the control will take action to avoid
the alarm. See Operating Modes 21,22 and 23 on page 51.
Reset Method -- Automatic,
first occurrence in 24 hours.
Manu_d, if more than one occurrence in 24 hours.
Reset Method -- Automatic,
first occurrence
in 24 hours.
Manual, if more than one occurrence in 24 hours.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• sensor wiring to Main Base Board (Alarm 56 and 57) or
Fan Board C (Alarm 58)
• board for a faulty channel
• faulty suction transducer
• cooler water/low
• loop volume
• EXV operation
• liquid line refrigerant
restriction,
filter drier, service
valve, etc
• refrigerant charge
• If the Leaving Water Set Point is above 40 F (4.4 C)
and there is glycol in the loop, consider
using the
Medium
Temperature
Brine option (Conflguration--€
SERV--+FLUD=2)
to utilize
the brine freeze
point
instead of 34 F (1.1 C).
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• suction pressure transducer wiring to Main Base Board
(Alarln 62 and 63) or Fan Board C (Alarm 64)
• board for a faulty channel
• faulty suction transducer
• suction gas thermistor
wiring to EXV Board 1 (Alarm
41) or to EXV Board 2 (Alarm 42)
• suction gas thermistor sensor for accuracy
• EXV Board 1 (Alarm 41) or EXV Board 2 (Alarm 42)
faulty channel
• EXV operation
• confirm maximum operating pressure set point
• refiigerant chargelevel
Alarm 65 -- Interlock
Failure
(RI4)
Cdwria for Trip -- The criteria gue tested whether the unit is
ON or OFE This alarm is generated if the lockout switch
(located in the Energy Management Module) is closed during
normal operation.
High Suction Superheat
Alarm 59 -- Circuit A (1:'.08)
Alarm 60 -- Circuit B (R09)
Alarm 61 --Circuit
C (RI0)
Action to be Taken -- All compressors are shut down immediately without going through pumpdown, and is not allowed to
start.
Criteria for Trip -- The criteria are tested only when the circuit is ON. This ahum is generated if all of the following criteria are met:
• The EXV position is equal to or greater than 98%.
• The circuit's Suction Superheat
(Suction Gas Temperature - Saturated Suction Temperature)
is greater than the
superheat control set point.
• The circuit's Saturated Suction Temperature
is less than
Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP) set point (Configuration ---_SERV--+MOP) for more than 5 minutes.
Reset Method -- Automatic,
first occurrence in 24 hours.
Manu_d, if more than one occunence in 24 hours.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• chilled water flow switch operation
• water flow. Be sure all water isolation valves are open
and check water strainer for a restriction
• interlock wiring circuit
• power supply to the pump
• control signal to the pump controller
• chilled water pump operation
• cooler pump contactor for proper operation
Alarm 66 -- Electrical Box Thermostat Failure/Reverse
Rotation (R28)
Action to be _tken -- The circuit is shut down normally.
Reset Method -- Manual.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• suction pressure transducer wiring to Main Base Board
(Alarm 59 and 60) or Fan Board C (Alarm 61 )
• board for a faulty channel
• a faulty suction transducer
• suction gas thermistor
wiring to EXV Board 1 (Alarm
41) otto EXV Board 2 (Alarm 43)
• suction gas thermistor sensor for accuracy
• for EXV Board 1 (Alarm 41) or EXV Board 2 (Alarm
42) faulty channel
• EXV operation
• a liquid line refrigerant
restriction,
filter drier, service
valve, etc
• refrigerant charge
Low Suction Superheat
Alarln 62 --Circuit
A (P.I 1)
Alarm 63 -- Circuit B (P. 12)
Alarm 64 -- Circuit C (P. 13)
NOTE: Ahum 66 is not used or supported. If this condition is
encountered, confirm machine configuration.
Alarm 67 -- Loss of Communication
with System Manager
Cdwria for Trip -- The criterion is tested whether the unit is
ON or OFF. This _darm is generated if the System Manager
had established communications
with the machine and is then
lost for more than 2 minutes.
Action to be _tken -- The action to be taken by the control
depends on the configuration. If Auto St:ut when SM lost is
enabled, (Configuration---)SERV---)AU.SM=YES),
then the
unit will force the CCN Chiller Start Stop to ENBL and clear
all forced points from the System Managel: The unit will revert
to stand-alone operation.
76
Reset Method
re-established.
--
Automatic,
once
communication
is
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• check the discharge and oil sensor wiring to the Main
Base Board and CPM board
• boards for a faulty channel
• faulty transducer
• plugged oil tilter
• faulty oil solenoid valve coil
• stuck oil solenoid valve
• stuck check valve
• manual shut off valve to ensure it is not fully open
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• communication
wiring
• power supply to the System Manager and unit controls
Alarm 68 -- Master/Slave
Communication
Failure
(R30)
Criteriafl_r Trip -- The criterion is tested whether the units are
ON or OFF and a Master and Slave machine has been configured, (Configuration---)RSET---)MSSL=l
and Cottfiguration
--+RSET--+MSSL=2).
If communication
is lost for more than
3 minutes, this alfum is generated.
Action to be Taken -- Dual chiller control will be disabled and
each unit will operate in Stand-Alone mode.
Reset Method
re-established.
--
Automatic,
once
communication
Check the power
controls.
High Oil Filter Pressure
com-
pressure reading for the affected circuit
oil_spl = 0.7 x (dp-sp) + sp
Check the power
controls.
oil sp2 = sp + 7.2 psi (15 seconds 'after slarl)
oil sp2 = sp + 14.5 psi (45 seconds after start)
• ff the compressor
starts with the ambient temperature
(OAT less than 3.6 ° F [2 ° C] the oil pressure monitoring
is delayed by 30 seconds.
A_Tion to be Taken -- The affected compressor
will be
stopped. The other compressors will continue to operate.
Reset Method -- Manual.
to the System
Manager
and unit
Alarm 78 -- Circuit A (R75)
Alarm 79 -- Circuit B (R76)
Alarm 80 -- Circuit C (R77)
Criteria ._br Trip -- The criteria are tested whether the compressor is on or off. The almm is generated if:
• The compressor
is not running and an increase in capacity is required and the compressor is not started.
• The compressor
is running and the oil level switch is
open for more than 45 seconds.
check the
Action
off.
to be Taken -- The affected compressor
will be turned
Reset Method -- Automatic,
when the oil level is elevated,
first three times the alarm is tripped in a 24-hour period. Mfmual if alarm is tripped mole than three times in a 24-hour
period.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• oil level in the oil separator
• oil level switch wiring to the CPM board
• CPM board for a faulty channel
• faulty oil level switch
Alarm 81 -- Master Chiller Configuration
Error (MC.nn)
Alfum 72 -- Circuit A (R70)
Alfum 73 -- Circuit B (R71)
Akum 74 -- Circuit C (R72)
CriWriafi)r Trip -- The criterion is tested when the compressor has been operating for fit least 5 seconds. The alarm is
generated if the difference between the Circuit Dischalge Piessure and the Complessor Oil Pressure is greater than 50 psi
(345 kPa) for more than 30 seconds.
to be Taken -- The affected compressor
supply
Low Oil Level Failure
• manual shut off valve to ensure it is not fully open
• confirm unit configuration
Max Oil Filter Differential Pressure Failure
Action
off.
will continue to run.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• discharge and oil sensor wiring to the Main Base Board
and CPM board
• boards for a faulty channel
• faulty transducer
• plugged oil filter
• faulty oil solenoid valve coil
• stuck oil solenoid valve
• stuck check valve
• manual shut off valve to ensure it is not fully open
where:
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered,
following items:
• sensor wiring to the CPM Board
• board for a faulty channel
• faulty transducer
• plugged oil filter
• faulty oil solenoid valve coil
• stuck oil solenoid valve
• stuck check valve
and unit
Drop
Action to be _tken -- The complessor
Reset Method-Manual
Criteriafl)r Tril? -- The criteria are tested only when the compressor is ON. The fdarm is generated if one of the following
dp= discharge
Manager
Criteria._br Trip -- The criterion is tested when the compressor has been operating for fit least 5 seconds. The alarm is generated if the diffelence between the Circuit Dischmge Plessure
find the Compressor
Oil Plessure is greater than 30 psi for
more than 5 minutes.
Akum 69 -- Circuit A (E67)
Alfuln 70 -- Circuit B (R68)
Alfum 71 -- Circuit C (R69)
oil = oil plessure transducer reading for the appropriate
pressor
sl) = suction pressure reading for the affected circuit
to the System
Alarm 75 -- Circuit A (R84)
Alarm 76 -- Circuit B (R85)
Alarm 77 -- Circuit C (R84)
is
Possib& Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• CCN wiring
• control power to each Main Base Board, master and
slave
• confirm correct configuration
Low Oil Pressure
Occurs,
supply
Criteria fi)r Trip -- The criterion is tested whether flae unit is
ON or OFF. The units must be configured as a Master and
Slave machine (Configuration
--)RSET--cMSSL=I
and Configuration_RSET--+MSSL=2),
find one of the following
configuration enors has been found. The "nn" refers to the
error code listed in Table 40.
will be turned
Reset Method -- Manual
77
Table 40 -- Master/Slave Alarm Code
MC
ERROR
CODE
MASTER
SLAVE
01
02
X
X
X
03
X
There is no slave configured
04
X
Slave pumpseq
05
X
There is a conflict between the master and the slave LWT option: the master is configured for EWT control
while the slave is configured for LWT control.
06
X
There is a conflict between the master and the slave LWT option: the master is configured for LWT control
while the slave is configured for EWT control.
07
X
There is a conflict between the master and the slave pump option: the master is configured for lag pump
control while the slave is not configured for lag pump control.
X
There is a conflict between the master and the slave pump option: the master is not configured
control while the slave is configured for lag pump control.
08
DESCRIPTION
The master or slave water pump is not configured while the control of the lag unit pump is required
(lag_pump = I)
Master and slave units have the same network address.
at the slave address
incorrect configuration
09
X
X
The slave chiller is in local or remote control (chilstat
10
X
X
The slave chiller is down clue to fault (chilstat
11
12
X
X
The master chiller operating type is not Master: masteropertyp
No communication with slave.
13
X
X
for lag pump
= 3)
= 5)
Master and slave heat cool status are not the same.
LEGEND
EWT
LWT
=
=
Entering Water Temperature
Leaving Water Temperature
Action to be Taken -- Unit not _dlowed to stmt in Master Slave
control.
Alarm 84 -- Unit is in Emergency
Reset Method -- Automatic
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following:
• CCN wiring.
• Control power to each Main Base Board, master and
slave.
• Move to first position.
• Confirm unit configuration.
Alarm 82 -- Initial Factoly
Configuration
Required
Action
start.
Configuration
(FC.n0)
FC
ERROR
CODE
is comconfirm
IFC.nn)
Possible Causes -- ff this condition
following items:
•
•
•
•
DESCRIPTION
Unit size is unknown.
02
Reclaim option selected for Heat Pump machine.
03
Hot Gas Bypass configured for a Heat Pump machine.
04
Number of Fans controlled by low ambient temperature
head pressure control is greater than expected.
Alarm 87 -- Condenser
Flow Switch Failure
Reclaim
Aku'lll g8Circuit A (R34)
Alm'm 89 -- Circuit B (R35)
is completed.
Possible Causes -- If tiffs condition is encountered,
the unit configuration (Configuration
--)UNIT).
check for
check the
systems,
(El5)
NOTE: Almm 87 is not used or supported. If this condition
encountered, confirm machine configuration.
Reset Method--
after reconfiguration
is encountered,
interlock wiring circuit
control signal to the pump controller
cooler pump contactor for proper operation
control voltage for proper voltage (on 208-volt
be sure the proper tap on TRANI is utilized)
Action to be _tken -- The unit is not allowed to stm't.
Automatic
is encountered,
Action to be Taken -- The pump and machine will be shut
down. If there is another pump available, the control will start
that pump, restart the machine and clear the alarm. If no other
pump is available, the unit will remain OFF.
Reset Method -- Manu_d.
Alarm Code
01
once a return to normal command
Almm 85 -- Pump 1 Fault (R32)
Aku'm 86 -- Pump 2 Fault (R33)
Cfiteriafi_r Trip -- The criterion is tested whether the units are
ON or OFF. This almm will be generated if the cooler pump
interlock opens. When starting the pump, the control must
read an open circuit for 3 consecutive reads. If the pump is
operating and file circuit opens, the alarm will be generated
immediately.
Cr#eriafi,r
Trip -- The criterion is tested whether the unit is
ON or OFF. The alarm will be generated if file one of the
following configuration errors is detected by the control. The
"nn" refers to the error code listed in Table 41.
Table 41 -- Illegal Configuration
Unit will stop, or will not _dlowed to
Possible Causes -- If this condition
CCN Emergency Stop command.
Cooler Pump Fault
Action to be Taken -- The unit is not allowed to stmt.
Alarm 83 --Illegal
to be Taken --
Reset Method -- Automatic,
is received.
CriteHa.fbr Trip -- The criterion is tested whether the unit is
ON or OFF. The alarm will be generated if the Configuration
_UNIT -¢TONS=O.
Reset MethodAutomatic after factoly configuration
plete. The configuration must be manually completed.
Possible Causes -- If tiffs condition is encountered,
the unit configuration.
Stop (R31)
Cfiteriafi_r Trip -- The criterion is tested whether the units are
ON or OFF and when the machine receives a C_urier Comfort
Network® (CCN) command for an Emergency Stop.
confirm
78
Operation
Failure
is
Repeated
High Discharge
Gas Overrides
High Discharge
Temperature
Aimin 90 -- Circuit A (R37)
Almm 91 -- Circuit B (R38)
Akum 92 -- Circuit C (R39)
Alarm 99 -- Circuit A (R78)
Alarm 100 -- Circuit B (R79)
Alarm 101 -- Circuit C (R80)
Cdwriafor
Trip -- The criterion is tested when file circuit is
ON. This _flarm will be tripped if the circuit capacity is reduced
more than 8 times in 30 minutes due to high discharge gas temperatures. If no override occurs in a 30-minute period, the
counter is reset.
Criteria for Trip -- Tile criterion is tested when file compressor
is operating. This almm will be tripped if the dischmge gas temperature is higher than 212 F (100 C) for more than 90 seconds.
Action to be Taken -stopped.
Reset Method-Manual.
A_Tion to be Taken -- The affected circuit will be shut down.
Reset Method -- Automatic, after 30 minutes. If file alann is
cleared via the Manual method, the counter will be reset to
zero.
Low Suction
Temperature
Possible Causes -- If fills condition is encountered,
following items:
• suction service valve is closed
will be set to blinking.
•
suction transducer
EXV operation
proper refrigerant
sensor wiring to the EXV boards
• boards for faulty channels
• faulty transducer
• economizer EXV operation
Slide Valve Control Unverifiable
check the
wiring
•
•
•
evaporator loop for low water flow
evaporator leaving water temperature
suction service valve to be sure it is open.
pressure transducer for accuracy
confirm unit configuration
Criwria.for TriF -- The criteria are tested when the compressor is operating. This alarm will be tripped if:
• The circuit is operating at 100% of capacity and the measured current is less than 1.15 times the current at fully
unloaded 30% for more than one minute.
charge (undercharged)
Water Temperature
check the
Alarm 105 -- Circuit A (R87)
Alarm 106 -- Circuit B (E88)
Alarm 107 -- Circuit C (R89)
•
•
•
Alarm 96 -- Low Entering
check the
Criwria.for Tril) -- The criterion is tested when the compressor is operating to prevent pumpdown
conditions when the
suction service valve is closed. This alarm will be tripped if the
economizer pressure is below the suction pressure more than
1 bar (14.5 psi) for more than 10 seconds.
Action to be Taken -- The affected compressor
will be
stopped.
Reset Method-Manual.
Reset Method -- Automatic, when the override counter returns
to zero. If the almm is clemed via file Manual method, the
counter will be forced to zero.
•
be
Alarm 102 -- Circuit A (R81 )
Alarm 103 -- Circuit B (E82)
Alarm 104 -- Circuit C (R83)
Protection
is encountered,
will
Maximum
Condensing
Temperature
(MCT)
for the
proper setting
• noncondensables
in the refrigerant circuit
• condenser air re-circulation
• proper refrigerant charge (overcharged)
• operation beyond the limit of the machine
• condenser coils for debris or restriction
• condenser fans and motors for proper rotation and operation
• the discharge
service valve to be sure that it is open,
check the discharge pressure transducer for accuracy
• confirm unit configuration
Low Economizer Pressure
CriWriafbr Trip -- The criterion is tested when file circuit is
ON. If the circuit operates and if more than 8 successive circuit
capacity
decreases
(stop the compressor)
have occurred
because of low suction temperature protection ovemdes, the
circuit almm will be tripped. If no override has occurred for
more fllan 30 minutes, the override counter will be reset to zero
(LOSP).
Possible Causes -- If this condition
following items:
• suction transducer for accuracy
compressor
•
Aimin 93 -- Circuit A (R40)
Almm 94 -- Circuit B (R41)
Akum 95 -- Circuit C (R42)
Action to be Taken -- ALARM_LED
Alert rekiy will be energized.
affected
Possible Causes -- If tiffs condition is encountered,
following items:
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• Maximum
Condensing
Temperature
(MCT)
for the
proper setting
• noncondensables
in the refrigerant circuit
• condenser air re-circulation
• proper refrigerant charge (overcharged)
• operation beyond the limit of the machine
• condenser coils for debris or restriction
• condenser
fans and motors for proper
rotation
and
operation
• discharge service valve to be sure that it is open. Check
the discharge pressure transducer for accuracy
• confirm unit configuration
Repeated
The
Discharge
•
in Heating
NOTE: Alarm 96 is not used or supported. If this condition
encountered, confirm machine configuration.
Condenser Default
The circuit is operating and is at a minimum load (30%
of capacity) and the measured current is greater than 0.78
expected current at 100% of capacity.
Action to be Taken -- The affected compressor
lain.
is
Reset Method--
will continue to
Manual.
Possible Causes -- If tiffs condition is encountered,
following items:
• faulty unloader solenoid valves
• faulty unloader solenoid coils
Alm'm 97 -- Pump 1 (R73)
Aku'm 98 -- Pump 2 (R74)
NOTE: Alarms 97 and 98 are not used or supported. If this
condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.
•
•
•
79
wiring of the unloader solenoid valves
CPM board for faulty channels
current transformer
reading for accuracy
check the
Alarm 108 -- Cooler
Failure _R90)
Flow Switch Setpoint
Configuration
109 -- Cooler
sensor for accuracy
Compressor
NOTE: Almm 108 is not used or supported. If this condition
encountered, confirm machine configuration.
Alarm
•
Flow Switch Failure
is
(R91 )
Criteria for Trip -- The criteria are tested when the unit is on
or off. This alann will be tripped when the unit is on if:
• The flow switch fails to close after the Off/On delay.
• If the master/slave
control is active, the unit is the lag
chiller and if the cooler flow switch fails to close within
one minute after the cooler pump was restarted.
The
alarm is ignored if the lag cooler pump is stopped as a
result of master/slave
control.
• The flow switch is opened during normal operation.
The alarm will be tripped when the unit is off if:
• The cooler pump control is enabled (PUMP=0)
and the
cooler flow switch is checked when the pump is enabled
(RLOC) and the cooler flow switch is closed after file cooler
pump is commended OFF for more than 2 minutes.
• The flow switch fails to close after the Off/On delay after
the cooler pump has been turned off to protect the cooler
from freezing (PUMP=0).
Possible Causes -- If this condition
following items:
• a faulty flow switch
check the
is encountered,
Possible Causes -- If this condition
following items:
• faulty wiring and loose plugs
• faulty CPM board
Compressor
Circuit B Loss of Refrigerant
Charge
Sr-03
Circuit C Loss of Refrigerant Charge
Sr-04
Water Loop Size Warning
Sr-05
Air Exchanger Cleanliness Warning
Sr-06
Cooler Pump 1 Servicing
Required
Sr-07
Cooler Pump 2 Servicing
Required
Sr-08
Condenser
Pump 1 Servicing Required
Sr-09
Condenser
Pump 2 Servicing Required
Sr-10
Water Filter Servicing Required
Sr-11
Compressor
A Oil Filter Servicing Required
Sr-12
Compressor
B Oil Filter Servicing Required
Sr-13
Compressor
C Oil Filter Servicing
check the
Compressor
High Pressure Switch Protection
Almm 111-03 -- Circuit A (A1.03)
Almm 112-03 --Circuit
B (BI.03)
Almm 113-03 --Circuit
C (C 1.03)
Criteria.for Trip -- The alarm criterion is checked when the
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the circuit
high-pressure switch (HPS) opens for more than 200 ms (milliseconds). The CPM board monitors the HPS switch.
A_Tion to be _ken -- The compressor
Reset Method -- Manu_fl
DESCRIPTION
Sr-02
will be stopped.
Possible Causes -- ff this condition is encountered,
following items:
• faulty compressor temperature thermistor
• faulty wiring and loose plugs
• faulty CPM board
Table 42 -- Service Maintenance Alert Codes
Charge
Out of Range
Action to be _ken -- The compressor
Reset Method -- Manual
generated if the one of the following configuration errors is
detected by the control. The "nn" refers to the error code listed
in Table 42.
Circuit A Loss of Refrigerant
Temperature
check the
Criteria .for Trip -- The alarm criterion is checked when the
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if: the temperature is greater than 250 F (121 C) and it has NOT been greater
than 212 F (100 C) for 10 consecutive seconds.
CriWriafor Trip -- This alert is tested whether the unit is ON
or OFF and when file Servicing Alert decisions listed under
Time Clock--)MCFG
have been enabled. The almm will be
Sr-01
Motor
is encountered,
Alarm 111-02 -- Circuit A (A1.027
Almm 112-02 --Circuit
B (BI.02)
Almm 113-02Circuit C (C 1.027
• flow switch wiring
• Main Base Board for a faulty channel
Alarm 110 -- Service Maintenance
Alert (Sl:nn)
CODE
Too High
Action to be _iken -- The circuit shuts down immediately.
Reset Method -- Manual
For criteria for trip BI, the unit will not start.
is operat-
Temperature
CriWria .for Trip -- The alarm criteria me checked when the
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if:
• The temperature
is greater than 250 F (121 C) and it has
been greater than 212 F (100 C) for 10 consecutive
seconds.
• The compressor
temperature
is greater
than 232 F
(111 C) for 90 seconds (but less than 250 F [121 C]).
Action to be Taken -- For criteria for trip AI and A2, the compressors will not be st_uted.
For criteria for trip A3, all compressors will be stopped wifllout
going through pumpdown. Cooler pump will be stopped with
no delay.
Reset Method -- Manual if at least one compressor
ing. Automatic if no compressors are operating.
Motor
Almm 111-01 -- Circuit A (A1.01 )
Almm 112-01 -- Circuit B (B 1.01 )
Almm 113-01 --Circuit
C (CI.01)
will be stopped.
Possible Causes -- ff this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• condenser fan or contactor failure of loss of condenser air
flow
• compressor operating beyond the operation envelope
• faulty high pressure switch or wiring
• faulty CPM board
Compressor
Overcurrent
Almm 111-04 -- Circuit A (A1.04)
Almm 112-04 --Circuit
B (BI.04)
Almm 112-04 -- Circuit C (C 1.04)
CriWria.for Trip -- The alarm criterion is checked when the
compressor is ON. This _flmm will be generated if the CPM
bomd detects a high motor current compared with the MTA
(must trip amps) setting for more than 1.7 seconds.
Required
Action m be Taken -- None.
A_tion to be Taken -- The compressor
Reset Method -- Manu_d
Reset Method-Manual, after the service has been completed.
Possible Causes -- If the Sr-01, 02, or 03 conditions me
encountered, check the following items:
• sensor wiring to the Main Base Board
80
will be stopped.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• Compressor operating beyond the operation envelope.
• Incorrect MTA setting.
Criteria ._br Trip -- The almm criterion is checked during
compressor start-up. This almm will be generated if the current
in Delta mode is not more than 25% greater than the cunent in
Y mode within 550 ms.
Compressor
Action to be _ken -- The compressor
Reset Method-Manual
Locked
Rotor
Almm 111-05 -- Circuit A (A1.05)
Almm 112-05 --Circuit
B (B 1.05)
Almm 113-05 -- Circuit C (C1.05)
Pos,ffble Causes -- If this condition is encountered,
following items:
• power supply failure to the delta contactor
• faulty wiring to the delta contactor
• faulty CPM board
• faulty current toroid
Criteria .fbr Trip -- The _flmm criterion is checked during
stall-up when the compressor is ON. This tdarm will be generated if the CPM board detects a high motor current compared
with the MTA (must trip alnps) setting for more than 450 ms.
Action to be _iken -- The compressor
Reset Method -- Manual
Possible Causes -- If this condition
following items:
• compressor mechanical f:filure
• unloader slide valve failure
• compressor motor failure
will be stopped.
is encountered,
Compressor
check the
Action to be _ken -- The compressor
Reset Method-Manual
check the
Compressor
Unable to Stop Motor
Alarm 111-12 -- Circuit A (A 1.12)
Alarm 112-12-Circuit B (131.12)
Alarm 113-12 -- Circuit C (C 1.12)
Criwria ._br Trip -- The almm criterion is checked during
compressor shut-down. This alarm will be generated if aller
three attempts to turn off the compressor outputs and the current is still greater than 15% of the MTA on at least one phase
for 10 continuous seconds.
will be stopped.
Action to be _ken -- The compressor
Reset Method-Manual
will be stopped.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered,
following items:
• faulty or welded contactor
• faulty wiring
check the
Compressor
Low Current
check the
Phase Reversal
Alarm 111-13 -- Circuit A (A 1.13)
Alarm 112-13Circuit B (BI.13)
Alarm 113-13 -- Circuit C (C 1.13)
Almm 111-09 -- Circuit A (A1.09)
Almm 112-09Circuit B (B 1.09)
Almm 113-09 -- Circuit C (C1.09)
CriWria ,fbr Trip -- The almm criterion is checked during
compressor st_ut-up. This alarm will be generated if the CPM
board detects a phase reversed from the cunent toroid.
Cl4wria ._br Trip -- The alarm criteria me checked when the
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if:
• The current is less than 15% MTA on all three legs for
more than 450 ms for Wye-Delta start units.
• If the current is less than 15% of MTA on all three legs
for more than 1 second for direct start units.
Action to be _ken -- The compressor
Reset Method-Manual
Starter Current
A (AI. 10)
B (B 1.10)
C (CI.10)
Increase
will be stopped.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered, check the
following items:
• if power supply lead at the terminal block is not operating at
the correct phase
• if power supply is crossed when going through the current
toroid
will be stopped.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered,
following items:
• power failure
• blown fuse or tripped circuit breaker
• deenergized contactor
• faulty current toroid
Compressor Wve-Delta
Almm 111-10 -- Circuit
Almm 112-10 -- Circuit
Almm 113-10 -- Circuit
will be stopped.
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered,
following items:
• faulty or welded contactor
• faulty wiring
• faulty CPM board
Possible Causes -- If this condition is encountered,
following items:
• power failure
• blown fuse or tripped circuit breaker
• power wiring errol_ or loose termin_fls
Action to be _ken -- The compressor
Reset Method -- Manual
Failure
CriWria ._br Trip -- The almm criterion is checked during
compressor shut-down. This alarm will be generated if the current is greater than 15% of the MTA on at least one phase for
10 continuous seconds.
CriWria .fbr Trip -- The alarm criteria are checked during
startup when the compressor is ON. This _darm will be generated if:
• The current unbalance on any of the 3 phases is greater than
65% for more than 1 second continuously during start-up.
• The current unbalance on any of the 3 phases is greater
than 65% for more than 200 ms continuously
during
runtime.
Compressor
Contactor
check the
Alarm 111- 11 -- Circuit A (A 1.11 )
Alarm 112-11 -- Circuit B (B 1.11 )
Alarm 113-11 -- Circuit C (C 1.11 )
Compressor
Phase Loss
Almm 111-06 -- Circuit A LI (AI.06)
Almm 112-06Circuit B LI (BI.06)
Almm 113-06 -- Circuit C LI (C1.06)
Almm 111-07 -- Circuit A L2 (A 1.07)
Almm 112-07 -- Circuit B L2 (B1.07)
Almm 113-07Circuit C L2 (C1.07)
Almm 111-08 -- Circuit A L3 (A 1.08)
Almm 112-08Circuit B L3 (BI.08)
Almm 113-08Circuit C L3 (C1.08)
Action to be _iken -- The compressor
Reset Method -- Manual
will be stopped.
check the
Compressor
MTA Configuration
Fault
Alarm 111-14 -- Circuit A (A 1.14)
Alarm 112-14 -- Circuit B (131.14)
Alarm 113-14 -- Circuit C (C 1.14)
Failure
C;4teria_sr Trip -- The _dmm criterion is checked whether the
compressor is ON or OFF. This alarm will be generated if the
MTA setting is out of the allowed MTA range.
81
Action to be Taken -- The compressor
Reset Method -- Manual
Possible Causes -- If this condition
following items:
• incorrect MTA settings
• faulty CPM bomd
Compressor
Configuration
will be stopped.
is encountered,
Cdteria.fi_r Trip -- The alarm criterion is checked when the
compressor is ON. This altum will be generated if the CPM
bomd detects a software errol:
check the
Action to be _iken -- The compressor
Reset Method -- Manu_d
Possible Causes -- If this condition
following items:
• electrical noise
• faulty CPM board
Switch Mismatch
Alarm 111-15 -- Circuit A (A 1.15)
Alarm 112-15 --Circuit
B (BI.15)
Alarm 113-15 -- Circuit C (C1.15)
Service
TestMain power
must be on for Service Test.
CriWriafi_r Trip -- The almm criterion is checked whether the
compressor is ON or OFF. This alarm will be generated if
the CPM board SI and $2 setting does not match software
configuration.
Action to be _ken -- The compressor
Reset Method -- Manual
Possible Causes -- If this condition
following items:
• incorrect CPM board settings
• faulty CPM bom'd
Compressor
Unexpected
Switch Setting
check the
Change
Alarm 111-16 -- Circuit A (AI. 16)
Alarm 112-16--Circuit
B (BI.16)
Alarm 113-16 -- Circuit C (C 1.16)
Cdteria fi_r Trip -- The alarm criterion is checked when the
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the CPM
board $1 setting has changed.
Action to be _ken -- The compressor
Reset Method -- Manual
Possible Causes -- If this condition
following items:
• incorrect CPM board settings
• faulty CPM bomd
Compressor
Power
will be stopped.
is encountered,
check the
on Reset
Action to be _ken -- The compressor
Reset Method -- Manual
will be stopped.
Possible Causes -- If this condition
power interruptions.
is encountered,
Section
Software
Error
off, locate the item, press _
and the display will show
ON. The chiller must be enabled by turning the Enable/Off/
Remote Contact switch to Enable. Press _
and ON will
flash. Use either arrow key to change the value to OFF and
CriWriafi_r Trip -- The alarm criterion is checked when the
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the CPM
board detects a software errol:
Possible Causes -- If this condition
following items:
• electric_d noise
• faulty CPM bomd
Compressor
match
UL 1998 Current
power
item. To activate an item locate the item, press _
and
the display will show OFF. Press _
and OFF will
flash. Use either rerow key to change the value to ON and
The item should be active. To turn the item
press _.
check for
Alarm 111-18 -- Circuit A (AI. 18)
Alarm 112-18--Circuit
B (BI.18)
Alarm 113-18 -- Circuit C (C1.18)
Action to be _ken -- The compressor
Reset Method -- Manual
circuit
will show OFF. Press _
and OFF will flash. Enter the
password if required. Use either arrow key to change the
T.REQ v:due to ON and press _.
Place the Enble/Off/
Remote Switch in the enable position. Mtmual Control mode is
now active. Press the _urow keys to move to the appropriate
CriWriafi_r Trip -- The alarm criterion is checked when the
compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the CPM
board detects a power failure.
UL 1998 Critical
and control
check the
Contact switch must be in the OFF position. Move the LED to
the Service Test mode. Press _
to access TEST. Press
to access ZREQ. Press _
and the display
Alarm 111-17 -- Circuit A (AI.17)
Alarm 112-17 -- Circuit B (B1.17)
Alarm 113-17 -- Circuit C (C1.17)
Compressor
is encountered,
The Service Test function is used to verify proper operation
of various devices within the chillen such as condenser fan(s),
compressol,s,
minimum
load valve solenoid (if installed),
cooler pump(s) and remote alarm relay. Tiffs is helpful during
the start-up procedure to determine if devices are installed
correctly. See Fig. 42-44 for 30XA wiring diagrams.
To use the Service Test mode, the Enable/Off/Remote
Contact switch must be in the OFF position. Use the display keys to
move to the Service Test mode. The items are described in the
Service Test table. There are two sub-modes available. Service
Test--+ZREQ allows for manual control of the compressors
and minimum load control. In this mode the compressol,s will
operate only on command. The capacity control and head pressure control algorithms will be active. The condenser fans will
operate along with the EXVs. There must be a load on the
chiller to operate for an extended period of time. All circuit
safeties will be honored during the test. Service Test-cQUIC
allows for test of EXVs, condenser fans, pumps, low ambient
head pressure control speed control, oil sepmatol; cooler heaters, oil solenoids, unloader solenoids and status points (alarm
relays, running status and chiller capacity). This mode allows
for the testing of non-refligeration
items. If there are no keys
pressed for 5 minutes, flle active test mode will be disabled.
To enter the Manual Control mode, the Enable/Off/Remote
will be stopped.
is encountered,
will be stopped.
press _.
will be stopped.
is encountered,
Measure
check the
Dual Channel
The item should be inactive.
To enter the Quick Test mode, the Enable/Off/Remote
Contact switch must be in the OFF position. Move the LED to
the Service Test mode. Press _
to access TEST. Use
the _
key until the display reads QUIC. Press _
to
access Q.REQ. Press _
and the display will show OFF.
Press _
and OFF will flash. Enter the password if
required. Use either _urow key to change the QUIC v_due to
ON and press _.
Quick Test mode is now active. Follow the same instructions for the Manual Control mode to acti-
Mis-
Alarm 111-19 -- Circuit A (AI. 19)
Alarm 112-19--Circuit
B (BI.19)
Alarm 113-19 -- Circuit C (C 1.19)
vate a component.
82
Example -- Test the condenser tim AI (see Table 43).
Power must be applied to the unit. Enable/Off/Remote
Contact switch must be in the OFF position.
Test the condenser fans, cooler pump(s) and alarm relay by
changing the item values fiom OFF to ON. These discrete
outputs me then turned off if there is no keypad activity for
10 minutes. Test the compressor and minimum load valve solenoid (if installed) outputs in a similar mannel: Tile minimum
load valve solenoids will be turned off if there is no keypad
activity for 10 minutes. Compressors will stay on until the
operator turns them off. The Service Test mode will remain
enabled for as long as them is one or more compressors
running. All safeties am monitored during this test and will
turn a compressor, cimuit or the machine off if required. Any
other mode or sub-mode can be accessed, viewed, or changed
during the Manual Control mode only. Tile STAT item (Run
Status --)VIEW) will display "0" as long as the Service mode is
enabled. Tile TEST sub-mode value must be changed back to
OFF befom the chiller can be switched to Enable or Remote
contact for normal operation.
NOTE: Them may be up to a one-minute
selected item is energized.
delay before
the
Table 43 -- Testing Circuit A Oil Solenoid
MODE
(Red LED)
SUB-MODE
SERVICE TEST
KEYPAD
ENTRY
ITEM
DISPLAY
EXPANSION
[]
Service Test Mode
TEST
[]
Manual Sequence
QUIC
[]
VALUE
DESCRIPTION
(Units)
COMMENT
Q.REQ
PASS WORD
Password may be required
]
0111
[]
Each []
will lock in the next
]
digit. If 0111 is not the password,
use the arrow keys to change the
[]
_assword digit and press []
]
when correct.
]
Q.REQ
Returns to the original field
]
OFF
]
OFF
OFF will flash
]
ON
The Enable/Off/Remote Contact
switch must be in the OFF
_osition.
Q.REQ
]
EXV.A
]
Press 15 times.
]
OLG.A
Oil Solenoid cir.A
]
OFF
]
OFF
[]
oN
]
ON
OLS.A will turn on.
]
ON
1 will flash
]
OFF
]
OFF
OFF will flash
OLS.A will turn off.
LEGEND FOR FIG. 42-44
ALM
CB
CPM
CWFS
EMM
EXV
FlOP
HTR
---------
Isolation
Circuit Breaker
Compressor Protection Module
Chilled Water Flow Switch
Energy Management Module
Electronic Expansion Valve
Factory-Installed Option
Heater
ISO
MBB
MLV
MM
PMP
SGT
TB
83
--------
Isolation
Main Base Board
Minimum Load Value
Low Ambient Temperature Head Pressure Control
Pump
Saturated Gas Temperature
Terminal Block
TO
CPM-B
JI2
FROM
CPM-A
J12
TO
CPM-A
J12
TB3
JgB
FOR E_ OPTION ONLY
ROUT[ TO FAR BOARD J9
COrM PLUG FOR ALL
OTHER OPT IORS
ROUTE TO E_M COM_ PLUG
,_,
"'1
I
JgB J9A
JTB
EMM
J7A
BOARD
FlOP/ACCESSORY
_="
d6-J3
g_
J3
J4
J5
_,"17;II ? I ? I_,;I,_,",
I
Fig. 42 -- 30XA080 Low Voltage Control Schematic
84
<:_>>,
_>'
FROM
CPM-A
J12
TO
CPM-B
.112
(090-1201
MAIN BASE
BOARD
TO
FAN
BOARD-B
J9
(H.0-350)
FROM
CPM-B
J12
TB3
ECT
TO
CPM-A
JI2
J12j7 D
J7C
jJ7B
JTA
ROUTE TO RAN BOARD
COM_ PLUG FOR ALL
OTHER OPTIONS
J9
.
_ _ ;
_ _
:
J9B
J9A
J8
I
I
EMM
J7A
BOARD
FlOP/ACCESSORY
I
J3
I
FROM
MBB
JgC
I
TO
CPM.B
:
!
J5
J3
J4
: 1_;11_;;;_/
_>,
<_->>,
-_
I
I
I
I
Fig. 43 -- 30XA090-350
Low Voltage Control Schematic
85
FROM
CPM-A
J12
TO
FAN
BOARD-C
J9
;GTA
ECT,
FROM
CPM-B
TO
MAIN BASE
BOARD
JI2
FAN
BOARD-B
J9
TB3
TO
CPM-A
JI2
J12j7 D
ROUTE TO E_M COMW PLUG
FOR E_
OPTION ONLY
_
ROUTE TO FAN _OARD J9
CONN PLUG FOR ALL
OTHER OPTIONS
I
"
'
F J_
_ _ _
= _ _
1
"
F J_
_ _
= _ =
J8
I
I
J3
TO
FROM
MBB
J9C
CPM-B
I
]
Fig. 44 -- 30XA400-500
Low Voltage Control Schematic
86
APPENDIX
A --
LOCAL
DISPLAY
TABLES
MODE -- RUN STATUS
ITEM
EXPANSION
VIEW
-_EWT
AUTO DISPLAY
Entering Fluid Ternp
-_LWT
Leaving Fluid Temp
-_SETP
Active Setpoint
-_CTPT
Control Point
-_STAT
Unit Run Status
-_OCC
-_CTRL
Occupied
Status Unit Control Type
-_CAP
-_CAP. A
-_CAP. B
-_CAP. C
-_CAP. S
-_LIM
-_CURR
-_CUR.L
-_ALRM
Percent Total Capacity
Percent Capacity Cir A
Percent Capacity Cir B
Percent Capacity Cir C
Capacity Indicator
Active Demand Limit Val
Actual Chiller Current
Chiller Current Limit
Alarm State
-_HC.ST
Heat Cool Status
-_RC.ST
-_TIME
-_MNTH
Reclaim Select Status
Time of Day
Month of Year
-_DA TE
-_ YEAR
RUN
-_HRS. U
-_STR.U
-_HR.P1
-_HR.P2
-_HR.P3
-_HR.P4
HOUR
-_HR.A
-_HR.B
-_HR. C
STRT
-_ST.A
-_ST.B
-_ST.C
FAN
-_FR.A1
-_FR.A2
-_FR.A3
-_FR.A4
-_FR.A5
-_FR.A6
-_FR.A7
-_FR.A8
-_FR.A9
-_F.A I O
-_FR.B1
-_FR.B2
-_FR.B3
-_FR.B4
-_FR.B5
-_FR.B6
-_FR.B7
-_FR.B8
-_FR.B9
-_F.BIO
-_FR.C1
-_FR.C2
-_FR.C3
-_FR.C4
-_FR.C5
-_FR.C6
-_FR.C7
-_FR.C8
-_FR.C9
-_F.CIO
Day of Month
Year of Century
MACHINE STARTS/HOURS
Machine Operating Hours
Machine Starts
Water Pump 1 Run Hours
Water Pump 2 Run Hours
Condenser Pump 1 Hours
Condenser Pump 2 Hours
COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS
Compressor A Run Hours
Compressor B Run Hours
Compressor C Run Hours
COMPRESSOR STARTS
Compressor A Starts
Compressor B Starts
Compressor C Starts
FAN RUN HOURS
Fan 1 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 2 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 3 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 4 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 5 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 6 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 7 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 8 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 9 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 10 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 1 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 2 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 3 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 4 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 5 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 6 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 7 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 8 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 9 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 10 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 1 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 2 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 3 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 4 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 5 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 6 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 7 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 8 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 9 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 10 Run Hours Cir C
UNITS
XXXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
xxx(%)
xxx(%)
xxx(%)
xxx(%)
xx
xxx(%)
XXX(amps)
XXX(amps)
XX.XX
XX
XX
RANGE
COMMENT
WRITE
STATUS
CCN TABLE
CCN POINT
0-100
STATEGEN
COOLEWT
83
20
0-100
STATEGEN
COOLLWT
20
0-100
GENUNIT
SP
50,
51
0-100
GENUNIT
CTRL
42,
Off
Running
Stopping
Delay
NO/YES
Local Off
Local On
CCN
Remote
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-32
0-100
0-4000
0-4000
0=Normal
1=Partial
2=Shutdown
0-Cooling
1-Heating
2=Standby
NO/YES
00:00-23:59
1=January
2=February
3=March
4-April
6=May
6=June
7=July
8=August
9-September
10-October
11=November
12=December
1-31
00-99
GENUNIT
STATUS
20,
5O
29,
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
CHIL OCC
ctr type
29
29
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
MAINT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
CAP T
CAPAT
CAPBT
CAPCT
OVER CAP
DEM-LIM
TOT CURR
CURR LIM
ALM
GENUNIT
HEATCOOL
GENUNIT
N/A
N/A
reclaim
TIME
moy
N/A
N/A
dora
Heating and
Standby not
supported.
Not supported.
PNT
sel
yoc
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
STRTHOUR
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
hrmach
st roach
hrcpuml
hr cpum2
hr hpumpl
hr hpump2
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
0-999000*
0-9999*
0-999000*
0-999000*
0-999999*
0-999999*
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
0-999000*
0-999000*
0-999000*
forcible
forcible
forcible
STRTHOUR
STRTHOUR
STRTHOUR
hr cp a
hr cp b
hr cp c
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
0-999000*
0-999000*
0-999000*
forcible
forcible
forcible
STRTHOUR
STRTHOUR
STRTHOUR
st cp a
st cp b
st cp c
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
hr fanal
hrfana2
hrfana3
hrfana4
hrfana5
hrfana6
hrfana7
hrfana8
hrfana9
hrfanal0
hr fanbl
hrfanb2
hrfanb3
hrfanb4
hrfanb5
hrfanb6
hrfanb7
hrfanb8
hrfanb9
hrfanbl0
hr fancl
hrfanc2
hrfanc3
hrfanc4
hrfanc5
hrfanc6
hrfanc7
hrfanc8
hrfanc9
hrfancl 0
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
(hours)
PAGE
NO.
Not supported,
Not supported,
Not supported,
Not supported,
87
20
5O
21
30
APPENDIX
A --
LOCAL
DISPLAY
TABLES
(cont)
MODE -- RUN STATUS (cont)
ITEM
CA UN
-_A.UN
-_B. UN
-_C.UN
MAIN
-_CHRG
-_WATE
-_PM P.1
-_PMP.2
-_PMP.3
-_PMP.4
-_W.FIL
-_A.FIL
-_B.FIL
-_C.FIL
VERS
-_A PPL
-_MARQ
-_NAVI
-_EXVA
-_EXVB
-_EXVC
-_AUXl
-_AUX2
-_AUX3
-_AUX4
-_AUX5
-_AUX6
-_CPMA
-_CPMB
-_CPMC
-_EMM
-_R.BRD
EXPANSION
COMPRESSOR
DISABLE
Compressor A Disable
Compressor B Disable
Compressor C Disable
PREDICTIVE MAINTENANCE
Refrigerant Charge
Water Loop Size
Pump 1 (Days)
Pump 2 (Days)
Cond Pump 1 (Days)
Cond Pump 1 (Days)
Water Filter
Comp A OII Filter (days)
Comp B Oil Filter (days)
Comp C Oil Filter (days)
SOFTWARE VERSIONS
CSA-XXXXXXXXX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
UNITS
RANGE
COMMENT
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
WRITE
STATUS
forcible
forcible
forcible
NO/YES
NO/YES
(days)
(days)
Not supported.
(days)
Press ENTER
and ESCAPE
simultaneously
to read version
information
*As data in all of these categories can exceed 9999 the following display strategy is used;
From 0-9999 display as 4 digits.
From 9999-99999 display xx.xK
From 99900-999999 display as xxxK.
88
CCN TABLE
CCN POINT
CP UNABL
CP UNABL
CP UNABL
un cp a
un cp b
un cp c
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
charge m
wloop m
cpumpl
m
cpump2 m
hpumpl
m
hpump2 m
wfilte m
ofilta m
ofiltb m
ofiltc m
PD5 APPL
STDU
Navigator
EXV BRDA
EXVBRDB
EXVBRDC
AUXBRD1
AUXBRD2
AUXBRD3
AUXBRD4
AUXBRD5
AUXBRD6
SPM CPA
SPM CPB
SPM CPC
EMM NRCP
REC NRCP
PAGE
NO.
APPENDIX
A --
LOCAL
DISPLAY
TABLES
(cont)
MODE -- SERVICE TEST
ITEM
EXPANSION
TEST
-_T.REQ
-_CP.A
MANUAL TEST MODE
Manual Sequence
Compressor A Output
-_SLI.A
Slide Valve Capacity A
-_CP.B
-_SLI.B
Compressor B Output
Slide Valve Capacity B
-_CP.C
-_SLI.C
Compressor C Output
Slide Valve Capacity C
QUIC
-_Q.REQ
-_EXVA
-_EXVB
-_EXVC
-_ECO.A
-_ECO.B
-_ECO.C
-_FAN.A
-_FAN.B
-_FAN.C
-_SPD.A
-_SPD.B
-_SPD. C
-_HT.A
-_SL 1.A
-_SL2.A
-_OLS.A
-_DGT.A
-_HT.B
-_SL1.B
-_SL2.B
-_OLS.B
-_DGT.B
-_HT.C
-_SL1.C
-_SL2.C
-_OLS.C
-_DGT.C
-_FRVA
-_FRP.A
-_FRVB
-_FRP.B
-_FRVC
-_FRP.C
-_RVA
-_RVB
-_HR1 .A
-_HR2.A
-_HR3.A
-_HR4.A
-_HR1.B
-_HR2.B
-_HR3.B
-_HR4.B
-_PM P.1
-_PMP.2
-_PMP.3
-_PMP.4
-_CL.HT
-_BVL.A
-_BVL.B
-_BVL.C
-_CP..HT
-_Q.RDY
-_Q.RUN
-_SHUT
-_CATO
-_ALRM
-_ALRT
QUICK TEST MODE
Circuit A EXV % Open
Circuit B EXV % Open
Circuit C EXV % Open
Circ A ECO EXV %
Circ B ECO EXV %
Circ C ECO EXV %
Circuit A Fan Stages
Circuit B Fan Stages
Circuit C Fan Stages
Cir A Varifan position
Cir B Varifan position
Cir C Varifan position
Oil Heater Circuit A
Slide Valve 1 Cir A
Slide Valve 2 Cir B
Oil Solenoid Cir A
DGT Cool Solenoid A
Oil Heater Circuit B
Slide Valve 1 Cir B
Slide Valve 2 Cir B
Oil Solenoid Cir A
DGT Cool Solenoid B
Oil Heater Circuit C
Slide Valve 1 Cir C
Slide Valve 2 Cir C
Oil Solenoid Cir A
DGT Cool Solenoid C
Free Cooling Heater A
Refrigerant Pump A
Free Cooling Heater B
Refrigerant Pump B
Free Cooling Heater C
Refrigerant Pump C
4 Way Valve Circuit A
4 Way Valve Circuit B
Air Cond Enter Valve A
Air Cond Leaving Valv A
Water Cond Enter Valv A
Water Cond Leav Valve A
Air Cond Enter Valve B
Air Cond Leaving Valv B
Water Cond Enter Valv B
Water Cond Leav Valve B
Water Exchanger Pump 1
Water Exchanger Pump 2
Condenser Pump 1
Condenser Pump 2
Cooler Heater Output
Ball Valve Position A
Ball Valve Position B
Ball Valve Position C
Condenser Heater Output
Chiller Ready Status
Chiller Running Status
Customer Shutdown Stat
Chiller Capacity in 0-10v
Alarm Relay
Alert Relay
UNITS
RANGE
COMMENT
Remote-OffEnable Switch
must be set to
OFF Position
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
unchanged
increase
decrease
OFF/ON
unchanged
increase
decrease
OFF/ON
unchanged
increase
decrease
xxx(%)
xxx(%)
xxx(%)
xxx(%)
xxx(%)
xxx(%)
X
X
X
XXX(%)
XXX(%)
XXX(%)
XX.X (vdc)
Remote-OffEnable Switch
must be set to
ENABLE
Position
Remote-OffEnable Switch
must be set to
OFF Position
OFF/ON
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-8
0-8
0-8
0-100
0-100
0-100
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OPEN/CLSE
OFF/ON
OPEN/CLSE
OFF/ON
OPEN/CLSE
OFF/ON
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
WRITE
STATUS
forcible
forcible
CCN TABLE
N/A
N/A
N/A
forcible
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
89
service test
comp serv a
PAGE
NO,
58, 82
58
comp ser sid a
forcible
forcible
N/A
comp serv b
comp ser sid b
58
forcible
forcible
N/A
comp serv c
comp ser sidc
58
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Not supported.
CCN POINT
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
82
57, 58
57, 58
57, 58
APPENDIX
A --
LOCAL
DISPLAY
TABLES
(cont)
MODE -- TEMPERATURE
ITEM
EXPANSION
UNITS
UNIT
-;,CEWT
UNIT TEMPERATURES
Cooler Entering Fluid
-_CLWT
Cooler Leaving Fluid
-_CD.LT
Condenser
Entering Fluid
-_CD.ET
Condenser
Leaving Fluid
-_OAT
_CHWS
_HEWT
_HLWT
_SPT
-_THHR
ClR.A
-_SCT.A
Outside Air Temperature
Lead/Lag Leaving Fluid
Heat Reclaim
Entering
Heat Reclaim Leaving
Optional Space Temp
Cooler Heater Temp
CIRCUIT A TEMPERATURES
Sat Cond Temp Circ A
-_SST.A
Sat Suction Temp Circ A
-_DGT.A
Discharge Gas Temp Cir A
-_SGT.A
Suction Gas Temp Circ A
-_SUP.A
-_ECT.A
Superheat Temp Cim A
Economizer Gas Temp A
-_ESN.A
Economizer
-_C TP.A
Motor Temperature
Superheat
A
Cir A
-_DEF.A
Defrost Temp Circ A
ClR.B
_SCT.B
CIRCUIT B TEMPERATURES
Sat Cond Temp Circ B
_SST.B
Sat Suction Temp Circ B
-_DGT.B
Discharge Gas Temp Cir B
_SGT.B
Suction Gas Temp Circ B
_SUP.B
_ECT.B
Superheat Temp Cim B
Economizer Gas Temp B
_ESH.B
Economizer
Superheat
B
_C TP.B
Motor Temperature
_DEF.B
Defrost Temp Circ B
CIR.C
_SCT.C
CIRCUIT C TEMPERATURES
Sat Cond Temp Circ C
_SST.C
Sat Suction Temp Circ C
-_DGT.C
Discharge Gas Temp Cir C
_SGT.C
Suction Gas Temp Circ C
_SUP.C
-_ECT.C
Superheat Temp Cim C
Economizer Gas Temp C
-eESH.C
Economizer
-_CTP.C
Motor Temperature
Cir B
Superheat
C
Cir C
RANGE
XXXIX
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
-40-245
(-40-118
40-245
(-40-118
-40-245
(-40-118
-40-245
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(-40-118 C)
-40-245 F
(-40-118 C)
-40-245 F
(deg F/deg
XXX.X
(deg F/deg
XXX.X
(deg F/deg
XXX.X
(deg F/deg
XXX.X
(deg F/deg
(-40-118
-40-245
(-40-118
40-245
(-40-118
40-245
(-40-118
-40-245
(-40-118
C)
C)
C)
C)
c)
F
C)
F
C)
F
C)
F
C)
F
C)
F
C)
F
C)
F
C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXXIX (AF/AC)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
40-245 F
(-40-118 C)
-40-245 F
(-40-118 C)
-40-245 F
(-40-118 C)
-40-245 F
( 40-118 C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
40-245 F
(-40-118 C)
-40-245 F
(-40-118 C)
-40-245 F
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X (AF/AC)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(-40-118 C)
-40-245 F
(-40-118 C)
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
(-40-118 C)
-40-245 F
(-40-118 C)
-40-245 F
( 40-118 C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXXIX (AF/AC)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
-45-245
(-43-118
-45-245
(-43-118
-40-245
(-40-118
-45-245
(-43-118
-40-245
(-40-118
-40-245
(-40-118
40-245
(-40-118
-40-245
(-40-118
F
C)
F
C)
F
C)
F
C)
COMMENT
WRITE
STATUS
COOLEWT
5, 50
STATEG EN
COOLLWT
5, 50
Not supported.
Not supported.
COND
LWT
COND
EWT
GENUNIT
OAT
5, 50
STATEGEN
CHWS
5
Not supported.
RECLAIM
HR EWT
Not supported.
RECLAIM
HR LWT
STATEGEN
SPACETMP
TH
HEATER
CIRCA
AN
SCT
A
CIRCA
AN
SST
A
DGTA
14
8
CIRCA
AN
SUCTT
A
10
CIRCA
AN
SH A
EC© TP A
10
EC© SH A
CP TMP A
Not supported.
N/A
DEFRTA
CIRCB
AN
SCT
B
CIRCB
AN
SST
B
DGT B
8
CIRCB
AN
SUCTT
B
10
CIRCB
AN
SH B
ECO TP B
10
ECO SH B
CP TMP
Not supported.
N/A
DEFRT
CIRCCAN
CIRCCAN
SCT
C
ClRCCAN
SST
C
B
B
DGT C
88
CIRCC
AN
SUCTT
CIRCC
AN
SH C
ECO TP C
C
ECO SH C
CP TMP C
9O
PAGE
NO.
STATEGEN
40-245 F
(-40-118 C)
40-245 F
F
C)
F
C)
F
C)
F
C)
CCN POINT
CCN TABLE
10
APPENDIX
A --
LOCAL
DISPLAY
TABLES
(cont)
MODE--PRESSURE
ITEM
EXPANSION
PRC.A
-_DP.A
CIRCUIT A PRESSURES
Discharge Pressure Cir A
-_SP.A
Suction Pressure Circ A
-_OP.A
Oil Pressure Circ A
-_DOP.A
Oil Pressure Diff A
-_ECRA
Economizer
-_PDRA
Reclaim Pressure A
Pressure A
UNITS
RANGE
COMMENT
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
WRITE
STATUS
CCN TABLE
CCN POINT
PAG E
NO.
CIRCAAN
DPA
52
CIRCAAN
SPA
5
OP A
8
DOPA
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
ECON PA
PMPD PA
Not supported.
(psig/kPa)
PRC.B
-_DP.B
CIRCUIT B PRESSURES
Discharge Pressure Cir B
-_SP.B
Suction Pressure Circ B
_OP.B
Oil Pressure Circ B
-_DOP.B
Oil Pressure Diff B
-_ECP. B
Economizer
-_PDP. B
Reclaim Pressure B
PRC. C
-_DP. C
CIRCUIT A PRESSURES
Discharge Pressure Cir C
_SP. C
Suction Pressure Circ C
_OP.C
Oil Pressure Circ C
-eDOR C
Oil Pressure Diff C
-_ECP. C
Economizer
-_PDP. C
Reclaim Pressure C
Pressure B
Pressure C
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
CIRCBAN
DP B
52
CIRCBAN
SP B
5
OP B
8
DOP B
ECON P B
PMPD P B
Not supported.
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
CIRCCAN
DP C
13, 52
CIRCCAN
SPC
13
OP C
8
DOP C
ECON P C
Not supported.
(peig/kPa)
9]
PMPD P C
APPENDIX
A --
LOCAL
DISPLAY
TABLES
(cont)
MODE -- SET POINTS
ITEM
EXPANSION
COOL
-_,CSP.1
COOLING SETPOINTS
Cooling Setpoint 1
-_CSP.2
Cooing Setpoint 2
UNITS
XXXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
-_CSP.3
XXXX.X
Ice Setpoint
(deg F/deg C)
-_CRV1
Current No Reset Val
-_CRV2
Current Full Reset Val
XX.X (mA)
-_CRT1
Delta T No Reset Temp
XXX.X (AF/AC)
XX.X (mA)
-_CRT2
Delta T Full Reset Temp
xxx.x
-_CR01
OAT No Reset Temp
XXX.X
(AF/AC)
(deg F/deg C)
-_CR02
OAT Full Reset Temp
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
-_CRS1
Space T No Reset Temp
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
-_CRS2
Space T Full Reset Temp
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
-_DGRC
Degrees Cool Reset
XX.X (A F/AC)
-_CAUT
Cool Changeover
XX.X
(deg F/deg C)
X.X
Setpt
-_CRMP
Cool Ramp Loading
HEAT
-_HSP. 1
HEATING SETPOINTS
Heating Setpoint
1
-_HSP.2
Heating Setpoint 2
-_HRV1
-_HRV2
-_HRT1
-_HRT2
-_HR01
Current to Reset Val
Current Full Reset Val
-_HR02
OAT Full Reset Temp
-_DGRH
-_HAUT
Degrees Heat Reset
Heat Changeover Setpt
-eHRMP
MISC
-_DLS1
Heat Ramp Loading
MISC SETPOINTS
Switch Limit Setpoint 1
-_DLS2
Delta T No Reset Temp
Delta T Full Reset Temp
OAT No Reset Temp
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XX.X (mA)
XX.X (mA)
XXX.X (AF/AC)
XXX.X (AF/AC)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XX.X (AF/AC)
XX.X
(deg F/deg C)
X.X
xxx (%)
Switch Limit Setpoint 2
xxx (%)
-_DLS3
Switch Limit Setpoint 3
xxx (%)
-_W.SCT
Water Val Cond Stp
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XX.X (AF/AC)
-_RSP
Heat Reclaim Setpoint
-_RDB
Reclaim Deadband
RANGE
COMMENT
-20-70 F
(-29-21 C),
Default = 44.0
20-70 F
(-29-21 C),
Default = 44.0
-20-70 F
( 29-21 C),
Default = 44.0
0-20,
Default = 0
0-20,
Default - 0
0-125 F
(0-69.4 C),
Default = 0
0-125 F
(0-69.4 C),
Default - 0
0-125 F
(-18-52 C),
Default = 14.0
0-25 F
( 18-52 C),
Default = 14.0
0-125 F
(-18-52 C),
Default- 14.0
0-125 F
(-18-52 C),
Default = 14.0
-30-30 F
-16.7-16.7 C),
Default - 0
Default = 75.0
Not supported.
0.2-2.0 AF
(0.1-1.1 AC),
Default = 1.0
WRITE
STATUS
CCN TABLE
CCN POINT
PAG E
NO.
forcible
SETPOINT
cspl
30, 42
forcible
SETPOINT
csp2
30, 50
forcible
SETPOINT
ice sp
30, 50.
51
forcible
SETPOINT
v cr no
32
forcible
SETPOINT
v crfu
32
forcible
SETPOINT
dt cr no
31
forcible
SETPOINT
dt crfu
31
forcible
SETPOINT
oatcr
31
forcible
SETPOINT
oatcrfu
forcible
SETPOINT
spacr
no
31
forcible
SETPOINT
spacr
fu
31
forcible
SETPOINT
cr deg
forcible
SETPOINT
cauto
sp
forcible
SETPOINT
cramp
sp
HSR1
Default = 100
Not supported.
forcible
SETPOINT
Default = 100
no
31
31
15, 20,
5O
Not supported.
forcible
SETPOINT
HSR2
Default = 0
Default = 0
Default - 0
Default - 0
Default - 14.0
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
SETPOINT
SETPOINT
SETPOINT
SETPOINT
SETPOINT
v hr no
v hr fu
dt hr no
dt hrfu
oathr no
Default = 14.0
Not supported.
forcible
SETPOINT
oathrfu
Default = 0
Default = 64
Not supported.
Not supported.
forcible
forcible
SETPOINT
SETPOINT
DGRH
hautosp
Default = 1.0
Not supported.
forcible
SETPOINT
hramp
forcible
SETPOINT
lira spl
32
forcible
SETPOINT
lira sp2
32
forcible
SETPOINT
lira sp3
SETPOINT
w sct sp
Not supported.
forcible
SETPOINT
rsp
Not supported.
forcible
SETPOINT
hrdeadb
0-100,
Default- 100
0-100,
Default- 100
0-100,
Default = 100
80-140 F
(26.7-60 C)
Default - 122
Default
= 9.0
92
Not supported.
sp
APPENDIX
A --
LOCAL
DISPLAY
TABLES
(cont)
MODE -- INPUTS
ITEM
GEN.I
-_ONOF
-_LOCK
-_COND
-_DLS1
-_DLS2
-_ICE.D
-_DUAL
-_ELEC
-_PUMP
-_OCCS
-_RECL
-_HC.SW
-_RLOC
-_OIL.A
-_OIL.B
-_OIL.C
-_CUR.A
-_CUR.B
-_CUR.C
-_DMND
-_RSET
EXPANSION
GENERAL INPUTS
On Off Switch
Cooler Interlock
Condenser Flow Switch
Demand Limit Switch 1
Demand Limit Switch 2
Ice Done
Dual Setpoint Switch
Electrical Box Safety
Pump Run Feedback
Occupancy Override Swit
Heat Reclaim Switch
Heat Cool Switch Status
Remote Interlock Switch
Oil Level Circuit A
Oil Level Circuit B
Oil Level Circuit C
Motor Current Circuit A
Motor Current Circuit B
Motor Current Circuit C
4-20 mA Demand Signal
4-20 mA Reset/Setpoint
UNITS
XXX.X
XXX.X
XXX.X
XXX.X
XXX.X
(amps)
(amps)
(amps)
(mA)
(mA)
RANGE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OPEN/CLSE
LOW/HIGH
LOW/HIGH
LOW/HIGH
0-600
0-600
0-600
4 to 20
4 to 20
93
COMMENT
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
WRITE
STATUS
CCN TABLE
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
CCN POINT
ONOF
LOCK 1
CONFLOW
LIM SW1
LIM SW2
ICE SW
SETP SW
ELEC BOX
PUMP DEF
OCC OVSW
RECL SW
HC SW
REM-LOCK
OILLA
OILLB
OILLC
CURR A
CURR B
CURR C
LIM ANAL
SPRESET
PAGE
NO,
5
5, 20
5
14
14
5
14
14
8
8
8
14
14
APPENDIX
A --
LOCAL
DISPLAY
TABLES
(cont)
MODE -- OUTPUTS
ITEM
ClR.A
-_CRA
-_HT.A
-_SL1.A
-_SL2.A
-_OLS.A
-_FAN.A
-_SPD.A
-_EXV.A
-_ECO.A
-_DGT.A
-_FRP.A
-_FRH.A
-_HR1 .A
-_HR2.A
-_HR3.A
-_HR4.A
-_RV.A
ClR.B
-_CP.B
-_HT.B
-_SL1.B
-_SL2.B
-_OLS.B
-_FAN.B
-_SPD.B
-_EXV.B
-_ECO.B
-_DGT.B
-_FRP.B
-_FRH.B
-_HR1.B
-_HR2.B
-_HR3.B
-_HR4.B
-_RV.B
ClR.C
-_CP.C
-_HT.C
-_SL I.C
-_SL2. C
-_OLS.C
-_FAN.C
-_SPD.C
-_EXVC
-_ECO.C
-_DGT.C
-_FRP.C
-_FRHC
GEN.O
-_PM P.1
-_PMP.2
-_PMP.3
-_PMP..4
-_CO.HT
-_BVL.A
-_BVL.B
-_BVL.C
-_CN.HT
-_REDY
-_RUN
-_SHUT
-_CATO
-_ALRM
-_,ALRT
EXPANSION
CIRCUIT A OUTPUTS
Compressor A Relay
Oil Heater Circuit A
Slide Valve 1 Cir A
Slide Valve 2 Cir A
Oil Solenoid Cir A
Circuit A Fan Stages
Circ A Varifan Position
Circuit A EXV % Open
Circ A EXV ECO % Open
DGT Cool Solenoid A
Refrigerant Pump Out A
Free Cooling Heater A
Air Cond Enter Valve A
Air Cond Leaving Valv A
Water Cond Enter Valv A
Water Cond Leav Valve A
4 Way Valve Circuit A
CIRCUIT B OUTPUTS
Compressor B Relay
Oil Heater Circuit B
Slide Valve 1 Cir B
Slide Valve 2 Cir B
Oil Solenoid Cir B
Circuit B Fan Stages
Circ B Varifan Position
Circuit B EXV % Open
Circ B EXV ECO % Open
DGT Cool Solenoid B
Refrigerant Pump Out B
Free Cooling Heater B
Air Cond Enter Valve B
Air Cond Leaving Valv B
Water Cond Enter Valv B
Water Cond Leav Valve B
4 Way Valve Circuit B
CIRCUIT C OUTPUTS
Compressor C Relay
Oil Heater Circuit C
Slide Valve 1 Cir C
Slide Valve 2 Cir C
Oil Solenoid Cir C
Circuit C Fan Stages
Circ C Varifan Position
Circuit C EXV % Open
Circ C EXV ECO % Open
DGT Cool Solenoid C
Refrigerant Pump Out C
Free Cooling Heater C
GENERAL OUTPUTS
Water Exchanger Pump 1
Water Exchanger Pump 2
Condenser Pump 1
Condenser Pump 2
Cooler Heater Output
Ball Valve Position A
Ball Valve Position B
Ball Valve Position C
Condenser Heat Output
Chiller Ready Status
Chiller Running Status
Customer Shutdown Stat
Chiller Capacity 0-10 v
Alarm Relay
Alert Relay
UNITS
X
XXX (%)
XXX (%)
XXX (%)
X
XXX (%)
XXX (%)
XXX (%)
RANGE
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
0-6
0-100
0-100
0-100
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
0-6
0-100
0-100
0-100
OFF/ON
OFF-ON
OFF-ON
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
COMMENT
WRITE
STATUS
XX.X
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
94
CIRCA
CIRCA
CIRCA
D
AN
AN
CIRCB
CIRCB
D
D
CIRCB
CIRCB
CIRCB
D
AN
AN
CIRCC
CIRCC
D
D
CIRCC
CIRCC
CIRCC
D
AN
AN
CIRCC
CIRCC
Not supported.
Not supported.
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OPEN/CLOSE
OPEN/CLOSE
OPEN/CLOSE
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
D
CIRCB D
CIRCA D
RECLAIM
RECLAIM
RECLAIM
RECLAIM
CIRCB D
Not supported,
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
0-6
0-100
0-100
0-100
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
CIRCA
CIRCAD
CIRCA D
RECLAIM
RECLAIM
RECLAIM
RECLAIM
CIRCAD
Not supported,
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
X
XXX (%)
xxx (%)
xxx (%)
CCN TABLE
D
D
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
Not supported,
Not supported,
STATEGEN
Not supported.
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
RECLAIM
RECLAIM
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
CCN POINT
PAGE
NO.
CP A
OIL HTA
SLID1A
SLID2 A
OIL SLA
FAN STA
hd pos a
EXV A
EXVEC
A
dgt gascool a
FR PMP A
FR HEATA
hr ca a
hrla
a
hren
a
hr Iw a
RVA
8
5,8
8
8
8
CP B
OIL HT B
SLID1 B
SLID2 B
OIL SL B
FAN ST B
hd pos b
EXV B
EXVEC
B
dgt gascool b
FR PMP B
FR HEATB
hr ca b
hrla
b
hren
b
hr Iw b
RV B
8
5,8
8
8
8
CP C
OIL HTC
SLID1 C
SLID2 C
OIL SL C
FAN ST C
hd pos c
EXV C
EXVEC
C
dgt gascool c
FR PMP C
FR HEATC
8
8
8
8
8
CPUMP 1
CPUMP 2
HPUMP 1
HPUMP 2
COOLHEAT
ref iso a
ref iso b
ref iso c
cond htr
READY
RUNNING
SHUTDOWN
CAPT 010
ALARM
ALERT
12
10
10
8
12
10
10
13
I0
5
5
5
5
14
14
14
5
5
APPENDIX
A --
LOCAL
DISPLAY
TABLES
(cont)
MODE -- CONFIGURATION
ITEM
EXPANSION
UNITS
RANGE
DISP
_TEST
_METR
_LANG
DISPLAY CONFIGURATION
Test Display LEDs
Metric Display
Language Selection
UNIT
-_TYPE
UNIT CONFIGURATION
Unit Type
-_TONS
Unit Size
XXX
-_ VA R.A
Nb Fan on Varifan Cir A
X
-WAR.B
Nb Fan on Varifan Cir B
0-8
-WAR.C
Nb Fan on Varifan Cir C
0-8
-_VOLT
-_60HZ
-_STAR
-_ Y.D.
-_MTA.A
-_R.MT.A
-_MTA.B
-_R.MT.B
-_MTA.C
-_R.MT.C
-_C.SW.A
-_R. CSA
-_C.SW.B
-_R. CSB
-_C.SW.C
-_R.CSC
-_RECL
-_EHS
-_EMM
-_PAS.E
-_PASS
-_CO.HT
-_CON. V
-_FREE
-_HI. TI
Power Supply Voltage
60 Hz Frequency
Soft Starter Select
Wye Delta T Start Select
Must Trip Amps cir A
Read Must Trip Amps A
Must Trip Amps cir B
Read Must Trip Amps B
Must Trip Amps cir C
Read Must Trip Amps C
$1 Config switch cir A
Read $1 Config switch A
$1 Config switch cir B
Read $1 Config switch B
$1 Config switch cir C
Read $1 Config switch C
Heat Reclaim Select
SERV
-_FLUD
Electrical Heater Stage
EMM Module Installed
Password Enable
Factory Password
Cooler Heater Select
Condenser Valve Select
Free Cooling Select
High Tiers display Select
SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS
Cooler Fluid Type
_CFLU
Condenser
OFF/ON
US/METR
English
Espanol
Francais
Portugues
Translated
EXV MOP Setpoint
-_HP.TH
High Pressure Threshold
XXX (volt)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX
XX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X (psi/kPa)
-_SHP.A
Cir A Superheat
Setp
XX.X (AF/AC)
-_SHP.B
Cir B Superheat
Setp
XX.X (AF/AC)
-_SHP. C
Cir C Superheat
-_,HTR
Cooler Heater DT Setp
_EWTO
_AU.SM
_LOSP
Entering Water Control
Auto Start When SM Lost
Brine Freeze Setpoint
-_HD.PG
-_HD.DG
-_HD.IG
-_HR.MI
-_HR.MA
-_HGBP
-_MCHX
-_FL.SP
Varifan Proportion Gain
Varifan Derivative Gain
Varifan Integral Gain
Reclaim Water Valve Min
Reclaim Water Valve Max
Hot Gas Bypass Select
MCHX Exchanger Select
Brine Flow Switch Setp
Setp
CCN
POINT
OFF
US
English
N/A
DISPCONF
DISPCONF
displa_test
DISPUNIT
LANGUAGE
Air cooled
FACTORY
unit typ
FACTORY
unitsize
FACTORY
varfan
a
FACTORY
varfan
b
FACTORY
varfan
c
FACTORY
FACTORY
voltage
freq 60H
softstar
wye delt
cpa mtac
cpa mtam
cpb mtac
cpb mtam
cpc mtac
cpb mtam
cpa sl c
cpa sl m
cpb sl c
cpb sl m
cpc sl c
cpc sl m
recl opt
ehs sel
DEFAULT
PAGE
NO.
78
Air Cooled
Heat Pump
Fluid Type
-_MOP
CCN
TABLE
COMMENT
XX.X (AF/AC)
XX.X (AF/AC)
XXIX
(deg F/deg C)
XXIX
XXIX
XXIX
XXXIX (%)
xxxIx
(%)
Heat pump and
heat machine
not supported
0 to 1800
nominal size)
0-8
200-690
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
0 to 1500
0 to 1500
0 to 1500
0 to 1500
0 to 1500
0 to 1500
0 to 255
0 to 255
0 to 255
0 to 255
0 to 255
0 to 255
NO/YES
0-4
NO/YES
ENBL/DSBL
1 to 0150
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
Water
Brine
WATER
BRINE
40-60 F
(4.4-15.6 C)
250-280 psi
(1724-1930 kPa)
3-14 F
(1.7-7.8 C)
3-14 F
(1.7-7.8 C)
3-14 F
(1.7-7.8 C)
0.5-9 F
(0.3-5.0 C)
0: No low ambient
temperature head
)ressure control
1 :low ambient
temperature head
)ressure control
0: No low ambient
temperature head
)ressure control
1 : low ambient
temperature head
)ressure control
0: No low ambient
temperature head
)ressure control
1 : low ambient
temperature head
)ressure control
YES
Not supported.
Not supported
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
0111
FACTORY
FACTORY
FACTORY
FACTORY
FACTORY
NO
FACTORY
21.6
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
9.5
emm nrcp
9ass enb
fac pass
heat sel
cond val
freecool
8
8
8
75
highdisp
Water
SERVICE1
55
SERVICE1
mop sp
76
290
SERVICE1
hp th
52
21.6
SERVICE1
sh spa
76
7.2
SERVICE1
sh sp b
76
21.6
SERVICE1
sh sp c
76
2.0
Number of
degrees
added to
brine freeze
set point to
enable
cooler
heater,)
NO
NO
14
SERVICE1
heatersp
50,
SERVICE1
SERVICE1
SERVICE1
ewt opt
auto sm
Iowestsp
30
76
20,21,30,50,
51, 62, 75
2.0
0.4
0.2
2O
100
NO
NO
55
SERVICE1
SERVICE1
SERVICE1
SERVICE1
SERVICE1
FACTORY
FACTORY
SERVICE
hd pg
hd dg
hd ig
min 3w
max3w
hgbp sel
mchx sel
flow sp
Not supported.
NO/YES
NO/YES
-20-50 F
(-20-10 C)
-10-10
-10-10
-10-10
NO/YES
NO/YES
10-60
NO
0
NO
78
flui typ
20,21,30,50,
51, 75, 76
cond typ
62
APPENDIX
A --
LOCAL
DISPLAY
MODE -- CONFIGURATION
ITEM
EXPANSION
OPTN
-_CCNA
-_CCNB
-_BAUD
OPTIONS CONFIGURATION
CCN Address
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate
-_LOAD
Loading Sequence Select
-_LLCS
Lead/Lag Circuit Select
-_RL.S
-_DELY
-_ICE.M
-_HPUM
Ramp Load Select
Minutes Off Time
Ice Mode Enable
Condenser Pumps Sequence
_PUMP
Cooler Pumps Sequence
-_ROT.P
-_PM.PS
-_PSBY
-_P.LOC
-_LS.ST
-_LS.ND
-_LS.LT
-_RV.AL
-_OATH
Pump Rotation Delay
Periodic Pump Start
Stop Pump In Standby
Flow Checked if Prop Off
Night Low Noise Start
Night Low Noise End
Low Noise Capacity Lira
Reverse Alarms Relay
Heat Mode OAT Threshold
-_FREE
Free Cooling OAT Limit
_CUR.S
_CUR.F
_EHST
Current Limit Select
Current Limit at 100%
Elec Stag OAT Threshold
_EHSB
_EDEF
_EHSP
_AUTO
RSET
_CRST
UNITS
XXX
XXX
XX (Minutes)
X
XXXX (hours)
XX.XX
XX.XX
XXX(%)
XXXX
XX.XX
(deg F/deg C)
Heating Reset Type
_DMDC
Demand Limit Select
_DMMX
_DMZE
_MSSL
mA for 100% Demand Limit
mA for 0% Demand Limit
Master/Slave Select
XX.X (mA)
XX.X (mA)
-_SLVA
-_LLBL
Slave Address
Lead/Lag Balance Select
XXX
-_LLBD
-_LLDY
-_LL.ER
Lead/Lag Balance Delta
Lead/Lag Delay
Start if Error Higher
-_LAG.M
Lag Minimum Running Time
XXX (hours)
XX (minutes)
XX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX
(rain)
-_LPUL
-_SER1
Lead Pulldown Time
Chillers in Series
No Pump
1 Pump Only
2 Pumps Auto
PMP 1 Manual
PMP 2 Manual
24 to 3000
NO-YES
NO-YES
NO-YES
00.00-23.59
00-00-23.59
0-100
NO-YES
XX (minutes)
N/A
N/A
N/A
CCNA
CCNB
BAUD
49
0
9600
EQUAL
USER
lead cir
16
AUTOMATIC
USER
seq typ
DSBL
USER
USER
USER
ramp sel
off on d
ice cnfg
hpum seq
18, 20, 50
15, 30, 49
3O
NO PUMP
USER
pump
seq
5O
USER
USER
USER
USER
USER
USER
USER
USER
USER
pump del
pump per
pump sby
pump Ioc
nh start
nh end
nh limit
al rever
heatth
50
50
Not supported.
48
NO
NO
YES
00.00
00.00
100
NO
5F
Not supported.
32.0
USER
free oat
NO
2000
41
USER
curr ael
curr ful
ehs th
NO
NO
0
NO
USER
USER
USER
USER
ehsback
ehsdefr
ehs_ull
auto sel
NO RESET
USER
cr sel
NO RESET
USER
hr sel
NONE
USER
lira sel
32, 40, 50
0.0
0.0
DISABLE
USER
USER
MaT SLV
lim mx
lim ze
ms sel
4O
4O
49, 51, 77
2
Always
Lead
MaT
MaT
SLV
SLV
sly addr
168
10
4
MaT SLV
MST SLV
MaT SLV
bald
Isrt tim
start dt
0
MaT
SLV
lag mini
OFF if U stp
MaT
SLV
lag pump
49
MaT
SLV
lead pul
serle
16, 49
16
NO/YES
0 to 5000
23 -70 F
(-5-21 C)
NO-YES
NO-YES
Not supported.
Not supported.
No Reset
Not supported.
Disable
Master
Slave
1-236
Always Lead
Lag if Fail
Runtime Sel
40-400
2-30
3-18
0-150
OFF if U stp
ON if U stp
0-60
NO/YES
96
PAGE
NO.
CCN POINT
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
NO-YES
DEFAULT
CCN TABLE
Not supported.
Out Air Temp
Delta T Temp
4-20 mA Input
Space Temp
No Reset
Out Air Temp
Delta T Temp
4-20 mA Input
None
Switch
4-20 mA Input
_HRST
Lag Unit Pump Select
1-239
0-239
2400
4800
9600
19200
38400
Equal
Staged
Automatic
Cir A Leads
Cir B Leads
Cir C Leads
ENBL/DSBL
1 to 15
ENBL/DSBL
No Pump
1 Pump Only
2 Pumps Auto
PMP 1 Manual
PMP 2 Manual
(cont)
(cont)
COMMENT
XX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XX.X
(deg F/deg C)
Last Heat Elec Backup
Quick EHS in Defrost
Elec Heating Pulldown
XX (rain)
Auto Changeover Select
RESET, DEMAND LIMIT, MASTER/SLAVE
Cooling Reset Type
-_LAGP
RANGE
TABLES
DSBL
NO PUMP
49
hal
50
50
50
31,32,
16, 49
16, 49
49
50
APPENDIX
A --
LOCAL
DISPLAY
TABLES
(cont)
MODE -- TIMECLOCK
ITEM
EXPANSION
UNITS
TIME
-_HH.MM
TIME OF DAY
Hour and Minute
DATE
-_MNTH
DAY, DATE
Month
-_DOM
-_DAY
Day of Month
Day of Week
XX
-_ YEAR
Year of Century
SCHEDULE 1
Period 10cc/Unocc
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 20cc/Unocc
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 30cc/Unocc
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 40cc/Unocc
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 50cc/Unocc
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 60cc/Unocc
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
XX
SCH1
-_PER. 1
-_PER. 1-_OCC. 1
-_PER. 1-_UNO. 1
-_PER. 1-_MON. 1
-_PER. 1-_ TUE. 1
-_PER. I-_WED.1
-_PER. 1-_ THU. 1
-_PER. 1-_FRI. 1
-_PER. 1-_SAT. 1
-_PER. 1-_SUN. 1
-_PER. 1-_HOL. 1
-_PER.2
-_PER.2-_OCC.2
-_PER.2-_UNO.2
-_PER.2-_MON.2
-_PER.2-_ TUE.2
-_PER.2-_WED.2
-_PER.2-_ THU.2
-_PER.2-_FRI.2
-_PER.2-_SAT.2
-_PER.2-_SUN.2
-_PER.2-_HOL.2
-_PER.3
-_PER.3-_OCC.3
-_PER.3-_UNO.3
-_PER.3-_MON.3
-_PER.3-_ TUE.3
-_PER.3-_WED.3
-_PER.3-_ THU.3
-_PER.3-_FRI.3
-_PER.3-_SAT.3
-_PER.3-_SUN.3
-_PER.3-_HOL.3
-_PER.4
-_PER. 4-_OCC. 4
-_PER. 4-_U NO. 4
-_PER.4-_MON.4
-_PER.4-_TUE.4
-_PER. 4-_ WED. 4
-_PER.4-_THU.4
-_PER. 4-_FRI. 4
-_PER.4-_SAT.4
-_PER.4-_SUN.4
-_PER. 4-_HOL. 4
-_PER.5
-_PER.5-_OCC.5
-_PER.5-_UNO.5
-_PER.5-_MON.5
-_PER.5-_ TUE.5
-_PER.5-_WED.5
-_PER.5-_ THU.5
-_PER.5-_FRI.5
-_PER.5-_SAT.5
-_PER.5-_SUN.5
-_PER.5-_HOL.5
-_PER.6
-_PER.6-_OCC.6
-_PER.6-_UNO.6
-_PER.6-_MON.6
-_PER.6-_ TUE.6
-_PER.6-_WED.6
-_PER.6-_ THU.6
-_PER.6-_FRI.6
-_PER.6-_SAT.6
-_PER.6-_SUN.6
-_PER.6-_HOL.6
*Password
XX.XX
RANGE
COMMENT
WRITE
STATUS
CCN TABLE
CCN POINT
00.00-23.59
forcible*
N/A
HH.MM
1=January
2=February
3=March
4-April
5=May
6=June
7=July
8=August
9-September
lO=October
11=November
12=December
1-31
1=Monday
2-Tuesday
3=Wednesday
4-Thursday
5=Friday
6=Saturday
7=Sunday
00-99
forcible*
N/A
MNTH
forcible*
forcible*
N/A
N/A
DOM
DAY
forcible*
N/A
YEAR
PAG E
NO.
29, 30
Sel
XX.XX
XX.XX
00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
OCCTOD1
UNOCTOD1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOWl
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
OCClP01S
OCClP01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCClP01S
OCClP01S
OCClP01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCClP01S
OCClP01S
OCClP01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCClP01S
XX.XX
XX.XX
00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
XX.XX
XX.XX
00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
XX.XX
XX.XX
00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
OCClP01S
OCClP01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCCTOD4
UNOCTOD4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
XX.XX
XX.XX
00;00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
OCClP01S
OCClP01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCCTOD5
UNOCTOD5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
XX.XX
XX.XX
00;00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
OCClP01S
OCClP01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCCTOD6
UNOCTOD6
DOW6
Sel
Sel
OCCTOD2
UNOCTOD2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
OCCTOD3
UNOCTOD3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
Sel
Sel
Sel
protected.
9?
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
APPENDIX
A --
LOCAL
DISPLAY
TABLES
(cont)
MODE -- TIMECLOCK (cont)
ITEM
SCH1
-_PER.7
-_PER.7-_OCC.7
-_PER.7-_UNO.7
-_PER.7-_MON. 7
-_PER.7-_TUE.7
-_PER.7-_WED.7
-_PER.7-_THU.7
-_PER.7-_FRL 7
-_PER.7-_SAT. 7
-_PER.7-_SUN.7
-_PER.7-_HOL.7
-_PER.8
-_PER.8-_OCC.8
-_PER.8-_UNO.8
-_PER.8-_MON.8
-_PER.8-_TUE.8
-_PER.8-_WED.8
-_PER.8-_THU.8
-_PER.8-_FRL8
-_PER.8-_SAT.8
-_PER.8-_SUN.8
-_PER.8-_HOL.8
SCH2
-_PER. 1
-_PER. 1-_OCC. 1
-_PER. 1-_UNO. 1
-_PER. 1-_MON. 1
-_PER. 1-_ TUE. 1
-_PER. I-_WED.1
-_PER. I-_ THU.1
-_PER. 1-_FRL 1
-_PER. 1-_SAT. 1
-_PER. 1-_SUN. 1
-_PER. 1-_HOL. 1
-_PER.2
-_PER.2-_OCC.2
-_PER.2-_UNO.2
-_PER.2-_MON.2
-_PER.2-_TUE.2
-_PER.2-_WED.2
-_PER.2-_THU.2
-_PER.2-_FRL2
-_PER.2-_SAT.2
-_PER.2-_SUN.2
-_PER.2-_HOL.2
-_PER.3
-_PER.3-_OCC.3
-_PER.3-_UNO.3
-_PER.3-_MON.3
-_PER.3-_TUE.3
-_PER.3-_WED.3
-_PER.3-_THU.3
-_PER.3-_FRL3
-_PER.3-_SAT.3
-_PER.3-_SUN.3
-_PER.3-_HOL.3
-_PER.4
-_PER.4-_OCC.4
-_PER.4-_UNO.4
-_PER.4-_MON.4
-_PER.4-_TUE.4
-_PER.4-_WED.4
-_PER.4-_THU.4
-_PER.4-_FRL 4
-_PER.4-_SAT.4
-_PER.4-_SUN.4
-_PER.4-_HOL.4
-_PER.5
-_PER.5-_OCC.5
-_PER.5-_UNO.5
-_PER.5-_MON.5
-_PER.5-_TUE.5
-_PER.5-_WED.5
-_PER.5-_THU.5
-_PER.5-_FRL5
-_PER.5-_SAT.5
-_PER.5-_SUN.5
-_PER.5-_HOL.5
-_PER.6
-_PER.6-_OCC.6
-_PER.6-_UNO.6
-_PER.6-_MON.6
-_PER.6-_TUE.6
-_PER.6-_WED.6
-_PER.6-_THU.6
-_PER.6-_FRL6
-_PER.6-_SAT.6
-_PER.6-_SUN.6
-_PER.6-_HOL.6
EXPANSION
SCHEDULE 1
Period 70cc/Unocc
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 8 ©cc/Unocc
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
SCHEDULE 2
Period 10cc/Unocc
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 2 ©cc/Unocc
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 3 ©cc/Unocc
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 4 ©cc/Unocc
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 50cc/Unocc
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 6 ©cc/Unocc
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
UNITS
RANGE
COMMENT
WRITE
STATUS
CCN TABLE
CCN POINT
PAGE
NO.
Sel
XX.XX
XX.XX
00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
OCCTOD7
UNOCTOD7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
OCCP01S
©CCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
©CCP01S
OCCP01S
©CCP01S
©CCP01S
©CCP01S
©CCP01S
©CCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
XX.XX
XX.XX
00:00-23;59
00:00-23;59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
XX.XX
XX.XX
00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
©CCTOD1
UN©CTOD1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
XX.XX
XX.XX
00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCCTOD
UNOCTOD2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
XX.XX
XX.XX
00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCCTOD
UNOCTOD3
DOW3
XX.XX
XX.XX
00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCCTOD4
UNOCTOD4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
XX.XX
XX.XX
00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCCTOD5
UNOCTOD5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
XX.XX
XX.XX
00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCCTOD6
UNOCTOD6
DOW6
Sel
OCCTOD8
UNOCTOD8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
29
Sel
Sel
Sel
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
Sel
Sel
Sel
98
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
APPENDIX
A --
LOCAL
DISPLAY
MODE -- TIMECLOCK
ITEM
-_PER. 7
-_PER. 7-_0CC. 7
-_PER. 7-_UNO. 7
-_PER. 7-_MON.7
-_PER. 7-* TUE. 7
-_PER.7-_WED.7
-_PER.7-_THU.7
-_PER.7-_FRI.7
-_PER. 7-_SAT. 7
-_PER.7-_SUN.7
-_PER.7-_HOL.7
-_PER.8
-_PER.8-_OCC.8
-_PER.8-_UNO.8
-_PER.8-_MON.8
-_PER.8-_ TUE.8
-_PER.8-_WED.8
-_PER.8-_ THU.8
-_PER.8-_FRI.8
-_PER.8-_SAT.8
-_PER.8-_SUN.8
-_PER.8-_HOL.8
EXPANSION
Period 70cc/Unocc
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 80cc/Unocc
UNITS
TABLES
(cont)
(cont)
RANGE
COMMENT
WRITE
STATUS
CCN TABLE
CCN POINT
OCC2P02S
OCCTOD7
UNOCTOD7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
Sel
XX.XX
XX.XX
00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
XX.XX
XX.XX
00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
HOLI
-_HOL. 1
-_HOL. 1 -_MON. 1
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
HOLIDAYS*
Holiday 1 Configuration
Holiday Start Month
forcible
HOLDY
01
HOL MON
-_HOL.
-_HOL.
-_HOL.
-_HOL.
Holiday
Holiday
Holiday
Holiday
XX
XX
1=January
2-February
3=March
4=April
5=May
6=June
7=July
8-August
9=September
10-Octobe r
11=November
12=December
1 to31
1 to 99
forcible
forcible
HOLDY
HOLDY
01
01
HOLDAY
HOLLEN
See
forcible
HOLDY
02
HOLMON
forcible
HOLDY
02
HOLDAY
forcible
HOLDY
02
HOLLEN
forcible
HOLDY
16
forcible
HOLDY
16
forcible
HOLDY
16
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
SERMAINT
1 -_DAY 1
1 -_DUR. 1
1 -_HOL.2
1 -_MON.2
Sel
Start Day
Duration in Days
2 Configuration
Start Month
HOL.I-_MON.1
See
HOL.I-_DAY.1
See
HOL.I-_DUR.1
Holiday Start Day
Holiday Duration in Days
-_HOL. 16-_H0.16
-_,HOL. 16-_M0.16
Holiday 16 Configuration
Holiday Start Month
-_HOL. 16-_DA. 16
Holiday Start Day
-_HOL. 16-_DU. 16
Holiday Duration in Days
MCFG
-_AL.SV
-_CHRG
-_ WA TE
-_PMP. 1
-_PMP.2
-_PMP.3
-_PMP.4
-_W.FIL
-_A.FIL
-_B.FIL
-_C.FIL
-_RS.S V
SERVICE MAINTENANCE
Service Warning Select
Refrigerant Charge
Water Loop Size
Pump 1 (days)
Pump 2 (days)
Cond Pump 1 (days)
Cond Pump 2 (days)
Water Filter (days)
Comp A Oil Filter (days)
Comp B Oil Filter (days)
Comp C Oil Filter (days)
Servicing Alert Reset
*Holidays
PAGE
NO,
See
HOL.I_MON.1
See
HOL.I_DAY.1
See
HOL.I_DUR.1
OCCTOD8
UNOCTOD8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
CONFIGURATION
range from 1-16. Item has same structure,
XXXX (days)
XXXX (days)
XXXX (days)
XXXX (days)
XXXX (days)
XXXX (days)
XXXX (days)
XXXX (days)
8O
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
0-65,500
0-65,500
0-65,500
0-65,500
0-65,500
0-65,500
0-65,500
0-65,500
0=Default
1=Refrigerant Charge
2-Water loop size
3=Not used
4=Pump 1
5=Pump 2
6=Reclaim Pump (not used)
7=Reclaim Pump (not used)
8-Water Filter
9=Compressor A Oil Filter
10=Compressor
B Oil Filter
11=Compressor
C Oil Filter
12=Reset All
with the only difference
DEFAULT=NO
DEFAULT=NO
DEFAULT=NO
DEFAULT-0
DEFAULT-0
DEFAULT-0
DEFAULT-0
DEFAULT=0
DEFAULT=0
DEFAULT=0
DEFAULT-0
DEFAULT-0
being the two number identifier.
99
s alert
chargea
wloop c
pumplc
pump2c
hpumpl
c
hpump2 c
wfilte c
ofiltac
ofiltbc
ofiltc c
s reset
41
APPENDIX
A --
LOCAL
DISPLAY
TABLES
(cont)
MODE -- OPERATING MODE
ITEM
EXPANSION*
UNITS
SLCT
-_OPER
OPERATING CONTROL TYPE
Operating Control Type
-_SP.SE
Setpoint Select
_HGSE
Heat Cool Select
-_RL.SE
Reclaim Select
MODE*
-eMD01
-eMD02
-eMD03
-eMD04
-_MD05
-_MD06
OPERATING MODES
First Active Mode
Second Active Mode
Third Active Mode
Fourth Active Mode
Fifth Active Mode
Sixth Active Mode
RANGE
Switch Ctrl
Time Sched
CCN Control
Setpoint Occ
Setpointl
Setpoint2
4-20mA Setp
Dual Setp Sw
Cooling
Heating
Auto Chgover
Heat Cool Sw
No
Yes
Switch Ctrl
COMMENT
WRITE
STATUS
CCN TABLE
CCN POINT
PAGE
NO.
Default - Switch
Ctrl
forcible
N/A
N/A
29,
49
Default =
forcible
N/A
N/A
30,
40
forcible
GENUNIT
HC SEL
3O
forcible
GENUNIT
RECLSET
Setpoint Occ
Default = Cooling
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Default = No
Not supported.
Not supported.
0-32
0-32
0-32
0-32
0-32
0-32
MODES
MODES
MODES
MODES
MODES
MODES
*Up to six current operating modes will be displayed.
NOTE: See operating modes starting on page 49.
MODE -- ALARMS
ITEM
EXPANSION*
UNITS
R.ALM
RESET ALL CURRENT
ALRMt
CURRENTLY ACTIVE ALARMS
Current Alarm 1
Current Alarm 2
Current Alarm 3
Current Alarm 4
Current Alarm 5
H.ALM**
ALARM
RANGE
NO/YES
COMMENT
WRITE
STATUS
forcible
CCN TABLE
CCN POINT
N/A
N/A
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
alarm 1
alarm 2
alarm 3
alarm4
alarm 5
ALRMHIST
ALRMHIST
ALRMHIST
ALRMHIST
ALRMHIST
aim history
aim history
PAGE
NO.
67
ALARM HISTORY
Alarm History #1
Alarm History #2
Alarm History #49
Alarm History #50
*Expanded display will be actual alarm description.
tHistory of up to five past alarms will be displayed.
**History of fifty past alarms will be displayed,
1 O0
01
02
aim history49
aim historySO
APPENDIX
B -- CCN TABLES
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES
TABLE
ClRCAAN
CIRCA
D
ClRCBAN
CIRCE
D
DISPLAY
NAME
CIRCUIT A ANALOG VALUES
Percent Total Capacity
Discharge Pressure
Suction Pressure
Economizer Pressure
Oil Pressure
OII Pressure Difference
Motor Current
Motor Temperature
Discharge Gas Temp
Economizer Gas Temp
Saturated Condensing Trap
Saturated Suction Temp
Compressor Suction Temp
EXV Position
Head Press Actuator Pos
CIRCUIT A DISCRETE
Compressor Output
Slide Valve 1 Output
Slide Valve 2 Output
Oil Heater Output
Oil Solenoid Output
Oil Level Input
DGT Cooling Solenoid
FANS OUTPUT
Fan Output DO # 1
Fan Output DO # 2
Fan Output DO # 3
Fan Output DO # 4
Fan Output DO # 5
Fan Output DO # 6
Fan Output DO # 7
Fan Output DO # 8
Fan Staging Number
I
RANGE I UN,TSI
0- 100
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
0- 100
0- 100
%
psi
psi
psi
psi
psi
AMPS
oF
oF
oF
oF
oF
oF
%
%
PO,NT
NAME I
CAPAT
DPA
SP A
ECON P A
OPA
DOP A
CURREN A
CPTMPA
DGTA
ECO TP A
SCT A
SSTA
SUCT T A
EXV A
hd pos a
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
Low/High
ON/OFF
COMP A
SLID 1 A
SLID 2 A
OIL HT A
OIL SL A
OIL L A
GASCOOLA
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-10
fan al
fan a2
fan a3
fan a4
fan a5
fan a6
fan a7
fan a8
FAN ST A
ON/OFF
FR PMP A
FREE COOLING OUTPUT
Refrigerant Pump Out*
Circuit Heater Output*
MISCELLANEOUS
Ball Valve Position
Ball Valve Closing Out
Ball Valve Opening Out
4 Way Refrigerant Valve*
ON/OFF
FR HEATA
OPEN/CLSE
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ISO REFA
ISO CL A
CIRCUIT B ANALOG VALUES
Percent Total Capacity
Discharge Pressure
Suction Pressure
Economizer Pressure
Oil Pressure
Oil Pressure Difference
Motor Current
Motor Temperature
Discharge Gas Temp
Economizer Gas Temp
Saturated Condensing Trap
Saturated Suction Temp
Compressor Suction Temp
EXV Position
Head Press Actuator Pos
0- 100
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
_+nnn,n
_+nnn,n
_+nnn,n
0-100
0-100
CIRCUIT B DISCRETE
Compressor Output
Slide Valve 1 Output
Slide Valve 2 Output
Oil Heater Output
Oil Solenoid Output
Oil Level Input
DGT Cooling Solenoid
FANS OUTPUT
Fan Output DO # 1
Fan Output DO # 2
Fan Output DO # 3
Fan Output DO # 4
Fan Output DO # 5
Fan Output DO # 6
Fan Output DO # 7
Fan Output DO # 8
Fan Staging Number
FREE COOLING OUTPUT
Refrigerant Pump Out*
Circuit Heater Output*
MISCELLANEOUS
Ball Valve Position
Ball Valve Closing Out
Ball Valve Opening Out
4 Way Refrigerant Valve*
ooPA
%
psi
psi
psi
psi
psi
AMPS
oF
oF
oF
oF
oF
oF
%
%
CAPET
DP B
SP B
ECON P B
OP B
DOP B
CURREN B
CPTMP
B
DGT B
ECO TP B
SCT B
SSTB
SUCT T B
EXV B
hd pos b
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
Low/High
ON/OFF
COMP B
SLID 1 B
SLID 2 B
OIL HT B
OIL SL B
OIL L B
GASCOOLB
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-10
fan bl
fan b2
fan b3
fan b4
fan b5
fan b6
fan b7
fan b8
FA_ST
ON/OFF
FR PMP B
ON/OFF
OPEN/CLSE
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
FR HEATB
ISO REFB
ISO CL B
*Not supported.
101
B
ooPB
WR,TE
STATUS
APPENDIX
B --
CCN TABLES
(cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
ClRCC
ClRCC
AN
D
DISPLAY NAME
CIRCUIT C ANALOG VALUES
Percent Total Capacity
Discharge Pressure
Suction Pressure
Economizer Pressure
Oil Pressure
Oil Pressure Difference
Motor Current
Motor Temperature
Discharge Gas Temp
Economizer Gas Temp
Saturated Condensing Tmp
Saturated Suction Temp
Compressor Suction Temp
EXV Position
Head Press Actuator Pos
CIRCUIT C DISCRETE
Compressor Output
Slide Valve 1 Output
Slide Valve 2 Output
Oil Heater Output
Oil Solenoid Output
Oil Level Input
DGT Cooling Solenoid
FANS OUTPUT
Fan Output DO # 1
Fan Output DO # 2
Fan Output DO # 3
Fan Output DO # 4
Fan Output DO # 5
Fan Output DO # 6
Fan Output DO # 7
Fan Output DO # 8
Fan Staging Number
FREE COOLING OUT
Refrigerant Pump Out*
Circuit Heater Output*
MISCELLANEOUS
Ball Valve Position
Ball Valve Closing Out
Ball Valve Opening Out
4 Way Refrigerant Valve*
FAN HOURS
FAN OPERATING HOURS
Circuit A Fan #1 Hours
Circuit A Fan #2 Hours
Circuit A Fan #3 Hours
Circuit A Fan #4 Hours
Circuit A Fan #5 Hours
Circuit A Fan #6 Hours
Circuit A Fan #7 Hours
Circuit A Fan #8 Hours
Circuit A Fan #9 Hours
Circuit A Fan #10 Hours
Circuit B Fan #1 Hours
Circuit B Fan #2 Hours
Circuit B Fan #3 Hours
Circuit B Fan #4 Hours
Circuit B Fan #5 Hours
Circuit B Fan #6 Hours
Circuit B Fan #7 Hours
Circuit B Fan #8 Hours
Circuit B Fan #9 Hours
Circuit B Fan #10 Hours
Circuit C Fan #1 Hours
Circuit C Fan #2 Hours
Circuit C Fan #3 Hours
Circuit C Fan #4 Hours
Circuit C Fan #5 Hours
Circuit C Fan #6 Hours
Circuit C Fan #7 Hours
Circuit C Fan #8 Hours
Circuit C Fan #9 Hours
Circuit C Fan #10 Hours
I
RANGE I UNITSI
0-100
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn,n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn,n
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
0-100
0-100
%
psi
psi
psi
psi
psi
AMPS
oF
oF
oF
oF
oF
oF
%
%
POINT
NAMEI
CAPCT
DP C
SP C
ECON P C
OP C
DOP C
CURl:tEN C
CP TMP C
DGT C
ECO TP C
SCT C
SST C
SUCT T C
EXV C
hd pos c
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Low/High
On/Off
COMP C
SLID 1 C
SLID 2 C
OIL HT C
OILSLC
OILLC
GASCOOLC
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
0-10
fan cl
fan c2
fan c3
fan c4
fan c5
fan c6
fan c7
fan c8
FAN ST C
On/Off
On/Off
FR PMP C
FR HEATC
OPEN/CLSE
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
ISO REFC
ISO CL C
ISO OP C
RV
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
*Not supported.
102
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hrfanal
hrfana2
hrfana3
hrfana4
hrfana5
hrfana6
hrfana7
hrfana8
hr fana9
hrfanal0
hrfanbl
hrfanb2
hrfanb3
hrfanb4
hrfanb5
hrfanb6
hrfanb7
hrfanb8
hr fanb9
hrfanbl0
hrfancl
hrfanc2
hrfanc3
hrfanc4
hrfanc5
hrfanc6
hrfanc7
hrfanc8
hrfanc9
hrfancl0
WRITE
STATUS
APPENDIX
B --
CCN TABLES
(cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
GENUNIT
DISPLAY NAME
Control Point
Controlled Water Temp
External Temperature
Emergency Stop
Startup Delay in Effect
Second Setpoint in Use
Reset in Effect
Demand Limit Active
Ramp Loading Active
Cooler Heater Active
Cooler Pumps Rotation
Pump Periodic Start
Night Low Noise Active
System Manager Active
Master Slave Active
Auto Changeover Active
Free Cooling Active
Reclaim Active
Electric Heat Active
Heating Low EWT Lockout
Condenser Pumps Rotation
Ice Mode in Effect
Defrost Active On Cir A
Defrost Active On Cir B
Low Suction Circuit A
Low Suction Circuit B
Low Suction Circuit C
High DGT Circuit A
High DGT Circuit B
High DGT Circuit C
High Pres Override Cir A
High Pres Override Cir B
High Pres Override Cir C
Low Superheat Circuit A
Low Superheat Circuit B
Low Superheat Circuit C
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
YedNo
YedNo
YedNo
YedNo
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
YedNo
YedNo
YedNo
YedNo
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
YedNo
Run Status
CCN Chiller Start/Stop
Chiller Occupied?
Minutes Left for Start
Heat/Cool Status
Heat/Cool
Select
Heat Reclaim Select
Free Cooling Selct
Alarm State
Current Alarm 1
Current Alarm 2
Current Alarm 3
Current Alarm 4
Current Alarm 5
Percent Total Capacity
Active Demand Limit Val
Lag Capacity Limit Value
Actual Chiller Current
Chiller Current Limit
Current Setpoint
Setpoint Occupied?
Setpoint Control
MODES
RANGE
L-Off-Local Off
(ComfortLink Controls- On/Off Switch-Opened)
L-On-Local On
L-Sched-Local On/Off State based on Time Schedules
CCN-Unit is in CCN Control
Remote-On/Off Based on Remote Contact
(not applied to ComfortLink Display)
Master-Unit Operation in Lead/Lag and it is a Master
Local
CCN
Remote
0 - Off
1 - Running
2 = Stopping
3 = Delay
4 = Tripout
5 - Ready
6 - Override
7 - Defrost
8 - Run Test
9 = Test
Enable/Disable
YedNo
0-15
0 - Cool
1 - Heat
2 = Stand-by
3 = Both
0 = Cool
1 = Heat
2 = Auto
YedNo
YedNo
0 = Normal
1 - Partial
2 - Shutdown
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnn
nnn
nnn
nnn
nnn
_+nnn.n
Yes/No
Setpt 1
Setpt 2
Ice sp
4-20mA
Auto
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
Enable/Disable
Operating Type
Control Type
*Not supported.
tThe forced value will be used.
103
UNITS
POINT NAME
WRITE STATUS
OPERTYP
ctr type
STATUS
rain
%
%
%
amps
amps
°F
CHILS
S
CHILOCC
rain left
HEATCOOL
forcible
forcible
HC SEL
forcible
RECL SEL
FC DSBLE
ALM
forcible*
forcible
alarm 1
alarm 2
alarm 3
alarm4
alarm 5
CAP T
DEM LIM
LAG LIM
TOT CURR
CURR LIM
SP
SP OCC
sp ctrl
°F
°F
°F
CTRL PNT
CTRLWT
OAT
EMSTOP
---------------------------------
Mode 01
Mode 02
Mode 03
Mode 04
Mode 05
Mode 06
Mode 07
Mode 08
Mode 09
Mode 10
Mode 11
Mode 12
Mode 13
Mode 14
Mode 15
Mode 16
Mode 17
Mode 18
Mode 19
Mode20
Mode21
Mode22
Mode23
Mode24
Mode25
Mode26
Mode27
Mode28
Mode29
Mode 30
Mode 31
Mode 32
forcible*
forciblet
forcible
forcible
forcible*
forcible
APPENDIX
B --
CON TABLES
(cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
RECLAIM*
STATEGEN
STRTHOUR
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
Heat Reclaim Select
Reclaim Condenser Pump
Reclaim Condenser Flow
Reclaim Condenser Heater
Reclaim Entering Fluid
Reclaim Leaving Fluid
Reclaim Fluid Setpeint
Reclaim Valve Position
Yes/no
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
HEAT RECLAIM CIRCUIT A
Reclaim Status Circuit A
Pumpdown Pressure Cir A
Sub Condenser Temp Cir A
Pumpdown Saturated Trap A
Subceeling Temperature A
Air Cond Entering Valv A
Water Cond Enter Valve A
Air Cond Leaving Valve A
Water Cond Leaving Val A
n
±nnn,n
±nnn,n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
On/Off
On/Off
OnlOff
On/Off
HEAT RECLAIM CIRCUIT B
Reclaim Status Circuit B
Pumpdown Pressure Cir B
Sub Condenser Temp Cir B
Pumpdown Saturated Trap B
Subcoeling Temperature B
Air Cond Entering Valv B
Water Cond Enter Valve B
Air Cend Leaving Valve B
Water Cond Leaving Val B
n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
On/Off
On/Off
OnlOff
OnlOff
UNIT DISCRETE IN
On/Off - Remote Switch
Remote Heat/Cool Switch
Current Control
UNITS
°F
°F
°F
%
psi
oF
oF
^F
psi
oF
oF
^F
POINT NAME
RECL SEL
CONDPUMP
CONDFLOW
cend htr
HR EWT
HR LWT
RSP
hr v_os
hrstat b
PDPB
hr subtb
hr sat b
hr subcb
hr ea b
hr ew b
hr lab
hr Iw b
ONOFF SW
HC SW
on ctrl
Remote Reclaim Switch
Remote Setpoint Switch
Limit Switch 1 Status
Limit Switch 2 Status
Occupied Override Switch
Ice Done Storage Switch
Cooler Flow Switch
Cooler Pump Run Status*
Condenser Flow Status*
Remote Interlock Status
Electrical Box Interlock*
UNIT DISCRETE OUT
Electrical Heat Stage*
Cooler Pump #1 Command*
Cooler Pump #2 Command*
Rotate Cooler Pumps ?*
Condenser Pump #1 Out*
Condenser Pump #2 Out*
Rotate Condenser Pumps?*
Cooler Heater Command
Shutdown Indicator State
Alarm Relay Status
Alert Relay Status
Ready or Running Status
Running Status
0-4/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Yes/No
On/Off
On/Off
Yes/No
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
EHS STEP
CPUMP 1
CPUMP2
ROTCPUMP
HPUMP 1
HPUMP2
ROTHPUMP
COOLHEAT
SHUTDOWN
ALARMOUT
ALERT
READY
RUNNING
On/Off
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nn.n
±nn.n
±nn.n
RECLSW
SETP SW
LIM SW1
LIM SW2
OCC OVSW
ICE SW
FLOW SW
CPUMPDEF
CONDFLOW
REM LOCK
ELECBOX
oF
oF
oF
oF
oF
oF
oF
ma
ma
volts
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
hours
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
nnnnn
nnnnn
SET FLOW
COOL EWT
COOL LWT
COND EWT
COND LWT
HEATER
SPACETMP
CHWSTEMP
SP RESET
LIM ANAL
CAPT 010
HR MACH
st mach
HR CP A
stcpa
HR CP B
stcpb
HR CP C
st cp c
hr
hr
hr
hr
cpuml
cpum2
hpuml
hpum2
nb def a
nb def b
*Not supported.
104
forcible
hrstat a
PD PA
hr subta
hr sat a
hr subca
hr ea a
hr ew a
hr la a
hr Iw a
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
Off, On Cool, On Heat,
On Auto
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
On/Off
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
UNIT ANALOG
Cooler Flow Setpoint Out*
Cooler Entering Fluid
Cooler Leaving Fluid
Condenser Entering Fluid*
Condenser Leaving Fluid*
Cooler Heater Temp
Optional Space Temp
CHWS Temperature
Reset/Setpnt
4-20mA Sgnl
Limit 4-20mA Signal
Chiller Capacity Signal
Machine Operating Hours
Machine Starts Number
Compressor A Hours
Compressor A Starts
Compressor B Hours
Compressor B Starts
Compressor C Hours
Compressor C Starts
WATER PUMPS*
Cooler Pump #1 Hours
Cooler Pump #2 Hours
Condenser Pump #1 Hours
Condenser Pump #2 Hours
DEFROST CYCLES*
Circuit A Defrost Numer
Circuit B Defrost Number
WRITE STATUS
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
APPENDIX
B --
CON TABLES
CONFIGURATION
TABLE
Ctrl
DISPLAY NAME
ID
ALARMDEF
BRODEFS
(cont)
TABLES
RANGE
Device Name
Description
8 chars
24 chars
Location
Software Part Number
Model Number
Serial Number
Reference Number
24 chars
16 chars
20 chars
12 chars
24 chars
Alarm Routing Control
Alarm Equipment Priority
Comm Failure RetryTime
Realarm Time
Alarm System Name
Activate
0-11111111
0-7
1-240
1-255
8 chars
DEFAULT
PD5 RBRQ
PRO-DIALOG
30RB&30HP
UNITS
POINT NAME
5
CSA-SR-20C4600nn
0-Unused
1-Broadcast time,
date, holiday flag and
OAT
2=For Standalone
chiller. Daylight savings
time & holiday determination will be done
without broadcasting
through the bus.
00000000
4
10
30
PRO RGRW
2
rain
rain
--
ALRM CNT
EQP TYP
RETRY TM
RE ALARM
ALRM NAM
Ccnbroad
OAT Broadcast
00
Bus # 0 to 239
DAYLIGHT SAVING SELECT
ENTERING
Month
Day of week* (1 =Monday)
Week Number of Montht
LEAVING
Month
Day of week* (1 =Monday)
Week Number of Montht
HOLIDAY/HOLDY01
to
HOLDY16S
OCCDEFCS/
OCCPC01S and
OCCPC02S
S
Holiday Start Month
Start Day
Duration (days)
Timed Override Hours
Period 1 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 2 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 3 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 4 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 5 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 6 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 7 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 8 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Oatbusnm
Element #0 to 239
Oatlocad
Disable/Enable
1 to 12
1 to7
1 to5
dayl sel
Startmon
Startdow
Startwom
to 12
to 7
to 5
isable
10
0-12
0-31
0-99
o
o
o
Stopmon
Stoptdow
stopwom
HOL MON
HOL DAY
HOL LEN
0-4
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
o
11111111
00:00
24:00
11111111
oo:oo
oo:oo
oooooooo
00:00
oo:oo
oooooooo
00:00
oo:oo
oooooooo
00:00
00:00
oooooooo
oo:oo
oo:oo
oooooooo
00:00
oo:oo
oooooooo
00:00
oo:oo
©VR EXT
DOWl
©CCTOD1
UN©CTOD1
DOW1
©CCTOD1
UNOCTOD2
DOW3
©CCTOD3
UN©CTOD3
DOW4
©CCTOD4
UN©CTOD4
DOW5
©CCTOD5
UNOCTOD5
DOW6
OCCTOD6
UN©CTOD6
DOW7
OCCTOD7
UN©CTOD7
DOW8
©CCTOD8
UNOCTOD8
*Day of week where daylight savings time will occur in the mornim
(at
2:00 am). Daylight savings time occurs on Sunday (7) morning, 1 hour shall
be added when entering and 1 hour subtracted when leaving.
tDate once selected (from 1) shall occur in the week number entered. 1 : If day
of week selected is 7 (Sunday) time change will occur the first Sunday (week
number 1 in the month. 5: If day of week selected is 7 (Sunday) time change
will occur the last Sunday of the month (week number 4 or 5).
NOTE: nn is software
105
version.
APPENDIX
B --
CON TABLES
CONFIGURATION
TABLE
DISPCONF
DISPLAY NAME
Metric Display on STDU
Language Selection
TABLES (cent)
RANGE
TABLE
DISPLAY NAME
MASTER SLAVE CONTROL
Master/Slave Select
Master Control Type
Slave Address
Lead Lag Select
Lead/Lag Balance Delta
Lag Start Timer
Lead Pulldown Time
Start if Error Higher
Lag Minimum Running Time
Lag Unit Pump Control
Chiller in Series
DEFAULT
Yes/No
0=English
l=Espanol
2-Francais
3=Portugues
4=Translated
UNITS
POINT NAME
DISPUNIT
LANGUAGE
No
0
NOTES:
1. Enter unit size. This item allows the controls to determine capacity of each
compressor and the total number of fans on each circuit based on a compressor arrangement array (can be viewed in table FACTORY2). It is net
necessary to enter compressor capacity and number of fans on each circuit, See Tables 1A and 1B in the 30XA Installation Instructions for more
information.
2. Number of fans controlled directly by a variable speed fan actuator using 0
to 10 vdc signal, This will enable the controls to determine the remaining
discrete fan staging outputs from the total fans on each circuit.
MST SLV
(cent)
3. Used for extra functions with the purpose of energy management such as
occupancy override switch, ice storage, setpoint reset, and demand limit.
4. Compressor
capacity will be automatically
be determined if unit size
entered in FACTORY1 table matches the values in the unit compressor
configuration table,
5. Total number of fans includes fans controlled by a variable speed fan. This
value will be automatically populated if unit size entered in FACTORY1
table matches the values in the unit compressor configuration table.
RANGE
0=Disable
1=Master
2-Slave
1-Local Control
2-Remote Control
3=CCN Control
1 to 236
0=Always Lead
1-Lag Once
Failed Only
2-Lead/Lag
Runtime Sec
40 to 400
2 to 30
0 to 60
O=Stop if Unit Stops
1=Run if Unit Stops
YedNo
106
DEFAULT
UNITS
POINT NAME
0
ms sel
1
ms ctrl
2
0
slv addr
lead sel
168
10
0
4 ° AF
0 min
0
No
hours
min
minutes
II bald
Istr tim
lead pul
startdlt
lag mini
lag pump
II serie
APPENDIX
B --
CON TABLES
CONFIGURATION
TABLE
USER
DISPLAY NAME
TABLES (cont)
RANGE
DEFAULT
0
mA For 100% Demand Limit
mA For 0% Demand Limit
Current Limit Select
Current Limit at 100%
Heating OAT Threshold
Boiler OAT Threshold
Free Cooling OAT Limit*
Elec Stage OAT Threshold*
1 Elec Stage for backup*
Electrical Pulldown Time*
Quick EHS for Defrost*
0-3
0=Auto,
I=A Lead
2-B Lead,
3 =C Lead
No/Yes
No/Yes
1-15
0/1/2/3/4
0-4
0=No Pump
1=One Pump Only
2=Two Pumps Auto
3=Pump#1 Manual
4=Pump#2 Manual
24-3000
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
0-4
0-4
1 =OAT,
0=None
2=Delta T,
3=4-20mA Control
4-Space Temp
0-2
0=None
1=Switch Control
2=4-20mA Control
0-20
0-20
No/Yes
0 to 2000
-4-32
5-59
-4-37.4
23-70
No/Yes
0-60
No/Yes
NIGHT CONTROL
Start Hour
End Hour
Capacity Limit
Ice Mode Enable
Reverse Alarms Relay
Pass For All User Config
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0-100
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
00:00
00:00
100
No
No
Circuit Loading Sequence
Staged Loading Sequence
Ramp Loading Select
Unit Off to On Delay
Condenser Pumps Sequence
Cooler Pumps Sequence
Pump Auto Rotation Delay*
Pump Sticking Protection*
Stop Pump During Standby*
Flow Checked if C Pump Off
Auto Changeover Select*
Cooling Reset Select
Heating Reset Select*
Demand Limit Type Select
NOTES:
1. Flow checked if pump off needed when a command is sent to the primary
pump to prevent cooler from freezing in winter conditions. Command will
set the cooler flow switch to closed while the controls stop the cooler
pump. The controls may then generate an alarm. If this decision is active,
the cooler flow switch is not checked when the cooler pump is stopped.
2. If cooling reset select set point has been selected the set point based on
4-20mA input signal through ComfortLink TM control, then a 4-20 mA reset
(cont)
UNITS
No
No
1
0
0
48
No
No
Yes
No
0
0
POINT NAME
lead cir
Min
hours
seqtyp
ramp sel
off on d
hpumpseq
pump seq
pump del
pump per
pump sby
pump Ioc
auto sel
cr sel
hrsel
lira sel
0
0
No
2000
5
14
32
41
No
0
No
No
ma
ma
amps
oF
oF
oF
oF
minutes
%
lim mx
lim ze
curr sel
curr ful
heat th
boil th
free oat
ehsth
ehs back
ehs pull
ehs defr
nh start
nh end
nh cnfg
ice cnfg
al rever
al/pass
function shall be ignored. Configuration 3 (4-20mA Control) and 4 (Space
Temperature) shall require an Energy Management Module.
3. Configuration
2 (4-20mA Control) shall require an Energy Management
Module. Configuration 1 Switch Demand limit provides 3 step demand limit
if an Energy Management Module is present. Otherwise, only one step is
allowed.
4. Reverse Alarms Relay configuration will be deenergized when an alarm
and alert relay is present and will be energized when no alarm is present.
107
APPENDIX
B --
CCN TABLES
SETPOINT CONFIGURATION
TABLE
SETPOINT
DISPLAY
(cont)
TABLES
RANGE
NAME
DEFAULT
UNITS
POINT NAME
COOLING
oF
oF
oF
oF
oF
Cooling Setpoint
1
Cooling Setpoint 2
Cooling Ice Setpoint
OAT No Reset Value
OAT Full Reset Value
Delta T No Reset Value
Delta T Full Reset Value
Current No Reset Value
Current Full Reset Value
Space T No Reset Value
SpaceT
Full Reset Value
Cooling Reset Deg. Value
Cooling Ramp Loading
HEATING*
-20-70
-20-70
-20-70
14-125
14-125
0-25
0-25
0-20
0-20
14-125
14-125
-30-30
0.2-2,0
44.0
44.0
44.0
14.0
14.0
O.O
O.O
O.O
O.O
14,0
14.0
O.O
1.0
Heating Setpoint
1
Heating Setpoint
2
OAT No Reset Value
OAT Full Reset Value
Delta T No Reset Value
Delta T Full Reset Value
Current No Reset Value
Current Full Reset Value
80-140
80-140
14-125
14-125
0-25
0-25
0-20
0-20
-30-30
0.2-2,0
100.0
100,0
14.0
14.0
O.O
O.O
O.O
O.O
O.O
1.0
oF
oF
oF
oF
AF
AF
ma
ma
AF
^F
hspl
hsp2
oathr
no
oathr
fu
dt hr no
dt hr fu
v hr no
v hr fu
39-122
32-115
75.0
64.0
oF
oF
cauto
0-100
0-100
0-100
95-140
5-27
80to 120
100
100
100
122.0
9.0
86
%
%
%
oF
oF
oF
limspl
limsp2
limsp3
rsp
hr deadb
Heating
Heating
Reset Deg. Value
Ramp Loading
AUTO CHANGEOVER*
Cool Changeover
Setpt
Heat Changeover
MISCELLANEOUS
Setpt
Switch Limit Setpoint
Switch Limit Setpoint
Switch Limit Setpoint
Reclaim Setpoint*
Reclaim Deadband*
Water
Val Condensing
1
2
3
Stp*
cspl
;sp2
mesp
oatcrno
oatcr fu
dtcrno
dtcr
fu
v crno
v crfu
AF
AF
ma
ma
oF
oF
AF
AF
spacrno
spacr
fu
cr deg
cramp_sp
hr deg
hramp_sp
sp
hauto_sp
w_sct_sp
*Not supported.
MAINTENANCE
TABLE
BOARD PN
DISPLAY
NAME
EXV Board Circuit A
EXV Board Circuit B
EXV Board Circuit C
AUX Board #1 Part Number
AUX Board #2 Part Number
AUX Board #3 Part Number
AUX Board #4 Part Number
AUX Board #5 Part Number
EMM NRCP2 Board
Reclaim NRCP2 Board
TCPM Board Comp A
Must Trip Amps
$1 Config Switch (8 to 1)
TCPM Board Comp B
Must Trip Amps
$1 Config Switch (8 to 1)
TCPM Board Comp C
Must Trip Amps
CUR
S1 Con% Switch (8 to 1)
Current Phase 1 Comp A
Current Phase 2 Comp A
Current Phase 3 Comp A
Current Phase 1 Comp B
Current Phase 2 Comp B
Current Phase 3 Comp B
Current Phase 1 Comp C
Current Phase 2 Comp C
Current Phase 3 Comp C
CIR A DEFROST
CONTROL
Exchanger
Frost Factor
Next Sequence
Allowed in
Defrost Active?
PHASE
DEFROSTM*
Defrost
Defrost
Temperature
Duration
Fan Sequence
Started ?
Override
State
Mean SST Calculation
Delta: OAT - Mean SST
Reference
Delta
Delta - Reference
Delta
Frost Integrator
Gain
Defrost Fan Start Cal A
Defrost Fan Offset Cal A
CIR B DEFROST
DISPLAY TABLES
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
0-600
00000000
nnnn
0-600
00000000
XXXXXXXX
0-600
00000000
for display
onl_
Forcing
amps
O
amps
O
0-600
0-600
0-600
0-600
0-600
0-600
0-600
0-600
0-600
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
cpc_sl_m
cpacurl
cpacur2
cpacur3
cpbcurl
cpbcur2
cpbcur3
cpccurl
cpccur2
cpc_cur3
0-100
nnn
True/False
_+nnn.n
nnn
n
nn
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
n.n
0.O0
0.O0
%
minutes
frost a
def sea
psi
mode[19]
DEFRT A
deft dua
def fa a
over d a
sst dma
delt a
delt r a
del v a
fr int a
def ca a
def_of_a
0-100
nnn
True/False
_+nnn.n
nnn
n
nn
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
n.n
0.O0
0.O0
%
minutes
frost b
def se b
oF
minutes
AF
oF
ps!
oF
minutes
oF
AF
AF
AF
ps!
psl
*Not supported.
Tables
amps
O
POINT
NAME
exv brda
exv brdb
exv brdc
aux brdl
aux brd2
aux brd3
aux_brd4
aux_brd5
emm nrcp
rec nrcp
cpa vers
cpa mtam
cpasl
m
cpb vers
cpb mtam
cpbsl
m
cpcvers
cpc mtam
CONTROL
Exchanger
Frost Factor
Next Sequence
Allowed in
Defrost Active?
Defrost Temperature
Defrost Duration
Fan Sequence
Started?
Override
State
Mean SST calculation
Delta: OAT - Mean SST
Reference
Delta
Delta - Reference
Delta
Frost Integrator
Gain
Defrost Fan Start Cal B
Defrost Fan Offset Cal B
NOTES:
UNITS
RANGE
shall not be supported
on this maintenance
screen.
108
mode[2O]
DEFRT
B
deft dub
def fa b
over d b
sst dmb
delt b
delt r b
del v b
fr int b
def ca_b
def_of_b
WRITE STATUS
APPENDIX B -- CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
FANCTRL
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
UNITS
POINT NAME
Cir A SCT Control Point
Cir A SCT Candidate
CirA Fan Cycle Counter
Cir A Optimal Fan Count
Cir B SCT Control Point
Cir B SCT Candidate
Cir B Fan Cycle Counter
Cir B Optimal Fan Count
Cir C SCT Control Point
Cir C SCT Candidate
Cir C Fan Cycle Counter
CirC Optimal Fan Count
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
oF
oF
POR
Power On 1: day-men-year
Power On 1: hour-minute
PowerDown 1 :day-men-year
PowerDown 1 :hour-minute
Power On 2: day-men-year
Power On 2: hour-minute
PowerDown 2:day-men-year
PowerDown 2:hour-minute
Power On 3: day-men-year
Power On 3: hour-minute
PowerDown 3:day-men-year
PowerDown 3:hour-minute
Power On 4: day-men-year
Power On 4: hour-minute
PowerDown 4:day-men-year
PowerDown 4:hour-minute
Power On 5: day-men-year
Power On 5: hour-minute
PowerDown 5:day-men-year
PowerDown 5:hour-minute
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
date
time
date
time
date
time
date
time
date
time
date
time
date
time
date
time
date
time
date
time
LOADFACT
CAPACITY CONTROL
Average Ctrl Water Temp
Differential Water Temp
Water Delta T
Control Point
Reset Amount
Controlled Temp Error
Actual Capacity
Actual Capacity Limit
Actual Chiller Current
Chiller Current Limit
Current At 30% Load A
Current At 30% Load B
Current At 30% Load C
Current At 100% Load A
Current At 100% Load B
Current At 100% Load C
Current Z Multiplier Val
Load/Unload Factor
Active Capacity Override
EHS CAPACITY CONTROL
EHS Ctrl Override
Requested Electric Stage
Electrical Pulldown?
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
nnn
nnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
±n.n
±nnn.n
oF
oF
^F
oF
^F
^F
%
%
lamsp
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
ctrl avg
diff wt
delta t
CTRL PNT
reset
tp error
cap t
cap lim
TOT CURR
CURR LIM
cur 30 a
cur 30 b
cur 30 c
curl00 a
curl00 b
curl00 c
LAST
EXV CTRL
oF
oF
oF
oF
sct spa
sct fu a
fancyc a
fancop a
sct sp b
sct fu b
fancyc b
fancop b
sct sp c
sct fu c
fancyc c
fancop c
on1
on1
of 1
of 1
on2
on2
of 2
of 2
on3
on3
of 3
of 3
on4
on4
of 4
of 4
on5
on5
of 5
of 5
zm
0/0
smz
nn
overcap
nn
nn
True/False
over ehs
eh stage
ehspulld
EXV CONTROL
EXV Position Circuit A
Discharge Superheat A
Suction Superheat A
Suction SH Control Pt A
Cooler Exchange DT Cir A
Cooler Pinch Ctl Point A
EXV Override Circuit A
EXV Position Circuit B
Discharge Superheat B
Suction Superheat B
Suction SH Control Pt B
Cooler Exchange DT Cir B
Cooler Pinch Ctl Point B
EXV Override Circuit B
EXV Position Circuit C
Discharge Superheat C
Suction Superheat C
Suction SH Control Pt C
Cooler Exchange DT Cir C
Cooler Pinch Ctl Point C
EXV Override Circuit C
nnn,n
nnn,n
nn,n
nn,n
nn,n
nn,n
nn
nnn,n
nnn,n
nn,n
nn,n
nn,n
nn,n
nn
nnn,n
nnn,n
nn,n
nn,n
nn,n
nn,n
nn
%
%
^F
^F
^F
^F
ECONOMIZER CONTROL
Economizer Position A
Economizer Superheat A
Economizer SH Setpoint A
EXV Override Circuit A
Economizer Position B
Economizer Superheat B
Economizer SH Setpoint B
EXV Override Circuit B
Economizer Position C
Economizer Superheat C
Economizer SH Setpoint C
EXV Override Circuit C
nnn.n
nn,n
nn,n
nn
nnn,n
nn,n
nn,n
nn
nnn,n
nn,n
nn,n
nn
%
^F
^F
%
%
^F
^F
^F
^F
%
%
^F
^F
^F
^F
EXVA
DSH A
SHA
sh spa
_inch a
pinch spa
ov exv a
EXV B
DSH B
SH B
shsp
b
_inch b
pinch spb
ov exv b
EXV C
DSH C
SH C
shsp
c
_inch c
pinch spc
OV
%
^F
^F
%
^F
^F
EXV ECA
eco sha
ecsh spa
ov eco a
EXV EC B
eco shb
ecsh spb
ov eco b
EXV EC C
eco
shc
ecsh
OV
109
exvc
eco
spc
C
WRITE STATUS
APPENDIX
B --
MAINTENANCE
TABLE
MSTSLAVE
DISPLAY
CON TABLES
DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
RANGE
NAME
MASTER/SLAVE
CONTROL
Unit is Master or Slave
(cont)
UNITS
Disable/Master/Slave
Local/Remote/CCN
True/False
Master/Slave
0=Chiller
is off
1=Valid Run State in
CCN Mode
2=Unused
for this control
3=Chiller
is in local mode
4=Power
fail restart in
Master Control Type*
Master/Slave
Ctrl Active
Lead Unit is the:
Slave Chiller Statet
progress
5=Shudown
due to fault
6=Communication
failure
0-100
1-30
_+nnnnn
Yes/No
Yes/No
nn
True/False
Slave Chiller Total Cap
Lag Start Delay**
Lead/Lag Hours Delta*
Lead/Lag Changeover?**
Lead Pulldown?
Master/Slave
Error
Max Available
Capacity?l-t
Slave Lagstat
POINT NAME
WRITE STATUS
mstslv
ms ctrl
ms activ
lead sel
slv_stat
%
minutes
hours
slv capt
strt d
II hr d
II chang
II pull
ms error
cap max
lagstat
0=Unit not configured
as a slave chiller
1=Slave pump
configuration
error
ins error=l)
2=Un t conf gured as
slave chiller with
Iwt opt=no (entering
water control) with
ump control
ag pump=0)
3=Unit configured
as slave
chillerwith
Iwt opt=yes
leaving water control
wth pump centre
(lag pump=0)
4=Unit Configured
as slave
chiller with Iwt opt=no
entering water control
wth no pump centre
(lag pump=l)
5=Unit configured
as slave
chiller with Iwt opt=yes
leaving water control
wth no pump centre
(lag_pump=l)
*Always CCN for the slave chiller.
1-Slave chiller chillstat value
**This decision
is consistent
for Master chiller only. It shall be set by default to 0 for the slave
tl-This item is true when chiller has loaded its total available capacity
tonnage.
TABLE
OCCMAINT
DISPLAY
NOTE:
LIMIT
Table for display
SERMAINTTABLE
DISPLAY
for Cooling
and Heat Pump
1 to 11: reset individually
DISPLAY
Reset
Maintenance
Alert NAME
12:
reset
all
OPERATION
Compressor
UNITS
oF
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
_+nnn.n
POINT
POINT
AF
oF
oF
oF
AF
oF
oF
oF
AF
oF
oF
NAME
WRITE STATUS
Envelope.
nn
RANGE
UNITS
POINT
SRESET
NAME
forcWRelTE
WARNINGS
0-1000/Alert/Disable
0-1000/Alert/Disable
cpumpl
cpump2
5-6 -7 -8 -9 --
0-1000/Alert
0-1000/Alert
0-1000/Alert/Disable
0-1000/Alert
0-1000/alert
hpumpl
m
hpump2_m
wfilte
m
oilfa m
oilfilb
m
0-1000/Alert
o
Condenser
Pump 1 (days)*
Condenser
Pump 2 (days)*
Water Filter (days)*
Cp A Oil Filter (days)
Cp B Oil Filter (days)
CRC
WRITE STATUS
sdt rna
sdt mra
sdtlim
a
sstma
sdt m b
sdt mrb
sdtlim
b
sstm
b
sdt mc
sdt mr c
sdtlimc
sst m c
1 -- Refrigerant
Charge
2 -- Water Loop Size
GENERAL
SERVICING
DELAYS
3--Cooler
Pump 1 (days)*
4 -- Cooler Pump 2 (days)*
10 --
NAME
MODE
PER NO
OVERLAST
OVR HRS
STRTTIME
ENDTIME
NXTOCDAY
NXTOCTIM
NXTUNDAY
NXTUNTIM
PRVUNDAY
PRVUNTIM
hours
RANGE
NAME
Discharge A Ternp Average
Discharge A Temp Rate
Discharge A Gas Limit
Suction A Temp Average
Discharge
B Temp Average
Discharge
B Temp Rate
Discharge
B Gas Limit
Suction B Temp Average
Discharge
C Temp Average
Discharge
C Temp Rate
Discharge
C Gas Limit
Suction C Temp Average
only. Used
UNITS
RANGE
0/1
1 to8
Yes/No
0-4
00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
Men-Sun
00:00-23:59
Men-Sun
00:00-23:59
Men-Sun
00:00-23:59
Current Mode (l=occup.)
Current Occp Period #
Timed-Override
in Effect
Timed-Override
Duration
Current Occupied
Time
Current Unoccupied
Time
Next Occupied
Day
Next Occupied
Time
Next Unoccupied
Day
Next Unoccupied
Time
Prev Unoccupied
Day
Prev Unoccupied
Time
TABLE
PR
NAME
chiller.
Oil Filter (days)
Normal/Low/Disable
Norma/Low/D
sab e
*Not supported.
110
I
I
charge
m
w oop_m
c_m
m
m
I
I
STATUS
APPENDIX
B --
CON TABLES
SERVICE CONFIGURATION
I
DISPLAY NAME
m
TABLE
I
RANGE
I
DEFAULT
(cont)
TABLES
I
UNITS
I
POINT NAME
I WRITE STATUS
TABLE USED FOR DISABLE COMPRESSORS
CP UNABL
CompressorA
Disable
Compressor B Disable
Compressor C Disable
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No
No
No
un cp a
un cp b
un cp c
FACTORY
Unit Type
1 (Cooling Only),
2 (Heat Pump)
3 (Water Cooled)
4 (Heat Machine)
0 to 1800
0to6
0to6
0to6
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
0to4
Yes/No
Yes/No
200 to 660
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
0-Hot gas bypass
valve (not used)
1-Used for Startup
only
2=Close Control
3=High Ambient (if
High pressure mode
is active, close control shall be active)
Yes/No
No - Use ComfortLink TM display as
user interface (factory installed)
Yes = Use High
Tiers Display as
user interface (factory installed)
0 to 9999
1
unittyp
Unit Capacity Model
NB Fans on Varifan Cir A
NB Fans on Varifan Cir B
NB Fans on Varifan Cir C
Soft Starter Select
Wye Delta Start Select
Air Cooled Reclaim Sel
Free Cooling Select
Electrical Heat Stages*
Boiler Command Select
Power Frequence 60HZ Sel
Power Supply Voltage
Energy Management Module
Cooler heater select
Condenser Water Val Sel*
Hot Gas Bypass Select
MCHX Exchanger Select
High Tiers Display Selec
Factory Password
FACTORY2
Compressor A Config
Must Trip Amps
$1 Config Switch (8 to 1)
Compressor B Config
Must Trip Amps
$1 Config Switch (8 to 1)
Compressor C Config
Must Trip Amps
$1 Config Switch (8 to 1)
Circuit A Total Fans NB
Circuit B Total Fans NB
Circuit C Total Fans NB
EXV A Maximum Steps
Numb
EXV B Maximum Steps
Numb
EXV C Maximum Steps
Numb
Economizer A Steps Numb
Economizer B Steps Numb
Economizer C Steps Numb
0 to 600
00000000 (8 position dip switch configuration)
0
0
0
0
No
No
No
No
0
No
No
volt
No
No
No
0
tons
No
Yes
mchx sel
highdisp
113
fac pass
0
0
cpa mtac
cpa sl c
0 to 600
00000000 (8 position dip switch configuration)
cpb mtac
cpb sl c
0 to 600
00000000 (8 position dip switch configuration)
2to8
2to8
0to8
0/15000
cpc mtac
cpc sl c
0
0
0
0-EXV
TABLE
DISPLAY NAME
MAINTENANCE CONFIG
Servicing Alert
Refrigerant Charge Ctrl
Water Loop Control
CPump 1 Ctl Delay (days)*
CPump 2 Ctl Delay (days)*
HPump 1 Ctrl Delay (days) *
HPump 2 Ctrl Delay (days)*
Water Filter Ctrl (days)*
Oil Filter A Ctrl (days)
Oil Filter B Ctrl (days)
Oil Filter C Ctrl (days)
nb fan a
nb fan b
nb fan c
exva max
not used
0/15000
0/15000
0/15000
0/15000
0/15000
RANGE
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
0-1000
0-1000
0-1000
0-1000
0-1000
0to 1000
0to 1000
0to 1000
exvb
max
exvc
max
eco cn_
eco cnfb
eco cnfc
3690
3690
3690
NOTES:
1. Table used to disable compressors for maintenance purposes. The capacity control will consider that these compressors (once set to YES) are failed
manually (no alarm will appear).
MAINTCFG
unitsize
varfan a
varfan b
varfan c
softstar
wye delt
recl opt
freecool
ehs sel
boil sel
fre_60H
voltage
ernm nrcp
heatsel
cond val
hgbp sel
2. All data will be re-initialized to NO" at Power on reset on units using
pro dialog display. For Comfortt_ink TM display, data shall be saved.
DEFAULT
Disable
Disable
Disable
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
*Not supported.
111
UNITS
POINT NAME
s alert
charge c
wloopc
cpumplc
cpump2c
hpumpl
c
hpump2 c
wfilte c
oilfia c
oilfib c
oilfic c
WRITE STATUS
APPENDIX
B --
CON TABLES
SERVICE CONFIGURATION
TABLE
SERVICE
DISPLAY NAME
Cooler Fluid Type
Brine Flow Switch SP
Brine Freeze Setpoint
Condenser Fluid Type
Entering Fluid Control
Prop PID Gain Varifan
Int PID Gain Varifan
Deri PID Gain Varifan
EXV A Superheat Setpoint
EXV B Superheat Setpoint
EXV C Superheat Setpoint
Pinch offset circuit A
Pinch offset circuit B
Pinch offset circuit C
EXV MOP Setpoint
High Pressure Threshold
Cooler Heater Delta Spt
Auto Start When SM Lost
Recl Valve Min Position*
Recl Valve Max Position*
Economizer SH Setpoint A
Economizer SH Setpoint B
Economizer SH Setpoint C
User Password
RANGE
1-3
1/2
Yes/No
-20.0-20,0
-5.0-5,0
20.0-20,0
5-15
5-15
5-15
-3.0-3.0
-3.0-3,0
-3.0-3,0
40-55
500-640
1-6
Enable/Disable
0-50
20-100
5-15
5-15
5-15
0-150
(cont)
TABLES
DEFAULT
UNITS
1
10
14
1
No
2.0
0,2
0.4
7,2
7,2
7.2
0
0
0
55
609
2
Disable
20
100
7,2
7,2
7,2
11
POINT NAME
WRITE STATUS
flui typ
flowsp
Iowestsp
cond typ
ewt opt
hd pg
hd ig
hd dg
sh spa
sh sp b
sh sp c
)inoff a
)inoff b
)inoff c
mop sp
hpth
heatersp
auto sm
rain 3w
max 3w
esh_p
a
esh sp b
esh sp c
use pass
°F
AF
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
°F
psi
^F
%
%
^F
^F
^F
*Not supported.
NOTE: This table shall be downloadable at any time. However, modified value shall not be used by tasks until the unit is in OFF state. This shall not apply to the Varifan
gains that shall be modified at any time and used immediately by the head pressure control tasks even if the unit is in operation.
I
I
TABLE
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
TABLE TO BE USED FOR RUN TIMES UPDATE IN CASE OF CONTROL RETROFIT
UPDHRFAN
FAN Operating Hours
Circuit A Fan #1 Hours
Circuit A Fan #2 Hours
Circuit A Fan #3 Hours
Circuit A Fan #4 Hours
Circuit A Fan #5 Hours
Circuit A Fan #6 Hours
Circuit A Fan #7 Hours
Circuit A Fan #8 Hours
Circuit A Fan #9 Hours
Circuit A Fan #10 Hours
Circuit B Fan #1 Hours
Circuit B Fan #2 Hours
Circuit B Fan #3 Hours
Circuit B Fan #4 Hours
Circuit B Fan #5 Hours
Circuit B Fan #6 Hours
Circuit B Fan #7 Hours
Circuit B Fan #8 Hours
Circuit B Fan #9 Hours
Circuit B Fan #10 Hours
Circuit C Fan #1 Hours
Circuit C Fan #2 Hours
Circuit C Fan #3 Hours
Circuit C Fan #4 Hours
Circuit C Fan #5 Hours
Circuit C Fan #6 Hours
Circuit C Fan #7 Hours
Circuit C Fan #8 Hours
Circuit C Fan #9 Hours
Circuit C Fan #10 Hours
WATER PUMP #1 Hours*
WATER PUMP #2 Hours*
I
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
UNITS
I
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
POINT NAME
I
WRITE STATUS
hr fanal
hr fana2
hr fana3
hr fana4
hr fana5
hr fana6
hr fana7
hr fana8
hr fana9
hrfanal 0
hr fanbl
hr fanb2
hr fanb3
hr fanb4
hr fanb5
hr fanb6
hr fanb7
hr fanb8
hr fanb9
hrfanbl 0
hr fancl
hr fanc2
hr fanc3
hr fanc4
hr fanc5
hr fanc6
hr fanc7
hr fanc8
hr fanc9
hrfancl0
hr cpurnl
hr cpurn2
*Not supported.
NOTE: This table shall be used for purposes of transplanting the devices on time in the event of a module hardware failure or software upgrade via downloading.
be usable only if all items are still null. Afterwards, its access shall be denied.
I
I
TABLE
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
TABLE TO BE USED FOR RUN TIMES UPDATE IN CASE OF CONTROL RETROFIT
UPDTHOUR
Machine Operating Hours
Machine Starts
Compressor A Hours
Compressor A Starts
Compressor B Hours
Compressor B Starts
Compressor C Hours
Compressor C Starts
Circuit A Defrost Number*
Circuit B Defrost Number*
I
UNITS
hours
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
hours
hours
hours
I
POINT NAME
I
It shall
WRITE STATUS
hr mach
st roach
hr cp a
st cp a
hr cp b
st cp b
hr cp c
st cp c
nb defa
nb defb
*Not supported.
NOTE: This table shall be used for purposes of transplanting the devices on time in the event of a module hardware failure or software upgrade via downloading.
be usable only if all items are still null. Afterwards, its access shall be denied.
112
It shall
APPENDIX
C --
30XA080-500
CPM DIP SWITCH
ACROSS-THE-LINE
MTA
SETTING
MTA
SETTING
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
70
70
--
OFF
OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
ON ON OFF OFF OFF
92
92
--
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF ON OFF OFF
106
106
--
DFF OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF OFF OFF
DFF OFF ON OFF
184
184
--
ON
OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF
DFF
DFF
OFF
OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF ON OFF
204
204
--
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
72
72
--
460
$1
$2
DFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
ON ON OFF OFF OFF
94
94
--
380
$1
$2
DFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
DFF OFF
DFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF ON OFF OFF
110
110
--
230
$1
$2
DFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF
DFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF OFF OFF
DFF OFF ON OFF
190
190
--
2OO
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF ON
ON
OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF ON
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF ON OFF
208
208
--
575
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF ON
OFF
OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF ON
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
80
80
--
460
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON
OFF
DFF OFF
DFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF ON OFF OFF
104
104
--
380
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF
OFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF OFF
122
122
--
230
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF ON
ON
OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF ON
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF ON OFF
210
210
--
2OO
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON
OFF
DFF OFF
DFF ON
OFF OFF
ON OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF ON ON OFF
232
232
--
575
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF
ON
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF ON
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
98
80
--
460
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF ON
ON
ON
DFF OFF
DFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF ON OFF OFF
128
104
--
380
$1
$2
DFF
DFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
DFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF OFF
148
122
--
230
$1
$2
DFF
DFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF ON
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF ON OFF
254
210
--
200
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
OFF
ON
ON OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF ON ON OFF
282
232
--
575
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF
ON
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
ON ON OFF OFF OFF
98
98
--
460
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF ON
ON
ON
DFF OFF
DFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF ON
ON
ON
128
128
--
380
$1
$2
DFF
DFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
DFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF
DFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON ON OFF OFF
148
148
--
230
$1
$2
DFF
DFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF
DFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
254
254
--
200
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
OFF
ON
ON OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
282
282
--
575
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
152
80
--
460
$1
$2
DFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
DFF OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF ON OFF OFF
198
104
--
380
$1
$2
DFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF OFF
230
122
--
230
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
DFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF ON
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF ON OFF
398
210
--
200
$1
$2
DFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON OFF
DFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF ON ON OFF
438
232
--
575
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF ON
ON
OFF
DFF OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
ON ON OFF OFF OFF
176
98
--
460
$1
$2
DFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF ON
ON
ON
DFF OFF OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF OFF
230
128
--
380
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF
DFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON ON OFF OFF
266
148
--
230
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF
DFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
462
254
--
20O
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
506
282
--
575
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF OFF OFF
ON ON OFF OFF
152
152
--
460
$1
$2
DFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
DFF OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF
DFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
DFF OFF OFF OFF
DFF OFF ON OFF
198
198
--
380
$1
$2
DFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF
DFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
DFF OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF ON OFF
230
230
--
230
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
DFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF ON OFF OFF
398
398
--
200
$1
$2
DFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON OFF
DFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF
ON
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
ON DFF ON OFF OFF
438
438
--
VOLTAGE
SIZE
60 Hz)
SWITCHES
1
2
3
CIRCUIT A
4
575
31
$2
DFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
460
$1
$2
DFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
380
$1
$2
UNiZ,sp.
CPOOlP
090
100
110
120
140
160
180
START
MTA
SETTING
30XA
080*
ADDRESSES
CIRCUIT B
8
1
2
3
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON
OFF ON
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF
ON
OFF
DFF OFF
DFF ON
230
$1
$2
DFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
200
$1
$2
DFF
DFF
OFF
OFF
575
$1
$2
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
5
6
7
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
4
5
CIRCUIT C
6
7
8
DFF OFF OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF OFF
113
1
IIIIIII
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
APPENDIX
C -- 30XA080
500 CPM DIP SWITCH
ACROSSTHELINE
30XA
VOLTAGE
SIZE
UN,T
60Hz
3ph,
575
460
200
380
230
200
575
460
220
380
230
200
575
460
240
380
230
200
575
260
460
380
575
280
460
380
575
300
460
380
575
325
460
380
575
350
460
380
575
400
460
380
575
450
460
380
575
500
460
380
CIRCUIT A
SWITCHES
CPM D,P
1
$1
$2
$1
4
5
CIRCUIT B
6
7
8
---
Compressor
MustTdpAmps
*The
30XA080
unit does
CIRCUIT C
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
OFF
ON
OFF ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON ON
OFF OFF
ON ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF ON
OFF ON
ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON ON
OFF OFF
ON ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON ON OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON ON
OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON ON OFF
OFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON ON OFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF
$2
$1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
$2
$1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF ON
OFF ON
ON ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
$2
$1
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON ON
OFF ON
$2
$1
ON
OFF
ON
ON
$2
$1
ON
OFF
$2
$1
ON OFF ON OFF ON
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
ON
ON
ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
(cont)
START (cont)
6
7
8
1
I 2
3 I
4
5 I
6
I 7
I
8
ON OFF
OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON ON
OFF ON
ON OFF ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF ON OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
ON
OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF OFF
Protection
Module
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
not have
an additional
economizer.
114
ON OFF
ON
OFF OFF
I
OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
ON
I
ON
LEGEND
CPM
MTA
ADDRESSES
OFF
ON
OFF
MTA
MTA
MTA
UIT
SCIR
ETi'NG
CIR UIT
SETi'NG
CIR
UIT
SETi'NG
176
176
--
230
230
--
266
266
--
462
462
--
506
506
--
210
176
--
274
230
--
318
266
--
550
462
--
602
506
--
210
210
--
274
274
--
318
318
--
550
550
--
602
602
--
286
176
--
374
230
--
434
266
--
286
210
--
374
274
--
434
318
--
338
210
--
446
274
--
514
318
--
286
286
--
374
374
--
434
434
--
338
286
--
446
374
--
514
434
--
210
210
286
274
274
374
318
318
434
338
152
338
446
198
446
514
230
514
338
210
338
446
274
446
514
318
514
APPENDIX
C --
30XA080-500
CPM DIP SWITCH
ADDRESSES
(cont)
WYE DELTA START
CIRCUIT A
30XA
UNIT
SIZE
VOLTAGE
3 Ph,
60 Hz
3WITCH ES
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF OFF
ON
OFF
DFF OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF
ON
OFF
ON OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF
ON ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
31
ON
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF
ON
DFF ON
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF DFF ON OFF OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
31
DFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
ON
ON
$2
31
DFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
DFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF ON OFF ON OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
31
DFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
31
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
OFF
ON OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
31
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
OFF
ON
DFF ON
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
OFF DFF ON OFF OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
31
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
$2
31
DFF OFF ON
ON ON OFF
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF ON
ON ON OFF
OFF ON OFF ON OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
31
DFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
31
DFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
DFF ON
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF DFF ON OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF ON
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF
ON
ON OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF ON OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
DFF OFF OFF
ON ON OFF
OFF
OFF
DFF ON
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON ON OFF
OFF DFF ON ON OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF ON
OFF OFF
ON
OFF
ON OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
DFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
ON
OFF
DFF ON
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF DFF ON OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
DFF ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF ON
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF ON OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
S1
ON
ON
OFF OFF
ON OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON ON OFF
OFF DFF ON ON OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF ON
OFF OFF
ON
OFF
ON OFF
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF ON
OFF OFF
ON ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
DFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
ON
OFF
DFF ON
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
ON DFF ON OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
DFF ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON ON OFF OFF
ON DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF ON
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF
ON OFF
ON ON ON ON OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
DFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF DFF ON OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF ON
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON ON OFF
OFF DFF ON ON OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
DFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF
ON
DFF OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF ON
OFF OFF
ON ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
ON DFF ON OFF OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
DFF ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON ON OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
$2
$1
OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON ON ON ON OFF
OFF DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
DFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
DFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
DFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON ON OFF OFF
DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
DFF OFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF
DFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
$2
ON
ON
ON
DFF
ON
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
DFF
ON
400
380
230
200
575
460
090
380
23O
2O0
575
460
100
380
23O
200
575
460
110
380
23O
200
575
460
120
380
23O
200
575
460
140
380
23O
200
575
400
160
380
230
200
575
400
180
380
230
200
2
3
4
ON
ON
ON
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
4
LEGEND
CPM
MTA
*The
-- Conlp_ssor P_tection
-- Must TdpAmps
30XA080
unit does
CIRCUIT C
1
575
080*
CIRCUIT B
CPM DIP
not have
Module
an additional
economizer.
115
5
6
7
8
DFF OFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF OFF
DFF OFF ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF OFF
DFF OFF OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF OFF
DFF OFF OFF OFF
DFF ON ON OFF
DFF OFF OFF OFF
DFF ON OFF OFF
DFF OFF OFF OFF
DFF ON ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF
1
MTA
MTA
MTA
I I I I I I I EWq'N°q
'RG
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CIR
UIT CIR
UIT
CIR
70
70
--
92
92
--
106
106
--
184
184
--
2_
204
--
72
72
--
94
94
--
110
110
--
190
190
--
208
208
--
80
80
--
1_
104
--
122
122
--
210
210
--
232
232
--
98
80
--
128
104
--
148
122
--
254
210
--
282
232
--
98
98
--
128
128
--
148
148
--
254
254
--
282
282
--
152
80
--
198
104
--
230
122
--
398
210
--
438
232
--
176
98
--
230
128
--
266
148
--
462
254
--
506
282
--
152
152
--
198
198
--
230
230
--
398
398
--
438
438
--
UIT
APPENDIX
C -- 30XA080-500
CPM DIP SWITCH
ADDRESSES
(cont)
WYE DELTA START (cont)
30XA
VOLTAGE
UNIT
SIZE
3 Ph_
60 Hz
575
46O
200
380
23O
200
575
460
220
380
230
200
575
460
240
380
230
200
575
260
460
380
575
280
460
380
575
300
460
380
575
325
460
380
575
460
350
380
575
400
460
38O
575
460
450
38O
575
500
460
380
CIRCUIT A
CPM DIP
SWITCHES
1
2
3
4
5
CIRCUIT B
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
---
Compressor
MustTdpAmps
*The
30XA080
unit does
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
IIIIIII
$1
ON
OFF
OFF ON
OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON ON
OFF ON
ON OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON ON ON OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON ON OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON ON ON OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF ON
OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON ON ON OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
ON ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF ON
OFF ON
ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF ON
OFF ON
ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF ON
ON
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
ON ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF ON
OFF ON
ON ON ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
ON ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF ON
ON
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON ON OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
ON ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF ON
OFF ON
ON ON ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF ON
ON
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON ON
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON ON OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON ON
OFF OFF OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON ON
ON OFF
ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON ON ON OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
ON ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
ON OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON ON
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF ON
OFF ON
ON ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON ON
OFF ON
OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON ON
OFF ON
ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF
$2
$1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON OFF ON ON ON OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
$2
ON
ON
OFF ON
OFF
ON
OFF OFF OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF OFF OFF
Protection
Module
ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
LEGEND
CPM
MTA
CIRCUIT C
6
not have
an additional
economizer.
116
ON OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
MTA
MTA
CIR UIT
CIR UIT
CIR
MTA
s ETilNG
SETiING
SETilNG
176
176
--
230
230
--
266
266
--
462
462
--
506
506
--
210
176
--
274
230
--
318
266
--
550
462
--
602
506
--
210
210
--
274
274
--
318
318
--
550
550
--
602
602
--
286
176
--
374
230
--
434
266
--
286
210
--
374
274
--
434
318
--
338
210
--
446
274
--
514
318
--
286
286
--
374
374
--
434
434
--
338
286
--
446
374
--
514
434
--
210
210
286
274
274
374
318
318
434
152
338
338
198
446
446
230
514
514
210
338
338
274
446
446
318
514
514
UIT
Condenser
Condenser
Fans
LEGEND
Fans
Refrigerant Access Fitting
©
Condenser
High Flow Shrader Valve
Coil
SSV -l
Liquid Line
Service Valve
Liquid Line
Service Valve
Filter Drier
Economizer
Filter Drier
EXV
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Economizer
Sightglass
Dry Eye
------------
Refrigerant Access Fitting
Suction Service Valve
Device Connection
Suction Pressure
Discharge Pressure
Economizer Pressure
Oil Pressure
High Pressure Switch
Discharge Gas Thermistor
Entering Water Thermistor
Leaving Water Thermistor
Return Gas Thermistor
Economizer Gas Thermistor
OutsideAirThermistor
EXV
Sightglass
Dry Eye
Oil Filter
Econo. Serv. _
Valve
v
(SSV
Option)
('_
(_) (_)Econo. Serv.
Valve
(SSV
Option)
Minimum Load
Control Valve
(Option)
Economizer
®
©
Relief Valve
Economizer
Relief Valve
K_
Suction Service Valve (Option)
Suction Service Valve (Option)
EXV
EXV
Sightglaee_
Dry Eye
Flow
I
Cooler Heater
Cooler Heater
(option)
(option)
2
APPENDIX D -- PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION
Sightglass
Dry Eye
INDEX
Actual start-up
42
Alarms and alerts
67
Alarm codes 68-72
Alarm descriptors
72-_'_2
Capacity control
16
Capacity control overrides
20
Compressor stages and circuit cycling 16
Compressor starts and run hours
16
CCN
Con{fi*rtLink TM CCN communication
wiring
15
Interface
15
CCN control 29
CCN global schedule
29
CCN tables 101-112
Condenser coils
Cleaning E-coated coils 64
Condenser fans 65
Configuration set point limits 30
Control methods 29
CCN control
29
CCN global schedule
29
Switch control
29
Time schedule
29
Unit run status 30
Controls
4-41
Board addresses
14
Capacity control
16
Carrier Comfort Network@ interface
15
(km{#,rtLink display menu structure
4
Configuring the master chiller 17
Configuring the slave chiller 18
Control methods 29
Control module communication
14
Demand limit .;2
Dual chiller control
15
Electronic expansion valve (EXV) Board 9
Emergency on/off switch
13
Enable-off-remote contact switch
13
Energy management module (EMM)
13, 14
inputs and outputs
14
EXV board inputs and outputs
10
Fan board A outputs
12
Fan board C inputs and outputs
13
Fan board X outputs
12
Fan boards
11
Local equipment network 14
Low ambient temperature head pressure
control 22
Machine control
29
Main Base Bo:trd 4
Main Base Board inputs and outputs 5
Navigator TM module 3
Ramp loading 15
Remote alarm and alert relays 40
Temperature reset 31
Cooler heat bolts
Tightening
63
Cooler protection 66
Chilled water flow switch 64
Freeze protection
62
Loss of fluid flow protection
62
Low fluid temperature
62
Plug components
63
Tightening cooler heat bolts 63
Tube plugging
62
Cooling set point selection
SO
4 to 20mA input
30
Configuration
set point limits
30
Control methods and cooling set points
table,
30
Dual switch
30
Ice mode
30
Set point 1
30
Set point 2
30
Set point occupancy
Denmnd limit
$2
Refrigerant circuit
65
Refrigerant feed components
Electronic expansion valve
Relief devices
66
Safety considerations
2
Safety devices
66
Compressor protection
Service
56-r'.¢_
66
Coil maintenance
and cleaning
Compressors
59
Condenser fans
65
30
2-step switch controlled
32
2-step switch controlled configuration
table
39
CCN loadshed controlled
40
Safety devices
66
Start-up
42-48
Actual start-up
42
Operating limitations
42
Pre-start-up
41
System check
41
Start-up and operation. See Start-up
Start-up checklist
CL- I m C1-8
Switch control
29
System check
41
Temperature linfits
Low ambient operation
Temperature reset
31
4to 20mA temperature
4 to 20mA temperature
table
38
56
Checklist
22
reset
36
reset configuration
Chilled water tempemturecontrol
34
Outdoor air temperature reset
34
Outdoor air temperature reset configuration
table
35
43
Minimum fluid loop volume
42
Navigator display
Con_fl,rtLink alarms mode
4, 100
O*mfl*rtLink configuration
mode
4, 9.5,96
Comfl*rtLink inputs mode
4, 93
()m_fl*rtLink operating mode
4, 100
Comfl*rtLink outputs mode
4, 94
C>n_ibrtLink pressure mode
4, 91
Cbn_fl*rtLink rnn status mode
4, 8Z &_¢
O,mfl,rtLink
service test mode
4, 82, 89
()m_fl*rtLink set points mode
4, 92
O*mfl*rtLink temperature
mode
4, 90
Om_tortLink time clock mode
4, 97-99
Navigator module
3
Adjusting the backlight brightness
3
Adjusting the contrast
3
Co11_fi,rtLink display menu structure
4
Operating linfitations
42
Flow rote requirements
42
Minimum and nmximum cooler
flow rates
43
Minimum fluid loop volume
42
Voltage
42
Plug components
63
Recommended
maintenance
schedule
64
Cooler protection
61
Electronic expansion valve (EXV)
Refrigerant circuit
65
Relief devices
66
Demand limit signal
41
Externally powered
40
Externally powered den]and limit
configuration table
40
Electronic expansion valve
56
Cutaway view of
57
Filter drier
59
Inspecting/opening
.58
Installing motor
.5;_
Liquid line service valve
59
Moisture liquid indicator
.5_'_
Troubleshooting
procedure
57
Freeze protection
62
Head pressure control. See low ambient
temperature
head pressure control
Loss of fluid flow protection
62
Low ambient head pressure control
22
Fan Staging
23, 24
Operating instructions
22
Low fluid temperature
62
Machine control
29
Maintenance
66
Minimum and nmximum cooler flow rotes
Every 12 months
Every 3 months
Monthly
66
Routine
66
56
Return water reset configuration
Space ten]perature reset
36
Space ten]perature reset configuration
Thermistors
.52
33
Compressor return gas temperature
Cooler entering fluid sensor
.52
Cooler leaving fluid sensor
.52
Dual chiller LWT
53
52
Outdoor air temperature
Remote space temperature
Typical space temperature
wiring
53
Time schedule
29
Transducers
53, .5.5
Troubleshooting
66-86
Service test
82
Tube plugging
$7
52
.52
sensor
62
66
(.¢_
(.¢_
Copyright 2005 Carrier Corporation
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue,
Catalog No. 533-00069
or change at any time, specifications
Printed in U.S.A.
or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Form 30XA-1T
Pg 118
12-05
Replaces:
New
START-UP
A. PROJECT
CHECKLIST
FOR 30XA LIQUID
CHILLERS
INFORMATION
Job Nante
Ad&'ess
Installing Contractor
Sales Office
City
State
Zip
Start-up Perfonned
By
Design Information
} 0APA0'T
Cooler
FL0'0T
t FLOWOA'E
PE
AMBIENT
Unit
Model
Serkd
Compressors
Contpressor
Model
A
Compressor
Model
B
Compressor
Model
C
Serkd
Seri_d
Seri_d
Cooler
Model
Serkd
B. PRELIMINARY
EQUIPMENT
CHECK
(This section
to be completed
I. Is there any physical datnage?
Will this prevent start-up?
Description
by installing
contractor)
[]
[]
Yes
Yes
[] No
[] No
[]
Yes
[] No
3. Power supply agrees with the unit nameplate.
4. Correct control voltage
vac.
5. Electric_fl power wiring is installed properly.
[]
[]
[]
Yes
Yes
Yes
[] No
[] No
[] No
6. Unit is properly grounded.
7. Electric_fl circuit protection has been sized and installed properly.
8. All termimds are tight.
[]
[]
[]
Yes
Yes
Yes
[] No
[] No
[] No
9. All plug assemblies are tight.
10. All cables, thermistors and ttansducers have been inspected for cross wires.
11. All thermistot:s are fully inserted into wells.
[]
[]
[]
Yes
Yes
Yes
[] No
[] No
[] No
12. Oil separator heaters energized for 24 hours befote start-up.
13. Relief valve vent piping per local codes.
[]
[]
Yes
Yes
[] No
[] No
1. All chilled water valves ate open.
[] Yes
[] No
2. All piping is connected properly.
3. All air has been purged from the system.
4. Chilled water pump is operating with the correct rotation.
[] Yes
[] Yes
[] Yes
[] No
[] No
[] No
5. Chilled water pump stmter interlocked wiflt chillet:
6. Chilled water flow switch operatiomfl.
7. Inlet piping to cooler includes a 20 mesh strainer
[] Yes
[] Yes
[] Yes
[] No
[] No
[] No
8. Water loop volume greater than 3 gal/ton for air conditioning
or 6 gal/ton for process cooling and low ambient operation.
9. Proper loop freeze protection provided to __
°F (°C).
[] Yes
[] No
Antifreeze type
Concentration
%.
(If antifreeze solution is not utilized on 30XA machines and the
minimum outdoor ambient is below 32 F (0 ° C) then items 10 and 11
have to be completed to provide cooler freeze protection to -20 E
Refer to Installation Instructions for proper cooler winterization procedure.)
10. Outdoor piping wrapped with electric heater tape.
11. Cooler heatet:s inst_flled and opemtion_d.
[] Yes
[] No
[] Yes
[] Yes
[] No
[] No
12. Is file Unit equipped with low ambient head pressure control?
a. If yes, are wind baffles installed'?
[] Yes
[] Yes
[] No
[] No
2. Unit is installed level as pet the installation
Chilled
Water
Manufacturer
System
instructions.
Check
reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications
or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Book
_b
5_c
Catalog No, 533-00069
Printed in U.S,A,
Form 30XA-1T
Pg CL-1
12-05
Replaces:
New
C. UNIT START-UP
I. All liquid line service v_dves are open.
2. Velil_ actuated ball valve (ABV) operation.
[] Yes
[] Yes
[] No
[] No
3. All suction service valves are open.
[] Yes
[] No
4. Economizer
[] Yes
[] No
5. Oil service v_dves open.
[] Yes
[] No
6. Leak check unit. Ix_cate, repair and report any refi'igerant
[] Yes
[] No
[] Yes
[] No
[] Yes
[] No
service valves open.
leaks.
7. Voltage fit terminal block is within unit nmneplate range.
Check voltage imbalance:
A-B
A-C
B-C
Avelage voltage =
(A-B + A-C + B-C)/3
Maximum deviation from average voltage = __
Voltage imbalance =
% (max. deviation / average voltage) X 100
Is voltage imbalance
less than 2%.
(DO NOT st_ut chiller if voltage imb_dance is greater than 2%.
Contact local utility for assistance.)
8. Veri_ coolerflow
rote
Pressure entering cooler
__
psig
Pressure leaving cooler
__
__
psig
psig
ft of water
mm of water
Cooler pressure drop
Psig x 2.31 ft./psi =
Kpa x 0.334 m/psi =
Cooler flow rate __
kU
zm
ku
C3
(9
Z
gpm (l/s) (See Cooler Pressure Drop Curve)
o,
<
Start and operate
machine
o
I. Complete colnponent test utilizing Quick Test Mode (Service Test--)Quie)
2. Check refrigerant and oil chm'ge. Record charge information.
3. Record compressor
and condenser
fan motor current.
4. Record operating data.
5. Provide operating
Refrigerant
Additional
instructions
to owner's personnel.
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Charge
chm'ge required
Oil Charge
Additional
charge required
Record
Software
kU
zm
C3
kU
Versions
MODE
--
RUN STATUS
(9
Z
o,
SUB-MODE
VERS
t
APPL
ITEM
t
DISPLAY
+
CSA-SRITEM EXPANSION
<
o
(Press ENTER
& ESCAPE
simultaneously
CL-2
to obt_dn software versions)
Record Configuration
Information
MODE -- CONFIGURATION
SUB-MODE
DISP
UNIT
ITEM
ITEM EXPANSION
DISPLAY
ON/OFF
US-METR
TEST
Test Display LED's
METR
Metric Display
LANG
Language
X
TYPE
TONS
VAR.A
Unit Type
Unit Size
NB Fans on Varifan Cir A
X
XXX
0-6
DEFAULT
ENTRY
OFF
US
ON/OFF
US/METR
English
Air-Cooled
Air-Cooled
0: No low ambient
temperature head
)ressure control
1:low ambient
temperature head
)ressure control
installed
SERV
VAR.B
NB Fans on Varifan Cir B
0-6
0: No low ambient
temperature head
)ressure control
1: low ambient
temperature head
)ressure control
installed
VAR.C
NB Fans on Varifan Cir C
0-6
0: No low ambient
temperature head
)ressure control
1: low ambient
temperature head
)ressure control
installed
XXX
VOLT
Power Supply Voltage
60HZ
STAR
60HZ frequency
Soft Starter Select
NO-YES
NO-YES
YES
NO
YES
NO/YES
Y.D
Wye Delta Start Select
NO-YES
MTA.A
Must Trip Amps cir A
XXX
NO/YES
R.MT.A
Read Must Trip Amps A
XXX
MTA.B
Must Trip Amps cir B
XXX
R.MT.B
Read Must Trip Amps B
XXX
MTA.C
Must Trip Amps cir C
XXX
RMT.C
Read Must Trip Amps C
XXX
C.SW.A
$1 Config switch cir A
XXX
R.CS.A
Read $1 Config switch A
XXX
C.SW.B
$1 Config switch cir B
XXX
R.CS.B
Read $1 Config switch B
XXX
C.SW.C
$1 Config switch cir C
XXX
R.CS.C
RECL
Read $1 Config switch C
Heat Reclaim Select
EHS
EMM
PAS.E
Electrical Heater Stage
EMM module installed
Password Enable
NO-YES
ENBL/DSBL
PASS
CO.HT
Factory Password
Cooler Heater Select
XXX
0111
NO-YES
YES
YES
CON.V
Condenser
Valve Select
NO-YES
NO*
NO
FREE
HGBP
Free cooling Select
Hot Gas Bypass Select
MCHX
HI.TI
MCHX Exchanger Select
High Tiers display Selec
NO-YES
NO-YES
NO-YES
NO*
NO
NO
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
FLUD
CFLU
Cooler Fluid Type
Condenser Fluid Type
MOP
HRTH
EXV MOP Setpoint
High Pressure Threshold
SHRA
SHRB
Cir A Superheat
Cir B Superheat
SHRC
HTR
XXX
NO-YES
NO*
NO
0-4
0*
0
NO
ENBL
NO/YES
ENBL/DSBL
NO-YES
NO
YES/NO
WATER
WATER
55
WATER/BRINE
WATER/BRINE
55 F
XXX.X
XX.X
290
21.6
21.6 F
XX.X
21.6
21.6 F
Cir C Superheat Setp
Cooler Heater DT Setp
XX.X
XX.X
21,6 F
2F
EWTO
AU.SM
Entering water control
Auto Start when SM lost
NO-YES
NO-YES
21.6
2.0
Number of
degrees added
to brine freeze
set point to enable
cooler heater.)
NO
NO
LOSP
FL.SP
Brine Freeze Setpoint
Brine Flow Switch Setp
XX.X
XX.X
14
55*
55*
HD.PG
HD.DG
Varifan Proportion Gain
Varifan Derivative Gain
XX.X
XX.X
2.0
0.4
2.0
0.4
HD.IG
HR.MI
Varifan Integral Gain
Reclaim Water Valve Min
XX.X
XXX.X
0.2
20*
0.2
2O%
HR.MA
Reclaim Water Valve Max
XXX.X
100"
100%
WATER-BRINE
WATER-BRINE
XX.X
Setp
Setp
*Not supported.
CL-3
NO/YES
NO/YES
MODE -- CONFIGURATION
SUB-MODE
OPTN
ITEM
CCNA
ITEM EXPANSION
CCN ADDRESS
CCNB
BAUD
(cont)
DISPLAY
XXX
DEFAULT
1
CCN BUS NUMBER
XXX
0
CCN BAUD RATE
X
3
LOAD
Loading Sequence Select
X
EQUAL
LLCS
Lead/Lag Circuit Select
X
AUTOMATIC
RL, S
DELY
Ramp Load Select
Minutes Off Time
ENBL-DSBL
XX
DSBL
1
ENBL-DSBL
DSBL
ENTRY
[] Equal
[] Staged
[] Enable
1 min
[] Disable
[] Enable
[] Disable
ICE.M
Ice Mode Enable
HPUM
Condenser Pumps Sequence*
PUMP
Cooler Pumps Sequence*
X
0
0/1/2/3/4
ROT.P
Pump Rotation delay*
XX
48
48 Hours
PMPS
Periodic Pump Start*
NO-YES
NO
NO
PSBY
Stop Pump In Standby*
NO-YES
NO
NO
RLOC
Flow checked if Pmp Off
NO-YES
NO
YES
LS.ST
Night Low Noise Start
XX.XX
00.00
00:00
LS.ND
Night Low noise End
XX.XX
00.00
00:00
LS.LT
Low noise Capacity Lim
XXX
100
100%
RV.AL
OATH
Reverse Alarms Relay
Heat Mode OAT Threshold*
NO-YES
XX.X
5 F
NO/YES
5 F
FREE
CUR.S
CUR,F
Free Cooling OAT Limit*
Current Limit Select
Current Limit at 100%
XX.X
NO-YES
XXXX
32.0
NO
2000
32 F
NO
EHST
Elec Stag OAT Threshold*
XX.XX
41
41F
EHSB
E,DEF
Last Heat Elec Backup*
Quick EHS in Defrost*
NO-YES
NO-YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
EHSP
Elec Heating pulldown*
XX
0
0 min
AUTO
Auto Changeover
NO-YES
NO
NO
CRST
Cooling Reset Type
X
0
[] NO RESET
[] OUT AIR TEMP
[] DELTA T TEMP
[] 4-20mA INPUT
[] SPACE TEMP
HRST
Heating Reset Type*
Demand Limit Select
X
0
X
0
0
[] NONE
[] SWITCH
[] 4-20mA INPUT
X
0
U3
z
u
c_
U3
RSET
Select*
DMDC
c_
z
q
<
Io
DMMX
mA for 100% demand lim
XX.X
0.0
DMZE
mA for 0% demand limit
XX.X
0.0
0 mA
10 mA
MSSL
SLVA
Master/Slave Select
Slave Address
X
XXX
0
2
0
2
LLBL
Lead/Lag Balance Select
X
DSBL
[] Enable
LLBD
Lead/Lag Balance Delta
XXX
168
168 Hours
LLDY
Lag Start Delay
XX
10
10 min
LEER
Start If Error Higher
XX.X
4 F
o,
LAGM
Lag Minimum Running Tim
XXX
0 min
<
I-
LAGP
LPUL
Lag Unit Pump Select
Lead Pulldewn Time
X
XX
SERI
Chillers in series
LU
z
u
C3
LU
NO-YES
*Not supported.
CL-4
0
0
0
0 min
NO/YES
[] Disable
I-£3
Z
o
MODE -- SETPOINT
SUB-MODE
COOL
ITEM
DISPLAY
DEFAULT
Cooling Setpoint 1
Cooling Setpoint 2
XXX.X
44.0
XXX.X
44.0
XXX.X
44.0
CRV1
Ice Setpoint
Current no Reset Val
XXX.X
0
C RV2
Current Full Reset Val
XXX.X
0
CRT1
Delta T No Reset Temp
XXX.X
0
CRT2
Delta T Full Reset Temp
XXX.X
0
CRO1
OAT No Reset Temp
XXX.X
14.0
CRO2
OAT Full Reset Temp
XXX.X
14.0
CRSl
XXX.X
14.0
CRS2
Space T No Reset Temp
Space T Full Reset Temp
XXX.X
14.0
DGRC
Degrees Cool Reset
XX.X
0
CAUT
Cool Changeover
XXX.X
75
CRMP
Cool Ramp Loading
X.X
1.0
HSR1
Heating Setpoint 1"
XXX.X
100.0
HSR2
Heating Setpoint 2*
Current No Reset Val*
XXX.X
100.0
HRVl
XXX.X
0
H RV2
Current Full Reset Val*
XXX.X
0
HRT1
Delta T No Reset Temp*
XXX.X
0
HRT2
Delta T Full Reset Temp*
XXX.X
0
HRO1
XXX.X
14.0
HRO2
OAT T No Reset Temp*
OAT Full Reset Temp*
XXX.X
14.0
DGRH
Degrees Heat Reset*
XX.X
0
HAUT
Heat Changeover
XX.X
64.0
HRMP
Heat Ramp Loading*
X.X
1.0
DLSl
XXX
100
DLS2
Switch Limit Setpoint 1
Switch Limit Setpoint 2
XXX
100
DLS3
Switch Limit Setpoint 3
XXX
100
W.SCT
Water Val Condensing
RSP
Head Reclaim Setpoint*
XXX.X
122
RDB
Reclaim deadband*
XXX.X
9.0
CSR1
CSR2
CSR3
HEAT
MISC
ITEM EXPANSION
Setpt*
Setpt*
ENTRY
XXX.X
Stp
*Not supported.
MODE -- OPERATING MODE
SUB-MODE
SLCT
ITEM
ITEM EXPANSION
DISPLAY
DEFAULT
X
--
[] SWITCH CTRL
[] TIME SCHED
[] CCN CONTROL
Setpoint Select
X
--
[] SETPOINTOCC
[] SETPOINT1
[] SETPOINT2
HC.SE
Heat Cool Select*
X
COOLING
COOLING
RLSE
Reclaim Select*
X
NO
NO
OPER
Operating
SRSE
Control Type
*Not supported.
CL-5
ENTRY
Component
operational
Test -- Complete the following tests to make sure all peripheral
before the compressors
are started.
components
are
MODE -- SERVICE TEST
To Enable Service Test Mode, move Enable/Off/Remote Contact Switch to OFF.
Configure TEST to ON. Move Switch to ENABLE.
SUB-MODE
TEST*
QUICt
ITEM
ITEM EXPANSION
DISPLAY
T.REQ
Manual Sequence
OFF-ON
CHECK WHEN COMPLETE
CRA
Compressor A Output
OFF-ON
SLI.A
Slide Valve Capacity A
CRB
Compressor
0-2
OFF-ON
SLI.B
Slide Valve Capacity B
CRC
Compressor C Output
0-2
OFF-ON
SLI.C
Q.REQ
Slide Valve Capacity C
QUICK TEST MODE
0-2
OFF-ON
EXV.A
Circuit A EXV % Open
EXV.B
Circuit B EXV % Open
XXX
XXX
EXV.C
Circuit C EXV % Open
XXX
ECO.A
CircAeco
EXV % Open
XXX
ECO.B
Circ B eco EXV % Open
XXX
ECO.C
Circ Ceco EXV%
XXX
FAN.A
Circuit A Fan Stages
X
FAN.B
Circuit B Fan Stages
X
rm
Circuit C Fan Stages
X
Z
FAN.C
B Output
Open
LU
2:
C_
LU
I--
o,
SPD.A
Cir A Head Press Speed
XXX
SPD.B
Cir B Varifan position
XXX
SPD.C
HT.A
Cir C Varifan position
Oil Heater Circuit A
OFF-ON
SL1 .A
Slide Valve 1 Cir A
OFF-ON
SL2.A
Slide Valve 2 Cir A
OFF-ON
HGRA
OLS.A
Hot Gas Bypass A Output
Oil Solenoid Cir A
OFF-ON
OFF-ON
DGT.A
DGT Cool Solenoid A
OFF-ON
HT.B
Oil Heater Circuit B
OFF-ON
SL1 .B
Slide Valve 1 Cir B
OFF-ON
SL2.B
Slide Valve 2 Cir B
OFF-ON
HGRB
OLS.B
Hot Gas Bypass B Output
Oil Solenoid Cir B
OFF-ON
OFF-ON
DGT.B
DGT Cool Solenoid B
OFF-ON
HT.C
Oil Heater Circuit C
OFF-ON
SL1 .C
Slide Valve 1 Cir C
OFF-ON
SL2.C
Slide Valve 2 Cir C
c_
HGRC
OLS.C
Hot Gas Bypass C Output
Oil Solenoid Cir C
OFF-ON
OFF-ON
OFF-ON
o,
DGT.C
DGT Cool Solenoid C
OFF-ON
<
I-
FRV.A
Free Cooling Heater A
OPEN-CLSE
FRRA
Refrigerant
FRV.B
Free Cooling Heater B
FRRB
Refrigerant
FRV.C
Free Cooling Heater C
FRRC
Refrigerant
XXX
OFF-ON
Pump A
OPEN-CLSE
OFF-ON
Pump B
OPEN-CLSE
OFF-ON
Pump C
RV.A
4 Way Valve Circuit A
RV.B
4 Way Valve Circuit B
OPEN-CLSE
OPEN-CLSE
*Place the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch to the Off position )rior to configuring T.REQ to ON. Configure the desired item
to ON, then place the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch to the Enable position.
1-Place the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch to the Off position prior to configuring (2.RE(2 to ON. The switch should be in the
Off position to perform Quick Test.
CL-6
<
I(p
LU
2:
rm
LU
I-
Z
(p
MODE -- SERVICE TEST (cont)
To Enable Service Test Mode, move Enable/Off/Remote Contact Switch to OFF.
Configure TEST to ON. Move Switch to ENABLE.
SUB-MODE
ITEM
OUICI" (cont)
HR1 .A
Air Cond Enter Valve A
ITEM EXPANSION
OPEN-CLSE
DISPLAY
HR2.A
HR3.A
Air Cond Leaving Valv A
Water Cond Enter Valv A
OPEN-CLSE
HR4.A
Water Cond Lear Valve A
OPEN-CLSE
HR1.B
Air Cond Enter Valve B
OPEN-CLSE
HR2.B
HR3.B
Air Cond Leaving Valv B
Water Cond Enter Valv B
OPEN-CLSE
HR4.B
Water Cond Lear Valve B
OPEN-CLSE
PMP.1
Water Exchanger
Pump 1
OFF-ON
PMP.2
Water Exchanger
Pump 2
OFF-ON
PMP.3
Condenser Pump 1
OFF-ON
PMP.4
Condenser Pump 2
OFF-ON
CL.HT
BVL.A
BVL.B
Cooler heater Output
Ball Valve Position A
Ball Valve Position B
OPEN-CLSE
OPEN-CLSE
BVL.C
Ball Valve Position C
OPEN-CLSE
CP.HT
Condenser Heater Output
OFF-ON
Q.RDY
Chiller Ready status
OFF-ON
Q.RUN
SHUT
Chiller Running status
Customer Shutdown Stat
OFF-ON
CATO
Chiller capacity in 0-10v
ALRM
Alarm Relay
nn.n
OFF-ON
ALRT
Alert Relay
OFF-ON
CHECK WHEN COMPLETE
OPEN-CLSE
OPEN-CLSE
OFF-ON
OFF-ON
*Place the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch to the Off position prior to configuring T.REQ to ON. Configure the desired item
to ON, then place the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch to the Enable position.
1-Place the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch to the Off position prior to configuring Q.REQ to ON. The switch should be in the
Off position to perform Quick Test.
Operating
Record
stable
Data:
the following
operating
information
from the Run
TEMPERATURES
COOLER ENTERING FLUID
COOLER LEAVING FLUID
CONTROL POINT
CAPACITY
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
LEAD/LAG LEAVING FLUID
CIRCUIT
SCT.A
SST.A
DGT.A
SGF.A
SURA
ECT.A
ESH.A
CTP.A
EXV.A
ECO.A
Status,
Temperatures
and Outputs
Modes
when
machine
condition.
A
EWT
LWT
CTPT
CAP
OAT
CHWS
CIRCUIT
SCT.B
SST.B
DGT.B
SGT.B
SURB
ECT.B
ESH.B
CTRB
EXV.B
ECO.B
(Dual Chiller Control Only)
CIRCUIT C
SCT.C
SST.C
DGT.C
SGT.C
SURC
ECT.C
ESH.C
CTRC
EXV.C
ECO.C
B
NOTE: EXV A,B,C positions are found in file output mode.
COMPRESSOR MOTOR CURRENT
LI
L2
COMPRESSOR A 1
COMPRESSOR B 1
COMPRESSOR C 1
L3
CL-7
is in a
CONDENSER
FANMOTOR
CURRENT
LI
L2
FANMOTOR 1
FANMOTOR 2
FANMOTOR 3
FANMOTOR 4
FANMOTOR 5
FANMOTOR 6
FANMOTOR 7
FANMOTOR 8
FANMOTOR 9
FANMOTOR 10
FANMOTOR 11
FANMOTOR 12
FANMOTOR 13
FANMOTOR 14
FANMOTOR 15
FANMOTOR 16
FANMOTOR 17
FANMOTOR 18
FANMOTOR 19
FANMOTOR 20
FANMOTOR 21
FANMOTOR 22
L3
LU
z
c_
LU
I--
rm
Z
o,
<
Io
COMMENTS:
LU
z
rm
LU
Ic_
Z
o,
<
o
SIGNATURES:
Start-up
Technician
Date
Customer
Representative
Date
Copyright 2005 Carrier Corporation
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications
Book 212
Tab
F
Catalog No. 533-00069
Printed in U.S.A.
or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Form 30XA-1T
Pg CL-8
12-05
Replaces:
New
">